Interface Technology
and Switching Devices
2013 / 2014
7
PCB connection technology and electronics housing
• PCB terminal blocks and plug-in connectors
• Electronics housing
Connection technology for field devices
• Plug-in connectors
• Cables and connectors
Modular terminal blocks
• Modular terminal blocks
Sensor/actuator cabling and industrial plug-in connectors
• Sensor/actuator cabling
• Cables and connectors
• Plug-in connectors
Marking systems, tools, and mounting material
• Marking and labeling
• Tools
• Installation and mounting material
Surge protection and power supply units
• Lightning monitoring system
• Surge protection and interference filters
• Power supply units and UPS
• Protective devices
Interface technology
and switching devices
Control technology, I/O systems and automation infrastructure
• Ethernet networks • Functional safety • HMIs and industrial PCs • I/O systems
• Industrial lighting and signaling • Industrial communication technology
• Fieldbus components and systems • Wireless data communication
• Process infrastructure • Software • Controllers
Table of contents
Complete overview
2
Electronic switching devices and motor control
7
Measurement and control technology
53
Monitoring
193
Relay modules
265
System cabling for controllers
417
Technical information/index
566
Complete overview
Product range overview
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
Page 12
Hybrid motor starters
Page 18
Solid-state contactors
Page 38
IP67 motor starters
Page 48
Measurement and control technology
Digital displays
Page 150
Ex i isolating amplifiers with functional safety
Page 152
Multiplexers for HART signals
Page 208
Current transformers
Test disconnect terminal blocks
See Catalog 3
Page 250
Multifunctional monitoring relays
Page 252
Page 186
Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Page 187
Monitoring
Compressed air meters
Compact monitoring relays
2
PHOENIX CONTACT
Page 212
Ultra-narrow timer relays
Current transducers, current protectors
Page 229
Page 258
Multifunctional timer relays
Page 260
Complete overview
Product range overview
Measurement and control technology
Frequency inverters
Page 50
Highly compact isolating amplifiers
Page 64
Isolating amplifiers with functional safety
Page 100
Isolating amplifiers, special designs
Page 130
Monitoring
Shield fast connection and test plugs
Page 191
Controllers
See Catalog 8
Voltage transducers, AC and DC
Page 236
PV system monitoring
Page 262
Lightning current measuring system
See Catalog 6
Special function modules
Page 134
Energy meters
Page 200
Complete packages for data logging
Page 206
Residual current monitoring
Page 244
Components for E-Mobility
HMIs
See Catalog 8
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Page 247
Signal towers
See Catalog 8
PHOENIX CONTACT
3
Complete overview
Product range overview
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
PLC series
Page 276
PR series
Page 322
DEK series
Page 372
Page 397
System cabling for controllers
Front adapters
Termination boards
Page 424
V8 adapters
Page 470
System cables
Page 369
Page 500
4
PHOENIX CONTACT
Complete overview
Product range overview
Multi-channel relay modules
Page 550
Safety devices
See Catalog 8
Monitoring relays
Timer relays
Page 250
Page 258
Universal interface modules
Potential distributors
Page 524
Page 548
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
5
6
PHOENIX CONTACT
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Switching devices for starting, reversing,
and protecting electric motors are some of
the most frequently used components in automation technology. These are often designed redundantly for safety-sensitive applications. When it comes to reducing
installation time and space requirements,
CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters are
the state-of-the-art alternative.
This is because CONTACTRON hybrid
motor starters combine up to 4 functions in
a single device. Integration in popular fieldbus systems is implemented using the
SmartWire-DTTM wiring system.
For protection of the entire system, the
product range now includes the electronic
motor manager (EMM). In addition to typical measured values such as voltage and current, the behavior of the system is monitored and protected by means of real power
measurement. The process data in all popular fieldbus systems can be supplied via gateways and evaluated by a controller.
Product overview
Electronic motor management
3-phase hybrid motor starters
Hybrid motor starters with short-circuit protection
Hybrid motor starters with SmartWire-DT™ support
8
10
16
29
31
3-phase solid-state reversing contactors
3-phase solid-state contactors
Solid-state reversing contactor for DC motors
Single-phase solid-state contactors
IP67 motor starters
IP20 frequency inverters
38
40
44
46
48
50
Product range overview
PHOENIX CONTACT
7
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Product overview
Motor management
Electronic motor management
Page 12
Gateways
Page 14
Software
Page 15
Reversing load relays with soft starter
Page 42
3-phase solid-state contactors
Page 40
Solid-state reversing contactor for
DC motors
Page 44
Single-phase solid-state contactors
Page 46
Solid-state contactors
3-phase solid-state reversing contactors
Page 38
Frequency inverters
Inline frequency inverters for the
control cabinet
8
PHOENIX CONTACT
Page 50
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Product overview
Hybrid motor starters
3-phase hybrid motor starters
Page 18
3-phase hybrid motor starters with
short-circuit protection
Page 29
Hybrid motor starters with
SmartWire-DT™ support
Page 31
Accessories
Page 36
IP67 motor starters
PROFINET motor starters
Page 48
Stainless steel base, IP67 protection
Page 49
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
9
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
Electronic motor management
(EMM)
The electronic motor management modules offer all the advantages of modern real
power monitoring.
ELR-MM modules combine fast, wear-free
electronic reversing load relays with modern measurement and evaluation electronics. EMM offers the same functionality for all
performance classes, only without a power
section.
Power within limits
Monitoring is based on freely parameterizable switching and signaling thresholds for
overload and underload detection. Identical
or separate settings can be made for the
thresholds relating to the two directions of
rotation. Parameterization relies on the real
power consumed (calculated from three
currents, voltages, and the phase angle),
thereby offering a much more precise basis
than if only the current is taken into consideration, as it is independent of voltage fluctuations and drive load. If a switching
threshold is exceeded or not reached, the
ELR-MM or EMM initiates an emergency
shutdown of the motor immediately (or after an adjustable “delay time”). In addition, a
message can be sent via an output.
10
PHOENIX CONTACT
This state can only be deactivated via a
defined reset. If the effective power consumed is determined as being above or below the message thresholds, all that occurs
is that a check-back is returned for the duration for which the module was addressed.
In addition, signals are generated by the
module for the recognition of the direction
of rotation. Asymmetry and phase failures
are detected and signalized.
Permanent status monitoring with high
scanning rates and the fast semiconductor
switch enable complete system protection,
including motor protection.
Without any extra wiring - and with just a
single device - pumps, actuating drives, fans,
and tools are monitored for proper functioning, contamination (filter or similar), and
wear. The adjustable “inrush suppression”
time can be used to mask out the switching
operation from the monitoring process.
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
Protection against dry running, blocking,
and cavitation, warning thresholds to indicate filter contamination.
Protection against blocking, warning
thresholds for bearing wear and other cases
that trigger overload.
Protection against blocking and broken
tools, warning thresholds for tool and bearing wear.
Delay time
Switch-on delay
Real power (P)
Real power (P)
Switch-on delay
Continuous dry running
with forced shutdown
Real power (P)
Switch-on delay
Delay time
Delay time
Excess performance
due to possible
broken tool
Performance threshol
Broken tool
Upper
performance threshold
Temporary
dry running
Increased performance
Tool wear
Signaling threshold,
contamination of screen
or filter
Performance
Performance
Lower
performance threshold
Lower
performance threshold
Time (t)
Time (t)
Signaling threshold
Tool wear
Performance
when idling
Time (t)
Motor startup
Tool positioning
Milling process
Drive shutdown
In the case of motor-driven pumps, the
lower performance threshold provides reliable protection against hazardous dry running.
Forced shutdown of the drive can be delayed by the “delay time”.
This prevents forced shutdown in the
event of air bubbles.
Tooling machines are monitored and protected in a similar way when drilling, milling
or grinding. If the feed value on a milling machine is set too high, a tool may break in the
“worst-case” scenario. The power threshold - parameterized accordingly - can be
used to resolve this issue.
Additionally, a message threshold signals
tool wear in advance.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
11
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
Electronic motor management
H
H
Allows the use of external current transformers
Ex:
With integrated current transformers
Ex:
US
R
IFSPort
US
L
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
W
D
DAT
Notes:
W
ERR
The EMM motor management module
(with/without current transformer) for all
performance classes monitors and protects
3-phase loads, such as electrical drives.
– Freely parameterizable signaling or
switching thresholds
– Digital outputs control external switching
elements
– Optional connection to INTERFACE
system and PROFIBUS-GATEWAY-IFS via
TBUS
D
24 VDC
Reset
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
O1
O2
O3
O4
Digital
IN
Logic
μP
P
Digital
OUT
USO
O
T-BUS
Thermistor
V1
V2
V3
I11
I21
I31
I12
I22
I32
Th1
Th2
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
Digital
IN
O1
O2
O3
O4
Digital
OUT
USO
O
Rated control supply current IS at US
Input data of digital inputs
Number of inputs
Rated actuating voltage UC
Rated actuating current IC
Power measurement
Voltage measuring input
Nominal current, voltage measuring input
Current measuring input
Output power of the converter
Internal resistance EMM
Output data for confirmation contacts
O1 - O4 in the case of 1 signal
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
EMC regulations
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529
Mounting position
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
W/H/D
ERR
R
Logic
μP
T-BUS
24 VDC
P
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
Thermistor
Th1
Th2
Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
25 mA
EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS1)
4 (IN1 - IN4)
24 V DC
3.3 mA
10 mA
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS1)
4 (IN1 - IN4)
230 V AC
3.5 mA
25 mA
EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS1)
4 (IN1 - IN4)
24 V DC
3.3 mA
10 mA
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS1)
4 (IN1 - IN4)
230 V AC
3.5 mA
42 V AC ... 575 V AC
< 0.5 mA
5 A Secondary external converter
> 1.25 VA
0.02 Ω
42 V AC ... 575 V AC
< 0.5 mA
5 A Secondary external converter
> 1.25 VA
0.02 Ω
max. 16 A
-
max. 16 A
-
24 V DC (semiconductor output)
/ 500 mA
230 V AC (relay output/500 mA)
/ 500 mA
24 V DC (semiconductor output)
/ 500 mA
230 V AC (relay output/500 mA)
/ 500 mA
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2
EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 / EN 61000-6-4
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
EN 60947 / EN 60947-4-2
EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-3 / EN 61000-6-4
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Description
DAT
Reset
L
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
IFSPort
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-IFS1)
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-IFS1)
2297497
2297507
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
1
1
EMM 3- 24DC/500AC-16-IFS1)
EMM 3-230AC/500AC-16-IFS1)
2297523
2297536
2811271
1
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)
2811271
1
ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN
UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690/SET
2707437
2901667
50
1
ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN
2707437
50
IFS-CONFSTICK1)
IFS-CONFSTICK-L
2986122
2901103
1
1
IFS-CONFSTICK1)
IFS-CONFSTICK-L
2986122
2901103
1
1
MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81
IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81
1803604
1857919
50
50
MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81
IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81
1803604
1857919
50
50
Electronic motor management
Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with S-PORT
interface
DIN rail connector
Voltage transducer for 690 V, for EMM 3-.../500AC-IFS,
comprising 3 modular terminal blocks and cover
1
1
Accessories
Multi-functional memory block for the INTERFACE system
- Flat design
- Tall design
Mini COMBICON connectors
- Socket contact
- Pin contact
12
PHOENIX CONTACT
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
Electronic motor management
L1
EMM 3-.../500AC-16-IFS
S1/k
P1
S2/l
P2
S1/k
I31
I11
UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690
V3
Voltage
measurement
Current measurement
I21
UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690
UT 4-MTD-R/CVC 690
IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4
V1
US
Digital
inputs
Module
supply
5/L3
1/L1
IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4
3/L2
US
Digital
inputs
Module
supply
L3
V2
L2
Current
measurement
S2/l
Reverse running
S2/l
P2
I32
I12
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
Separate switching module
Forward running 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
GND
M
M
The electronic motor management modules offer all the advantages of modern effective power monitoring. Every 6.6 ms, the
effective power of a drive system or of any
other 3-phase consumer is calculated from
three currents, voltages and the phase angle. Currents of up to 16 A can be directly
acquired and currents >16 A are supplied via
external converters. Digital outputs can be
used to control separate mechanical or
electronic switching elements that adopt
the actual switching of the load. In this configuration, the EMM reliably protects connected loads – irrespective of their power
consumption – against overload and underload, and provides permanent status monitoring.
Up to 8 freely parameterizable switching,
message thresholds and up to four freely
configurable inputs and outputs enable the
protection of electrical drives and the system.
P1
Thermistor
input
Reverse running
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
Separate switching module
Forward running
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
GND
I22
Th2
Th1
O1 O2 O3 O4
Digital
outputs
6/T3
2/T1
4/T2
Th1
O USO
Thermistor
input
P2
S1/k
Current measurement
Supply
digital
outputs
Digital
outputs
Supply
digital
outputs
O1 O2 O3 O4
Th2
Current measurement
O USO
P1
EMM 3-.../500AC-IFS
The EMM modules can record the following data:
– Apparent effective and reactive power
– Currents and voltages
– Phase angle
– Switching-cycle and operating-hours
– Power meter.
Additional Functions:
– Adjustable bimetal function class 5-30
– Thermistor monitor
– Recording measured values
– PROFIBUS connection via TBUS
– Pre-configured motor exits such as reversing starters, star delta starters, etc.
The EMM modules can be used to record
complete "curves that can be used for system documentation.
The operating modes forward and reversing running, reverse and limit switch operation (with integrated restart inhibit) switch
actuating and regulating drives, pumps etc.
and also check for wear.
Current transformer
The external converters should be selected with a secondary nominal current of 5 A.
The primary current is determined by the
current consumption of the consumer (refer to connection diagram). For suitable current transformers, see catalog INTERFACE.
DIN rail connector TBUS
The TBUS (Order No. 2707437 ) can be
used to supply several EMMs with 24 V DC
or to couple up to 31 EMMs (for example)
to the PROFIBUS-GATEWAY-IFS.
Switching element
Depending on the particular requirement
of the application, either an electro-mechanical contactor or reversing contactor
combination, or a semiconductor contactor
or a solid-state reversing contactor is to be
used for the actual task of switching the
load. These switching elements are controlled via the digital outputs of the EMM
modules.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
13
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
IFS gateways for electronic motor
management modules
Notes:
H
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
D
EM...GATEWAY-IFS for connecting
EMM...IFS modules to popular bus systems:
PROFIBUS DP, Modbus, Modbus TCP,
DeviceNet™, and CANopen®.
– Communication via T-BUS with up to
31 EMMIFS modules
– Equipped with freely parameterizable
digital inputs and outputs
– Digital switching outputs for direct
control of EMMIFS (forward/reverse
running)
W
US GND
24V
DC
Reset
Fieldbus
connection
IN
IN1
IN2
IN3
IN4
IN5
IN6
IN7
IN8
OUT
O1
O2
O3
O4
IFS
TBUS
EPROM
IFSPort
µController
USO
TO
Status
Technical data
Input data
Operating voltage UB
Nominal input current at UIN
Input circuit
Digital inputs
Input voltage
Nominal input current at UIN
Input circuit
Digital outputs
Maximum switching voltage
Max. switching current
Residual voltage
Output protection
IFS interface
Connection method
General data
Test voltage data interface/power supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Standards/regulations
Degree of protection
Mounting position/mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
24 V DC -20 % ... +25 %
85 mA
Polarity protection, surge protection
24 V DC ±20%
3 mA
Polarity protection, surge protection
23 V DC (UB - Uresid. of the output)
500 mA
1V
Parallel protection against polarity reversal, pay attention to the fuse
TBUS
W/H/D
1.5 kV
-35°C ... 50°C
100% operating factor
EN 50178
IP20
Any / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Description
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
PROFIBUS DP
RS-232
RS-485
Modbus TCP
DeviceNet™
CANopen®
EM-PB-GATEWAY-IFS1)
EM-RS232-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-RS485-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-MODBUS-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-DNET-GATEWAY-IFS
EM-CAN-GATEWAY-IFS
2297620
2901526
2901527
2901528
2901529
2901504
1
1
1
1
1
1
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
DIN rail connector
Mini COMBICON connectors
- Socket contact
- Pin contact
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)
2811271
1
ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN
2707437
50
MC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81
IMC 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81
1803604
1857919
50
50
IFS gateways for electronic motor management modules
Accessories
14
PHOENIX CONTACT
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Motor management
Device Type Manager (DTM) for
motor management modules
EMM...IFS
– CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, programming adapter, and user manual on CD
available as configuration package
– Also available as USB programming
adapter even individually
– CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS also available
free of charge as a separate download
from www.phoenixcontact.com
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Configuration package for the EMM...IFS, comprising
CONTACTRON-DTM-IFS, USB programming adapter, and user
manual on CD
MM-CONF-SET
2297992
1
2811271
1
Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
15
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Hybrid motor starters for controlling
3-phase asynchronous motors combine up
to four functions in one device as required.
These include forward running, reverse running with optional reversing function including load wiring. The locking circuit for the
reversing function is also integrated and certified as a single electronic reversing starter
according to UL 508a and the new
UL 60947-1. Furthermore, the devices protect the motor by means of an integrated
motor protection relay with automatic and
remote reset function. The implemented
safety function according to Performance
Level e (PL e) of EN ISO 13849-1 provides
the emergency stop requirement. A PDT
confirmation contact provides information
regarding the availability of the device, and
the motor state. This means that in the
event of motor control without an error
message the integrated current measurement and symmetry scanning ensures that
the motor is turning. Even with these numerous functions, the hybrid motor starter
is just 22.5 mm wide.
16
PHOENIX CONTACT
Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters
with integrated protective devices, for
mounting on 35 mm DIN rails and 60 mm
busbar systems and connection to popular
bus systems via SmartWire-DT™ complete
the product portfolio.
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Hybrid motor starters with up to four
functions in one device: forward running,
reverse running, motor protection, and
emergency stop.
Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters
with integrated fuses for mounting on 35 mm
DIN rails and 60 mm busbar systems.
Connection of hybrid motor starters in a
bus system via SmartWire-DT™. Gateways
are provided for the main bus systems:
PROFIBUS, Modbus TCB, EtherNet/IP™,
and CANopen®.
The uniform design of the control side
enables the combination of short-circuitproof hybrid motor starters with
SmartWire-DT™ adapters for integration
in a bus system.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
17
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
“4 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
reversing function, motor protection,
and emergency stop
These 3-phase “4 in 1” hybrid motor
starters combine four functions in one device: right contactor, left contactor, motor
protection relay, and emergency stop up to
category 3.
Offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging
Safety level according to:
– IEC 61508-1: SIL3
– ISO 13849: PL e
H
H
W
D
W
D
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A
Ex:
MAN
RES
AUTO
Ex:
RES
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
Logic
µP
MAN
RES
AUTO
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
RES
Logic
µP
Notes:
Us
T
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
T
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
E
Us
T
T
& Error
R
L
E
& Error
R
97 96 95
L
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Technical data
97 96 95
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit
5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current
Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Safety data
EC-type examination certificate according to ATEX
100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V
W/H/D
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V
Surge protection
100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
Surge protection
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
II (2) G, II (2) D
II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145
PTB 07 ATEX 3145
II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145
Ordering data
Description
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)
II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
2900582
2903902
2900692
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2
2900414
2903904
2900420
1
1
1
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2I
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2I
2297031
2297044
1
1
“4 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, left contactor,
motor protection relay, and emergency stop
Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection
“4 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, left contactor,
motor protection relay, and emergency stop, terminals L1, L2, L3
and T1, T2, T3 rotated
18
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
1
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Conventional structure
Main current path reversing contactor according to category 3
H
Structure with CONTACTRON
Main and control current path for “4 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
reversing function according to category 3
W
D
L1 F1
F2
L2 F3
L3
F1
F2
F3
L1
L2
L3
+24V DC
K1
K5
L1 L2 L3
K2
T3
K1
T1 T2 T3
T1 T2
K5
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A
K3
Ex:
K4
M
3~
M1
K5
K1 +US R L
K5
K5
K5
K5
S2
E
PE
F4
K5
MAN
RES
AUTO
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
RES
Logic
µP
Us
T
T
M
3~
M1
E
GND
PE
K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor
K3 = Left contactor
K4 = Right contactor
F4 = Motor protection relay
& Error
K1 = “4 in 1” hybrid motor starter with reversing function
K5 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay
T1 = Left, T2 = Right, T3 = Reset
S2 = Emergency stop
R
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Conventional structure
Control current path reversing contactor according to category 3
Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
+24V DC F5
40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
K5
100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V
PTB 07 ATEX 3145
10
20
30
60
50
40
70
K5
Derating curve ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time
K5
K5
T2
T3
K1
K4
K3
K5
K5
K2
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
II (2) G, II (2) D
1
2
0
T1
100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection
PTB 07 ATEX 3145
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
Ambient temperature [°C]
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
II (2) G, II (2) D
K5
S2
F4
5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
Output current [A]
97 96 95
K3
K4
K5
K5
K1
K2
Output current [A]
L
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18
GND
2
1
2
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor
K3 = Left contactor
K4 = Right contactor
K5 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay
T1 = Left, T2 = Right, T3 = Reset
S2 = Emergency stop
F4 = Motor protection relay
Derating curve ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2 and
ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
100% operating time
ELR H5-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9
Order No.
2900421
2903906
2900422
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
1
2
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
Output current [A]
Type
Output current [A]
Ordering data
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9I
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9I
2297057
2297060
1
1
2
0
70
1
2
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 and
ELR H5-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time
1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
19
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
“3 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
motor protection and emergency stop
These 3-phase “3 in 1” hybrid motor
starters combine three functions in one device: right contactor, motor protection relay, and emergency stop up to category 3.
Offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging
Safety level according to:
– IEC 61508-1: SIL3
– ISO 13849: PL e
H
H
W
D
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A
Ex:
MAN
RES
AUTO
Notes:
W
D
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Ex:
RES
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
Logic
µP
MAN
RES
AUTO
Us
T
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
T
E
RES
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
Logic
µP
Us
T
T
& Error
ON
E
& Error
ON
97 96 95
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
97 96 95
Technical data
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuation voltage UC ON
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit
5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current
Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Safety data
EC-type examination certificate according to ATEX
100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V
W/H/D
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V
Surge protection
100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
II (2) G, II (2) D
II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145
PTB 07 ATEX 3145
II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145
II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
“3 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, motor
protection relay, and emergency stop
Screw connection
Push-in connection
Screw connection
ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
2900566
2903914
2900689
PHOENIX CONTACT
100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
Surge protection
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
20
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
Type
Order No.
ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2
2900567
2903916
2900568
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Conventional structure
Main current path contactor according to category 3
H
Structure with CONTACTRON
Main and control current path for “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter
according to category 3
W
D
F1
F1
F2
F3
L1
L2
L3
L1 F2
L2 F3
L3
+24V DC
K1
K4
L1 L2 L3
K2
T3
K1
T1 T2 T3
T1
K4
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A
K3
Ex:
M
3~
M1
K4
K1 +US ON
K4
K4
K4
K4
S2
E
PE
F4
K4
MAN
RES
AUTO
RES
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
Logic
µP
Us
T
T
E
M
3~
M1
GND
PE
K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor
K3 = Right contactor
F4 = Motor protection relay
K1 = “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter
K4 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay
T1 = Right, T3 = Reset
S2 = Emergency stop
& Error
ON
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Conventional structure
Control current path contactor according to category 3
Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
Output current [A]
97 96 95
230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
+24V DC F5
40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
K4
K4
S2
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
0
F4
K4
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
T1
II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145
60
50
40
70
Derating curve ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time
K4
K1
K4
K4
K2
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
PTB 07 ATEX 3145
30
T2
100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection
II (2) G, II (2) D
20
K4
K4
K4
K3
K1
K2
Output current [A]
100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V
10
Ambient temperature [°C]
5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
1
2
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18
GND
2
1
2
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
K1 + K2 = Emergency stop contactor
K3 = Right contactor
K4 = PSR SCP-24DC.../Safety relay
T1 = Right, T3 = Reset
S2 = Emergency stop
F4 = Motor protection relay
Derating curve ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2 and
ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
100% operating time
Order No.
ELR H3-IES-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-IES-PT-24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9
2900569
2903918
2900570
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
1
2
0
10
20
40
30
50
60
Output current [A]
Type
Output current [A]
Ordering data
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time
2
0
70
1
2
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-2 and
ELR H3-IES-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time
1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
21
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
“3 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
reversing function and motor protection
These 3-phase “3 in 1” hybrid motor
starters combine three functions in one
device: right contactor, left contactor, and
motor protection relay.
Offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging
H
H
W
D
W
D
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
MAN
RES
AUTO
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
RES
Logic
μP
MAN
RES
AUTO
Us
T
R
L
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
RES
Logic
μP
Us
T
& Error
97 96 95
& Error
R
L
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Technical data
97 96 95
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuation voltage UC ON
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit
5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current
Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V
W/H/D
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V
Surge protection
100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
Surge protection
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Description
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
2900573
2900691
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2
2900574
2900575
Pcs. /
Pkt.
“3 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor, left contactor,
and motor protection relay
22
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
1
1
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Conventional structure
Main current path contactor according to category 3
H
Structure with CONTACTRON
Main and control current path for “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter
according to category 3
W
D
F1
F1
F2
F3
L1
L2
L3
L1 F2
L2 F3
L3
+24V DC
L1 L2 L3
K1
T1 T2 T3
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A
K1
K1 +US R L
PE
F4
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
RES
M
3~
M1
Logic
μP
Us
T
GND
PE
K1 = Left contactor
K2 = Right contactor
F4 = Motor protection relay
K1 = “3 in 1” hybrid motor starter
T1 = Right, T2 = Left, T3 = Reset
& Error
L
97 96 95
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Conventional structure
Control current path contactor according to category 3
Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
Output current [A]
R
230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
+24V DC
40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
F5
4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
F4
1
2
0
10
20
30
60
50
40
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V
M
3~
M1
Derating curve ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time
T1
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
T2
100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection
K2
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
K1
Output current [A]
MAN
RES
AUTO
K2
T1 T2
K1
K2
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18
GND
2
1
2
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
K1 = Left contactor
K2 = Right contactor
T1 = Right, T2 = Left, T3 = Reset
F4 = Motor protection relay
Derating curve ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2 and
ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-99
100% operating time
Ordering data
2900576
2900578
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
1
2
0
10
20
40
30
50
60
Output current [A]
ELR H5-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9
Order No.
Output current [A]
Type
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time
2
0
70
1
2
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 and
ELR H5-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time
1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
23
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
“2 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
motor protection
These 3-phase “2 in 1” hybrid motor
starters combine two functions in one device: right contactor and motor protection.
The devices offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
– Low-wear switching
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging
H
H
W
D
W
D
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 2 A
Notes:
MAN
RES
AUTO
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
RES
Logic
μP
MAN
RES
AUTO
Us
T
ON
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
RES
Logic
μP
Us
T
& Error
97 96 95
& Error
ON
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
97 96 95
Technical data
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuation voltage UC ON
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit
5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current
Surge current
Min. load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V
W/H/D
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
(see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V
Surge protection
100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
Surge protection
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Description
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
(see derating curve)
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
2900542
2900685
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2
2900543
2900544
Pcs. /
Pkt.
“2 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor and
motor protection relay
24
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
1
1
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
Conventional structure
Main current path reversing contactor according to category 3
H
Structure with CONTACTRON
Main and control current path for “2 in 1” hybrid motor starter
according to category 3
W
D
F1
F1
F2
F3
L1
L2
L3
L1 F2
L2 F3
L3
+24V DC
L1 L2 L3
K1
T1
T1 T2 T3
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A
K1
RES
M
3~
M1
Logic
μP
Us
T
ON
PE
GND
PE
K1 = Right contactor
F4 = Motor protection relay
K1 = “2 in 1” hybrid motor starter
T1 = Right, T3 = Reset
& Error
ON
97 96 95
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Conventional structure
Control current path contactor according to category 3
Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
+24V DC
40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
F5
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
F4
1
2
0
10
20
30
60
50
40
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity rever- Surge protection
sal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
Derating curve ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
T1
100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Output current [A]
100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V
K1 +US
F4
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
Output current [A]
MAN
RES
AUTO
M
3~
M1
K1
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18
GND
2
1
2
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
K1 = Right contactor
T1 = Right, T3 = Reset
F4 = Motor protection relay
Derating curve ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2 and
ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9
100% operating time
Ordering data
2900545
2900546
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
1
2
0
10
20
40
30
50
60
Output current [A]
ELR H3-I-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9
Order No.
Output current [A]
Type
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
100% operating time
2
0
70
1
2
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-2 and
ELR H3-I-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time
1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
25
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
“2 in 1” hybrid motor starter with
reversing function
3-phase hybrid motor starter for reversing three-phase induction motors
The devices offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– They save wiring
– Up to 9 A
– Low-wear switching
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging
Notes:
H
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
W
D
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
Us
T
Logic
µP
R
L
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit
5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
Output current [A]
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18
1
2
70
60
50
40
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve for ELR H3-SC-24DC/500AC-9
100% operating time
Output current [A]
10
20
30
1 = Aligned with 20 mm spacing
2 = Aligned without spacing
70
60
50
40
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve for ELR H3-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time
0
26
100 A (t = 10 ms)
0A
< 0.5 V
W/H/D
10
20
PHOENIX CONTACT
30
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms)
0A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
1 = Aligned with 20 mm spacing
2 = Aligned without spacing
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18
Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
ELR H5-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H5-SC-230AC/500AC-9
2900538
2900539
Pcs. /
Pkt.
“2 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor and
left contactor
1
1
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
“1 in 1” hybrid motor starter
Notes:
H
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
3-phase hybrid motor starter for starting
three-phase induction motors
The devices offer the following advantages:
– 22.5 mm wide
– Low-wear switching
– Up to 9 A
– Long service life
– Space-saving
– 3-phase loop bridging
W
D
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For starting 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
Us
T
Logic
µP
ON
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
230 V AC (50/60 Hz)
0.4 ... 1.1
Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuation voltage UC ON
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
4 mA
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit
5 mA
7 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
Output current [A]
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18
1
2
70
60
50
40
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve for ELR H5-SC-24DC/500AC-9
100% operating time
Output current [A]
100 A (t = 10 ms)
0A
< 0.5 V
W/H/D
10
20
30
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms)
0A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
7
3 x 10 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
1 = Aligned with 20 mm spacing
2 = Aligned without spacing
0
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18
Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
Description
Type
Order No.
ELR H3-SC- 24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-SC-230AC/500AC-9
2900530
2900531
Pcs. /
Pkt.
“1 in 1” hybrid motor starter, incl. right contactor
1
1
1 = Aligned with 20 mm spacing
2 = Aligned without spacing
70
60
50
40
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve for ELR H5-SC-230AC/500AC-9
100% operating time
0
10
20
30
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
27
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters
with short-circuit protection
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
These short-circuit-proof 3-phase “4 in
1” hybrid motor starters for mounting on
30 mm DIN rails or 60 mm busbars combine four functions in one device: right contactor, left contactor, motor protection relay, and emergency stop up to category 3.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Offer the following advantages:
22.5 mm wide
Bi-metal function can be set up to 9 A
Long service life
Space-saving
They save wiring
3-phase loop bridging
Plug-in motor output terminal block
Coordination type 2 according to
IEC/EN 60947-4-2
Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
W/H/D
Description
Short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starters
Hybrid motor starters
DIN rail adapter
Power rail adapter, 160 mm
Power rail adapter, 200 mm
Set consisting of short-circuit-proof hybrid motor starter and
DIN rail adapter
Fuse
Coordination type 2 to 10 kA/500 V
Coordination type 2 to 5 kA/400 V
Coordination type 1 to 30 kA/500 V
28
PHOENIX CONTACT
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
H
H
W
D
H
W
D
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 2.4 A
Ex:
MAN
RES
AUT
Us
T
T
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 550 V AC/3 x 9 A
Ex:
Reset
Autoreset
Reset2
R
L1 L2 L3
Logic
μP
Ex:
Reset
Autoreset
MAN
RES
AUT
Us
T
24
VDC
& Error
E
T
Reset
2/T1 6/T3
4/T2
97 96 95
Reset2
L1 L2 L3
Logic
μP
Reset
Autoreset
& Error
T
Reset
L
2/T1 6/T3
4/T2
97 96 95
Reset2
L1 L2 L3
Logic
μP
24
VDC
& Error
E
R
24VDC
Technical data
MAN
RES
AUT
Us
T
24
VDC
E
R
24VDC
L
W
D
Reset
24VDC
L
Technical data
2/T1 6/T3
4/T2
97 96 95
Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A
75 mA
< 0.3 V
Surge protection, short-circuit protection
180 mA
< 0.4 V
Surge protection, short-circuit protection
1.5 A
< 0.6 V
Surge protection, short-circuit protection
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 160 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06
EM RD-ADAPTER
EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT
EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC
2902746
2902747
2902748
2902831
ELR H51-0.6-DIN-RAIL-SET
2902952
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
1
1
1
1
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2
EM RD-ADAPTER
EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT
EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC
2902744
2902747
2902748
2902831
1
ELR H51-2.4-DIN-RAIL-SET
2902953
Accessories
FUSE-10X38-16A-GR
FUSE-10X38-20A-GR
FUSE-10X38-30A-MR
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Order No.
1
1
1
1
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9
EM RD-ADAPTER
EM RI-ADAPTER COMPACT
EM RI-ADAPTER CLASSIC
2902745
2902747
2902748
2902831
1
1
1
1
1
ELR H51-9-DIN-RAIL-SET
2902954
1
2903126
2903384
2903119
10
10
10
Accessories
2903126
2903384
2903119
10
10
10
FUSE-10X38-16A-GR
FUSE-10X38-20A-GR
FUSE-10X38-30A-MR
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Accessories
2903126
2903384
2903119
10
10
10
FUSE-10X38-16A-GR
FUSE-10X38-20A-GR
FUSE-10X38-30A-MR
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
29
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters
with SmartWire-DT™ support
Notes:
Switching device technical data
You can download the SmartWire-DT™ Assist software for easy
creation of SmartWire-DT™ networks free of charge at
www.phoenixcontact.com
Controller
SmartWire-DT™ is a registered trademark of Eaton Corporation.
MRESET
STOP
RUN/PROG
RESET
PRG
1.1
2.1
1.1
2.1
1.1
2.1
1.1
2.1
1.2
2.2
1.2
2.2
1.2
2.2
1.2
2.2
1.3
2.3
1.3
2.3
1.3
2.3
1.3
2.3
1.4
2.4
1.4
2.4
1.4
2.4
1.4
2.4
LINK
TM
SmartWireDT line
Start
Ethernet connection
Stop
Reset
0511
01
SWD
EN
EN
EN
SWD
EN
EN
EN
SWD
EN
EN
EN
SWD
EN
EN
EN
EN
EN
SWD
EN
+15V
A1 S34 S33 S11
24V
0V
POW
S12 S21 S22 A2
M2
US
R L
MAN RES AUT E
97 96 95
M5
M4
M3
M1
US
R L
MAN RES AUT E
97 96 95
SWD
DP Config.
Power
Config.
PSR-ESA4
AUX
Gateway
2,4
Reset
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
0,87
2,4
2,4A
PWR
Err
L
R
Reset
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
max.
4,0
9,0
4,0
2,4A
PWR
Err
L
R
Reset
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
max.
Emergency stop
Network termination
plug
9,0
1,5
1,5
0,18
0,18
9A
PWR
Err
L
R
Reset
max.
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
9A
PWR
Err
L
R
Reset
ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
0,87
max.
PWR
Err
L
R
K2
6,5
ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
0,6
0,6A
0,075
US
R L
MAN RES AUT E
97 96 95
6,5
ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2
0,25
max.
US
R L
MAN RES AUT E
97 96 95
1,63
ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2
24V
0V
US
R L
MAN RES AUT E
97 96 95
1,63
ELRH5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
ETH1
FOR LAN ONLY
ETH2
POW
EU5C-SED-EIP-MODTCP PXC
RS232
K1
0,39
2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
1/L1 3/L2 5/L3
31
13
14
32
33
24
PSR safety relays
Hybrid motor starters
with SmartWireDTTM connection
Switch and reverse motors safely and reliably with CONTACTRON compact hybrid
motor starters. The CONTACTRON “4 in
1” combines all the functions of a conventional reversing contactor circuit in a single
device – for motors up to 4 kW, with a
design width of just 22.5 mm.
The SmartWire-DT™ communication
system makes the complex cabling of the
control and signal levels easier and clearer.
You can also combine the hybrid motor
starters with standard fieldbus systems.
The hybrid motor starters, as well as the
command and signaling devices, are directly
connected to the controller with
SmartWire-DT™ via a gateway. Safe
shutdown is implemented with a PSR safety
relay. Thanks to SmartWire-DT™, the
amount of wiring is significantly reduced.
You benefit from clearly arranged and compact control cabinets.
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
Rated control supply current IS at US
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current
Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions (including adapter)
Safety data
EC-type examination certificate according to ATEX
W/H/D
Description
Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor protection +
SmartWire-DT™ adapter as a set
30
PHOENIX CONTACT
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
H
W
H
W
D
Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor
protection + SmartWire-DT™ adapter, as a set
550 V AC/3 x 0.6 A
EM-SWD
CONTACTRON n in 1"
"
Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor
protection + SmartWire-DT™ adapter, as a set
550 V AC/3 x 2.4 A
EM-SWD
+
CONTACTRON n in 1"
"
SmartWire-DT TM
1/L1
I
Us
RESET
RESET
MAN.
AUTO
-
2/T1
R
L
3/L2
EN+
EN-
5/L3
Logic
& μP
4/T2
6/T3
& Error
CONTACTRON n in 1"
"
+
SmartWire-DT TM
RESET
MAN.
AUTO
-
Reversing starter + emergency stop + motor
protection + SmartWire-DT™ adapter, as a set
550 V AC/3 x 9 A
EM-SWD
+
EN+
EN-
W
D
Technical data
Us
1/L1
I
RESET
RESET
MAN.
AUTO
-
5/L3
Logic
& μP
2/T1
R
L
3/L2
EN+
EN-
SmartWire-DT TM
H
D
4/T2
6/T3
& Error
Technical data
Us
1/L1
I
RESET
2/T1
R
L
4/T2
6/T3
& Error
Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
40 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 600 mA (see derating curve)
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 2.4 A (see derating curve)
42 V AC ... 550 V AC
max. 9 A (see derating curve)
100 A (t = 10 ms)
75 mA
< 0.2 V
Surge protection
100 A (t = 10 ms)
180 mA
< 0.3 V
Surge protection
100 A (t = 10 ms)
1.5 A
< 0.5 V
Surge protection
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm
500 V
6 kV/safe isolation
-25°C ... 70°C
3 x 107 cycles
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm
II (2) G, II (2) D
II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145
PTB 07 ATEX 3145
II (2) G, II (2) D
PTB 07 ATEX 3145
Ordering data
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-0,6
2903116
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
3/L2
5/L3
Logic
& μP
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-2
2903117
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
Type
Order No.
ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-9
2903118
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
31
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
SmartWire-DT™ accessories
With the “EM SWD-ADAPTER”
SmartWire-DT™ adapter for the
CONTACTRON 24 V DC “n in 1” devices,
the device concerned can be seamlessly integrated into the fieldbus environment using
SmartWire-DT™. Corresponding gateways
are available for the following bus systems:
– PROFIBUS-DP
– CANopen
– Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP
SmartWire DT adapter
Technical data
Input data
Supply voltage UAUX
Rated current IAUX
Supply voltage UPOW
Rated current IPOW
Input data
Description
Input voltage
Input current
Output data
Description
Output supply
Output current
SmartWire-DT interface
Connection method
Data rate
Current consumption IAUX
Current consumption IPOW
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529
Mounting position
Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
W/H/D
Enable input
24 V DC
5 mA
Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd
120 mA
25 mA
-25°C ... 55°C
IEC 60947-1 / EN 60947-1
IP20
Any
On CONTACTRON hybrid motor starter
0.14 - 1 mm² / 0.14 - 1 mm² / 26 - 18
22.5 mm / 165 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
EM SWD-ADAPTER
2902776
Pcs. /
Pkt.
SmartWire-DT™ adapter
Gateways
CANopen®
PROFIBUS
Ethernet
I/O modules
Digital, 4 inputs, 4 outputs
Digital, 4 inputs
Digital, 8 outputs
Analog, 2 inputs, 2 outputs
Power feed module for supplying further SmartWire-DT™
devices
32
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
H
D
H
W
D
Gateways
H
W
D
W
Input/output modules
Power feed
Technical data
Technical data
Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd
-
Digital inputs
24 V DC
Typ. 4 mA
Digital outputs
24 V DC -15% ... +20%
Typ. 500 mA
Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd
-
-25°C ... 55°C
EN 50178
IP20
Any
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
35 mm / 90 mm / 127 mm
EN 50178
IP20
Any
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
35 mm / 90 mm / 101 mm
24 V DC -15% ... +20%
3A
24 V DC -15% ... +20%
700 mA
-
Ordering data
Technical data
Analog inputs
Analog outputs
Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd
-
24 V DC -15% ... +20%
3A
24 V DC -15% ... +20%
700 mA
Pin strip, 8-pos.
125 kBd / 250 kBd
EN 50178
IP20
Any
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
35 mm / 90 mm / 124 mm
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
EU5C-SWD-CAN PXC
EU5C-SWD-DP PXC
EU5C-SWD-EIP-MODTCP PXC
2903098
2903100
2903244
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
EU5E-SWD-4D4D PXC
EU5E-SWD-4DX PXC
EU5E-SWD-X8D PXC
EU5E-SWD-2A2A PXC
2903101
2903102
2903103
2903104
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
EU5C-SWD-PF2-1 PXC
2903113
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
33
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
SmartWire-DT™ accessories
Description
Color
Plug tools
Flat-ribbon cable, 8-pos.
Ordering data
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
SWD4-CRP-1 PXC
2903110
1
SWD4-CRP-2 PXC
2903114
1
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
SWD4-100LF-8-24 PXC
2903111
1
SWD4-3LF8-24-2S PXC
2903112
1
Pliers for device plugs
Pliers for flat plugs
Flat-ribbon cable, 8-pos., 100 m
Flat-ribbon cable, assembled with 2 flat plugs, 8-pos., 3 m
SmartWire-DT™ accessories
Accessories for SmartWire-DT™ and
SmartWire-DT™ devices for connecting
digital and analog input and output signals.
Description
Plug and coupling
Network dummy plug
Device plug, 8-pos.
Flat plug, 8-pos.
Coupling for 8-pos. flat plug
Programming adapter
34
PHOENIX CONTACT
Color
Plug and coupler
Programming adapter
Ordering data
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
SWD4-RC8-10 PXC
SWD4-8SF2-5 PXC
SWD4-8MF2 PXC
SWD4-8SFF2-5 PXC
2903106
2903107
2903108
2903109
1
10
10
1
Type
Order No.
EU4A-RJ45-USB-CAB1 PXC
2903465
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
F1
L1 F2
L2 F3
L3
Intended use
The SmartWire-DT™ adapter is approved exclusively for use in
conjunction with the following CONTACTRON hybrid motor starters. If other switching devices are used, correct operation, in particular of the safety function, cannot be ensured.
+24V DC
GND
S1
S21
S22
S11
S12
Motor protection and safe shutdown
PSR-SCP-24UC/ESA4/2x1/1x2
A1
A2
13
23
14
24
S33 S34
SWD
SWD
SWD
+
EN+ EN– –
SWD EN
2900573
2900574
2900576
2900542
2900543
2900545
AUX
EM SWD-ADAPTER
EU5C SWD-DP PXC
L GND_E
MAN RES AUT
PROFIBUS-DP
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
Config.
US GND R
CONTACTRON N in1
2/T1
4/T2
POW
6/T3
2900582
ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
2900414
ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2
2900421
ELR H5-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
2900566
ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
2900567
ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-2
2900569
ELR H3-IES-SC-24DC/500AC-9
2297031
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-2I
2297057
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-9I
2902952
ELR H51-0,6-DINRAIL-SET
2902953
ELR H51-2,4-DINRAIL-SET
2902954
ELR H51-9-DINRAIL-SET
2902746
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-06
2902744
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-2
2902745
ELR H51-IESSC-24DC500AC-9
Motor protection only
96 95 97
ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2
ELR H5-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9
ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-0,6
ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-2
ELR H3-I-SC-24DC/500AC-9
M
3~
PE
Emergency stop wiring example (two-channel)
SWD
Output current [A]
F1
L1 F2
L2 F3
L3
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
0,2
0,1
2
0
SWD
SWD
1
10
20
40
30
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
+
EN+ EN– –
SWD EN
Derating curve for ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-0,6
100% operating time
AUX
EM SWD-ADAPTER
CONTACTRON N in1
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
POW
96 95 97
Output current [A]
MAN RES AUT
EU5C SWD-DP PXC
L GND_E
PROFIBUS-DP
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
Config.
US GND R
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0,18
2
1
2
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
Derating curve for ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-2 and
ELR H5-IES-SC-SWD/500AC-9
100% operating time
M
3~
PE
Wiring example without emergency stop
1 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
35
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
CONTACTRON bridge
The flexible CONTACTRON loop bridge
(BRIDGE-) simplifies the supply and looping through of phases L1, L2, and L3.
It is available in 2- to 10-way versions for
modules in the CONTACTRON family with
22.5 mm housing width.
Features of the 3-phase loop bridge:
– Saves considerable wiring
– Suitable for CONTACTRON series
- ELR H3
- ELR H5
- ELR (W)3
- EMMIFS
– Bridging of 2 to 10 devices with maximum
module spacing of 22.5 mm
– Up to 575 V AC/3 x 25 A
– Additional bridge versions available on
request
0.3 m connecting cable
with ferrules
Technical data
General data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
Cross section
575 V AC
25 A
2.5 mm²
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
3-phase loop bridge
2-way
3-way
4-way
5-way
6-way
7-way
8-way
9-way
10-way
BRIDGE- 2
BRIDGE- 3
BRIDGE- 4
BRIDGE- 5
BRIDGE- 6
BRIDGE- 7
BRIDGE- 8
BRIDGE- 9
BRIDGE-10
2900746
2900747
2900748
2900749
2900750
2900751
2900752
2900753
2900754
≤22,5 mm
2
3
4
...
10
≤55 mm
1
36
PHOENIX CONTACT
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Hybrid motor starters
3 m connecting cable
without ferrules
Technical data
575 V AC
25 A
2.5 mm²
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
BRIDGE- 2-3M
BRIDGE- 3-3M
BRIDGE- 4-3M
BRIDGE- 5-3M
BRIDGE- 6-3M
BRIDGE- 7-3M
BRIDGE- 8-3M
BRIDGE- 9-3M
BRIDGE-10-3M
2901543
2901656
2901659
2901545
2901697
2901698
2901700
2901701
2901702
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
37
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Three-phase solid-state reversing
contactors
The three-phase solid-state reversing
contactor with an integrated locking circuit
and load wiring are intended for applications
such as control valves, slides, separating filters, ship steering gears, etc. The scope of
performance ranges from 575 V AC/3 x 2 A
to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A.
Advantages of three-phase solid-state reversing contactors:
– Noise-free and wear-free switching
– Integrated protective circuit
– Stable and short switching times
– Long service life
– High switching frequency
– Integrated locking and load wiring
– Thermal fuse optional
Notes:
Type of insulation housing:
ELR W 3...2, ELR W 3...9
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green
ELR W 3...16, ELR W 3...37
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green
H
D
W
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 2 A
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
R
L
T
Technical data
Input data
Rated actuating voltage UC R/L
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit
Output current [A]
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Load current
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ELR ...-9
ELR ...-2
60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
Output current [A]
10
20
40
ELR ...-37
60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
PHOENIX CONTACT
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 2 A
(see derating curve)
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 2 A
(see derating curve)
200 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
250 A2s
200 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
250 A2s
RCV circuit
500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 2 Hz
max. 5 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 2
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 2
2297293
2297303
1
1
2900796
1
Accessories
Thermal fuse
20
12.7 mA
11.2 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED
3-phase solid-state reversing contactor
ELR ...-16
10
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
Ordering data
Description
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
38
Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Maximum load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms)
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Reversing frequency
Switching frequency
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Power station requirements
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
- Control side
- Load side
Dimensions
W/H/D
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
40
THERMAL FUSE TF104
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
H
D
H
W
H
W
D
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 9 A
D
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 16 A
For reversing 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A
1/L1
3/L2
W
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
R
R
L
L
L
T
R
T
T
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
4/T2
6/T3
Technical data
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
Technical data
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
12.7 mA
11.2 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED
12.7 mA
11.2 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED
12.7 mA
11.2 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 16 A
(see derating curve)
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 37 A
(see derating curve)
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
RCV circuit
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 16 A
(see derating curve)
300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
RCV circuit
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 37 A
(see derating curve)
1300 A (t = 10 ms)
200 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
9000 A2s
1300 A (t = 10 ms)
200 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
9000 A2s
RCV circuit
500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 2 Hz
max. 5 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 2 Hz
max. 5 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm
500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 2 Hz
max. 5 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6
147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6
147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC- 9
ELR W3-230AC/500AC- 9
2297316
2297329
2900796
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
1
1
ELR W3- 24DC/500AC-16
ELR W3-230AC/500AC-16
2297332
2297345
1
THERMAL FUSE TF104
2900796
Accessories
THERMAL FUSE TF104
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
1
1
ELR W2+1- 24DC/500AC-37
ELR W2+1-230AC/500AC-37
2297374
2297387
1
1
1
THERMAL FUSE TF104
2900796
1
Accessories
Accessories
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
39
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Three-phase semiconductor contactor
Motors of mixers, machine tools, conveying systems, pumps, and fans up to
575 V AC/3 x 37 A (equivalent to 1 kW to
18.5 kW) can be controlled using the
CONTACTRON three-phase semiconductor contactors.
Advantages of three-phase semiconductor contactors:
– Noise-free and wear-free switching
– Integrated protective circuit
– Stable and short switching times
– Long service life
– High switching frequency
– Thermal fuse optional
Notes:
Type of insulation housing:
ELR 3...2, ELR 3...9
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green
ELR 3...16, ELR 3...37
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green
H
W
D
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For switching 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 2 A
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
ON
T
Technical data
Input data
Rated actuation voltage UC ON
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
Rated actuating current IC at UC
Input circuit
Output current [A]
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Load current
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ELR ...-9
ELR ...-2
60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
10
20
40
Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Maximum load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms)
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Switching frequency
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Power station requirements
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
- Control side
- Load side
Dimensions
W/H/D
Output current [A]
8.3 mA
12.5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 2 A
(see derating curve)
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 2 A
(see derating curve)
200 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
250 A2s
200 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
250 A2s
RCV circuit
500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
40 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 2
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 2
2297196
2297206
1
1
2900796
1
Three-phase semiconductor contactor
ELR ...-37
Accessories
ELR ...-16
Thermal fuse
60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
10
40
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
Ordering data
Description
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
5
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
20
PHOENIX CONTACT
40
THERMAL FUSE TF104
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
H
H
W
H
W
D
For switching 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 9 A
For switching 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 16 A
For switching 3~ AC motors
up to 575 V AC/3 x 37 A
1/L1
3/L2
W
D
5/L3
1/L1
ON
3/L2
5/L3
ON
T
T
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
2/T1
Technical data
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
4/T2
6/T3
Technical data
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
ON
T
D
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
Technical data
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.25
230 V AC
0.4 ... 1.1
8.3 mA
12.5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED
8.3 mA
12.5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED
8.3 mA
12.5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Surge protection
- / Yellow LED / Red LED
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 16 A
(see derating curve)
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 37 A
(see derating curve)
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 9 A
(see derating curve)
300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
RCV circuit
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 16 A
(see derating curve)
300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
300 A (t = 10 ms)
100 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
580 A2s
RCV circuit
48 V AC ... 575 V AC
1200 V
max. 37 A
(see derating curve)
1300 A (t = 10 ms)
200 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
9000 A2s
1300 A (t = 10 ms)
200 mA
< 1.5 V
6 mA
9000 A2s
RCV circuit
500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 20 mm
500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm
500 V
6 kV/basic isolation
6 kV/basic isolation
max. 10 Hz
max. 1 Hz
-25°C ... 70°C
DIN EN 50178 / EN 60947
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with spacing = 40 mm
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
67.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6
147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
0.2 - 4 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
0.5 - 16 mm² / 0.5 - 16 mm² / 20 - 6
147.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
ELR 3- 24DC/500AC- 9
ELR 3-230AC/500AC- 9
2297219
2297222
2900796
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
1
1
ELR 3- 24DC/500AC-16
ELR 3-230AC/500AC-16
2297235
2297248
1
THERMAL FUSE TF104
2900796
Accessories
THERMAL FUSE TF104
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
1
1
ELR 2+1- 24DC/500AC-37
ELR 2+1-230AC/500AC-37
2297277
2297280
1
1
1
THERMAL FUSE TF104
2900796
1
Accessories
Accessories
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
41
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Electronic reversing load relay,
with integrated soft switch
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polycarbonate PC, color: green.
The ELR W 3/9-400 S soft switch can be
used to increase the service life of a 3-phase
induction motor.
– Parameterization is performed directly on
the device via display and keyboard
– Friction time
– Torque, start
– Start time
– Stop time
– Torque, stop
– Braking time
– Braking torque
– Drive can be controlled locally via
keyboard
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
D W
H
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Parameterization
24V DC UIN
1/L1
3/L2
5/L3
2/T1
4/T2
6/T3
Logic
L
24V DC
Memory
&
24V DC
R
Alarm
Technical data
Input data
Supply nominal voltage UVN
Supply voltage range with reference to UVN
Quiescent current
Control voltage UST right/left
Control voltage range in reference to UST
Typ. input current at UN
Input circuit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Maximum switching voltage
Output voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Load current
Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
Output protection
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Power station requirements
EMC regulations
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
W/H/D
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
85 mA
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
5 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / Yellow LED / Red LED
440 V AC (L1/T1)
440 V AC (L2/T2)
440 V AC (L3/T3)
110 V AC ... 433 V AC
1000 V
< 8 A (IL1, at 20°C Tu, see derating)
< 8 A (IL2, at 20°C Tu, see derating)
< 8 A (IL3, at 20°C Tu, see derating)
230 A (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C)
150 mA
Typ. 1.5 V (For IL)
5 mA (IL1, in switched-off state)
RC element, surge protection
2.5 kV
-20°C ... 60°C
DIN EN 50178 / Safe isolation
DWR 1300 / ZXX01/DD/7080.8d
EN 61000-6-2 / EN 61000-6-4
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with > 20 mm spacing
0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10
62 mm / 94 mm / 122 mm
Load current [A]
Ordering data
Description
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Order No.
ELR W3/ 9-400 S1)
2963569
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Electronic reversing load relay, with an integrated soft switch
10
20
30
40
50
60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
42
Type
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
ON
delay
Operation
OFF
delay
100% operation positive
Torque, start
Torque, stop
Friction time
Start time
Switch
operation
Stop time
100% operation positive
Torque, start
Braking time
Torque, stop
Friction time
Start time
Switch
operation
100% operation negative
Switch-off procedure
The figure shows the control of the
reversing load relay with a soft starter and
the operation of a three-phase current load.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
43
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Electronic reversing load relay for DC
motors
The ELR-DC electronic reversing load
relays allow mechanically commutated DC
motors to be switched. They reverse and
reduce the speed of DC motors up to 24
V/6 A in a wear-free manner. A short-circuit,
surge-voltage, and overload-proof output
guarantees reliable use in the plant.
If a 24 V DC signal is applied to the “left”
input, the ELR-DC is interconnected so that
the output supplies the motor with voltage.
If the “right” input is triggered, the polarity
of the voltage is inverted on the output. By
triggering both inputs, i.e., “right” and
“left”, the motor is short-circuited internally via the ELR-DC and reduces the speed.
Thanks to the internal interlocking circuit
and load wiring, wiring expense is reduced
to a minimum.
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polycarbonate PC, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
D W
H
PWM = Pulse Width Modulation
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
+U
R
M+
Logic
M-
L
GND
Technical data
Input data
Control voltage UST right/left
Control voltage range in reference to UST
Typ. input current at UN
Input circuit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
PWM option
Maximum clock frequency of the PWM at the control inputs
Application example
Pulse width repetition rate of the PWM
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Load current
R
L
L
U
R
24V GND
M+ M-
M
24 V DC
-
Quiescent current
+
Status table
Input
Output
Right
Left
M+
M–
0
0
High resistance
High resistance
1
0
+24 V
GND
0
1
GND
+24 V
1
1
GND
GND
Current limitation at short-circuits
Output protection
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Standards/regulations
Degree of protection according to IEC 60529/ EN 60529
Mounting position
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
W/H/D
24 V DC
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
0.8 ... 1.2
3 mA
3 mA
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / LED yellow, forward running (R), LED yellow,
reverse running (L) / 1000 Hz
1000 Hz
0% ... 100%
0% ... 100%
10 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 V DC ... 30 V DC
2A
6A
(Mounted in rows with
(see derating curve)
zero spacing)
Approx. 7 mA
Approx. 7 mA
(When switched off)
(When switched off)
15 A
20 A
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Green LED / - / 2.5 kV AC
-20°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
EN 50178 / Basic insulation
IP20
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
0.2 - 6 mm² / 0.2 - 4 mm² / 24 - 10
12.5 mm / 99 mm / 114.5 mm
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
ELR W1/ 2-24DC1)
ELR W1/ 6-24DC1)
2963598
2982090
Pcs. /
Pkt.
3-phase solid-state reversing contactor, for controlling DC motors
Load current [A]
Load current depending on ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% OT
1
6
5
4
3
2
2
1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
Ambient temperature [°C]
1 Single device
2 Aligned without spacing
44
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
45
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
Single-phase solid-state contactors
Notes:
H
Type of housing:
Polycarbonate PC, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
W
For switching 1~ AC motors
up to 660 V AC/20 A
A1
+
1/L1
Zero voltage
switch
Single-phase solid-state contactors are
used in AC voltage networks wherever
silent switching, high switching frequencies,
and a practically unlimited service life are
required.
The sturdy power semi-conductors
switch in zero voltage crossing and thus
produce no additional high-frequency interferences. The modules are insensitive to
shock loads and vibrations – even use in aggressive, polluted environments is unproblematic.
They offer the following advantages:
– High switching frequency
– Wear-free and output-free
– Input voltage versions 24 V DC and
230 V AC
Common areas of application are:
– Production machines
– Temperature controllers
– Conveyor equipment
– Light and lighting systems.
D
A2
-
2/T1
Technical data
Input data
Input voltage range
Typ. input current at UN
Switching level
1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)
Transmission frequency flimit
Operating voltage / status / error indicator
Output data load side
Output voltage range
Periodic peak reverse voltage
Load current
4 V DC ... 32 V DC
Approx. 12 mA
≥ 4 V DC
≤ 1 V DC
25 Hz
24 V AC ... 275 V AC
Approx. 17 mA
≥ 22 V AC
≤ 6 V AC
6 Hz
Green LED / - / -
42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
20 A (see derating curve)
42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
20 A (see derating curve)
Surge current
Minimum load current
Residual voltage
Leakage current
250 A (t = 10 ms)
350 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (In off state)
250 A (t = 10 ms)
350 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (In off state)
Phase angle (cos φ)
Maximum load value I2 x t (t = 10 ms)
Output protection
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
0.5
525 A2s
Mounting position
Mounting
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
- Control side
- Load side
Dimensions
0.5
525 A2s
RCV circuit
4 kVrms
-30°C ... 70°C
EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 /
EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 / Basic insulation
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing
W/H/D
0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12
22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-20
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-20
2297138
2297141
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Output current [A]
Single-phase electronic load relay
50
40
30
28,5
20
16
1011
60
Ambient temperature [°C]
Load current as a function of the ambient temperature
Operating time: 100% operating factor
10
46
20
PHOENIX CONTACT
40
1
1
Electronic switchgear and motor control
Solid-state contactors
H
D
H
W
W
D
For switching 1~ AC motors
up to 660 V AC/30 A
For switching 1~ AC motors
up to 660 V AC/50 A
A1
+
2/T1
A2
-
1/L1
Zero voltage
switch
1/L1
Zero voltage
switch
A1
+
A2
-
2/T1
Technical data
4 V DC ... 32 V DC
Approx. 12 mA
≥ 4 V DC
≤ 1 V DC
25 Hz
Technical data
24 V AC ... 275 V AC
Approx. 17 mA
≥ 22 V AC
≤ 6 V AC
6 Hz
Green LED / - / -
4 V DC ... 32 V DC
Approx. 12 mA
≥ 4 V DC
≤ 1 V DC
25 Hz
24 V AC ... 275 V AC
Approx. 17 mA
≥ 22 V AC
≤ 6 V AC
6 Hz
Green LED / - / -
42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
30 A (see derating curve)
42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
30 A (see derating curve)
42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
50 A (see derating curve)
42 V AC ... 660 V AC (45/65 Hz)
1200 V
50 A (see derating curve)
400 A (t = 10 ms)
150 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (In off state)
400 A (t = 10 ms)
150 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (In off state)
1900 A (t = 10 ms)
150 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (In off state)
1900 A (t = 10 ms)
150 mA
< 1.6 V
< 3 mA (In off state)
0.5
1800 A2s
0.5
1800 A2s
RCV circuit
0.5
18,000 A2s
0.5
18,000 A2s
RCV circuit
4 kVrms
-30°C ... 70°C
EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 /
EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 / Basic insulation
4 kVrms
-30°C ... 70°C
EN 61000-4-2 / EN 61000-4-3 / EN 61000-4-4 / EN 61000-4-5 /
EN 61000-4-6 / EN 55011 / Basic insulation
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
Can be aligned with ≥ 22.5 mm spacing
0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 0.5 - 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12
22.5 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm
0.5 - 4 mm² / 0.5 - 4 mm² / 20 - 12
4 - 25 mm² / 4 - 25 mm² / 12 - 3
45 mm / 103 mm / 103 mm
Ordering data
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-30
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-30
2297154
2297167
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
Type
Order No.
ELR 1- 24DC/600AC-50
ELR 1-230AC/600AC-50
2297170
2297183
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
47
Electronic switchgear and motor control
IP67 motor starters
PROFINET motor starter
Motor starters in robust stainless steel
housing (IP67) can be used directly in the
system as a compact function unit. This
eliminates the complex wiring of individual
functions in the control cabinet.
The motor starter can be used to control
three-phase asynchronous motors in two
directions of rotation, completely via
PROFINET. Distributed sensors and actuators can be directly connected to
PROFINET without the need for further intermediate stations or additional cabling.
A complete PROFINET motor starter consists of three products. For example:
– ELR 5011 IP PN
– IBS IP 400 MBH-F
– IBS PG SET
Additional features:
– Performance classes: 0.06 kW to 3.0 kW
– Simple assembly
– Plug-in connection system
– Exchangeable module electronics
– Status and diagnostic indicators on the
module
– 10 digital inputs for connecting sensors
– 4 digital outputs for connecting actuators
– One- and two-motor reversing starters
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Electronic motor starters,
1 x 1.1 kW and 2 x 1.1 kW
PROFIBUS
Technical data
ELR 5011 IP PN
Interface
Fieldbus system
Connection method
Power supply for module electronics
Supply voltage
Supply voltage range
ELR 5011-2 IP PN
PROFINET
8-pos. RJ45 socket on motor starter
24 V DC (US1 / US2)
20 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple)
Power supply for sensors
Minimum voltage
Nominal current per sensor
Type of protection
Digital inputs
Number of inputs
Connection method
Connection method
Digital outputs
Number of outputs
Connection method
Connection method
Output current
Motor starter, output
Connection method
Operating voltage
UINI = US1 minus 1 V
500 mA
Short-circuit/overload protection
10
M12 plug-in connector
2, 3, 4-conductor
4
M12 plug-in connector
2-conductor
max. 500 mA (per channel)
POWER-COMBICON
360 V AC ... 550 V AC (line voltage 50/60 Hz)
Nominal current range
Frequency range
Nominal motor power
Motor monitoring
Parameterization range
Tripping class
General data
Weight
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
0.18 A ... 2.4 A
50 Hz ... 60 Hz (mains frequency)
1.1 kW (at Umains= 400 V AC)
0.2 A ... 2.4 A
Based on class 10 A of IEC 60947
2115 g
2425 g
IP67 according to IEC 60529
-25°C ... 50°C (no condensation)
Ordering data
Description
PROFINET motor starter
- 1-channel reversing starter, 1.1 kW
- 2-channel reversing starter, 1.1 kW
PROFINET motor starter
- 1-channel reversing starter, 3.0 kW
- 2-channel reversing starter, 3.0 kW
Lower part of the housing, stainless steel
- Standard version
Pg screw connection, plastic (IP67), for INTERBUS and
PROFINET motor starters and variable frequency drives.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
ELR 5011 IP PN
ELR 5011-2 IP PN
2700745
2701007
1
1
IBS IP 400 MBH -F1)
2732868
1
2836599
1
2744856
2744571
1402611
2744869
1
1
1
1
IBS PG SET
Accessories
RJ45 connector, shielded, with bend protection sleeve, x 2
- gray for straight cables
- green for crossed cables
Bus system cable
Crimping pliers, for assembling the RJ45 connectors
48
PHOENIX CONTACT
FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2
FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2
VS-937/...
FL CRIMPTOOL
Electronic switchgear and motor control
IP67 motor starters
Electronic motor starters,
1 x 3.0 kW and 2 x 3.0 kW
High-grade steel lower part,
IP67 degree of protection
Technical data
ELR 5030 IP PN
Technical data
IBS IP 400 MBH -F1)
ELR 5030-2 IP PN
PROFINET
8-pos. RJ45 socket on motor starter
-
24 V DC (US1 / US2)
20 V DC ... 30 V DC (including ripple)
-
UINI = US1 minus 1 V
500 mA
Short-circuit/overload protection
-
10
M12 plug-in connector
2, 3, 4-conductor
-
4
M12 plug-in connector
2-conductor
max. 500 mA (per channel)
-
POWER-COMBICON
360 V AC ... 550 V AC (line voltage 50/60 Hz)
-
2.4 A ... 6 A
50 Hz ... 60 Hz (mains frequency)
3 kW (at Umains= 400 V AC)
-
2.4 A ... 6 A
Based on class 10 A of IEC 60947
-
2115 g
2425 g
IP67 according to IEC 60529
-25°C ... 50°C (no condensation)
1130 g
IP67 according to IEC 60529
-
Ordering data
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
ELR 5030 IP PN
ELR 5030-2 IP PN
2701006
2701008
1
1
IBS IP 400 MBH -F1)
2732868
2836599
IBS PG SET
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
1
IBS IP 400 MBH -F1)
2732868
1
1
IBS PG SET
2836599
1
2744856
2744571
1402611
2744869
1
1
1
1
Accessories
FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2
FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2
VS-937/...
FL CRIMPTOOL
-
Accessories
2744856
2744571
1402611
2744869
1
1
1
1
FL PLUG RJ45 GR/2
FL PLUG RJ45 GN/2
VS-937/...
FL CRIMPTOOL
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
49
Electronic switchgear and motor control
IP20 frequency inverters
Inline frequency inverters
Inline frequency inverters for the control
cabinet are the compact solution for extending your Easy Automation solution to
include electronic speed regulation for asynchronous motors. The devices seamlessly
integrate into the Inline system and have
IP20 protection. Depending on the drive
task, you can select frequency inverters
from various performance classes, up to a
maximum of 4 kW. In order to connect to
the Inline system via the Fieldline local bus,
you just need the IB IL 24 FLM-PAC Inline
module. The Inline frequency inverter can
be connected to a Phoenix Contact controller via the Inline module.
Additional features:
– Maximum motor power
0.75 kW, 1.5 kW, 2.2 kW, and 4.0 kW
– 3 x 400 V mains input (±15%) 50/60 Hz
– DTM for parameterization and diagnostics
– 8 freely programmable parameter records
– PTC evaluation for
2.2 kW and 4.0 kW versions
– Integrated line filter
– U/f linear and U/f square operating modes
– S-ramp function
– Motor protection function (I2t)
– Connection of a braking resistor
– DC braking
– Evaluation of the temperature switch in
the motor
– Voltage boost
– 1 x analog input, 1 x analog output,
1 x relay output
0.75 kW
Technical data
Interface
Name
Connection method
Power supply for module electronics
Supply voltage
Supply voltage range
Digital inputs
Number of inputs
Connection method
Connection method
Digital outputs
Number of outputs
Connection method
Connection method
Motor starter, output
Connection method
Nominal current range
Frequency range
Nominal motor power
Tripping class
General data
Weight
Degree of protection
Width
Height
Depth
Fieldline local bus
9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket
24 V DC ±15%
20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15%
5
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection
1
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection
PCB terminal block
2.6 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s;
permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range)
0 Hz ... 400 Hz
0.75 kW
5.6 A OC tripping current
1400 g
IP20
86.8 mm
184 mm
132.9 mm
Notes:
Ordering data
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Inline frequency inverters for the control cabinet
VFD 5007 IL IB
2701054
1
Accessories
50
PHOENIX CONTACT
Inline Modular branch terminal for coupling one
Fieldline Modular M8 local bus at the end of an Inline station
IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1)
2736903
1
Remote bus cable, highly stranded, 3 x 2 x 0.25 mm²
IBS RBC/F-T/
2740151
1
Electronic switchgear and motor control
IP20 frequency inverters
Frequency inverter for a max. motor power of
up to 1.5 kW
Frequency inverter for a max. motor power of
up to 2.2 kW
Frequency inverter for a max. motor power of
up to 4.0 kW
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
Fieldline local bus
9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket
Fieldline local bus
9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket
Fieldline local bus
9-pos. D-SUB plug/socket
24 V DC ±15%
20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15%
24 V DC ±15%
20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15%
24 V DC ±15%
20.4 V DC ... 27.6 V DC ±15%
5
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection
5
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection
5
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection
1
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection
1
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection
1
COMBICON
Spring-cage connection
PCB terminal block
4.1 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s;
permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range)
PCB terminal block
5.8 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s;
permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range)
PCB terminal block
9.1 A (Short-term peak current, 1.5 times the nominal current for 30 s;
permissible continuous current, 1.2 times the nominal current range)
0 Hz ... 400 Hz
1.5 kW
8.8 A OC tripping current
0 Hz ... 400 Hz
2.2 kW
12.5 A OC tripping current
0 Hz ... 400 Hz
4 kW
21 A OC tripping current
1400 g
IP20
86.8 mm
184 mm
132.9 mm
2006 g
IP20
114 mm
184 mm
153 mm
2006 g
IP20
114 mm
184 mm
153 mm
Ordering data
Type
Ordering data
Order No.
VFD 5015 IL IB
2701055
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
Type
Ordering data
Order No.
VFD 5022 IL IB
Accessories
2701057
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
Type
Order No.
VFD 5040 IL IB
Accessories
Pcs. /
Pkt.
2701058
1
Accessories
IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1)
2736903
1
IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1)
2736903
1
IB IL 24 FLM-PAC1)
2736903
1
IBS RBC/F-T/
2740151
1
IBS RBC/F-T/
2740151
1
IBS RBC/F-T/
2740151
1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
51
52
PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
The modular analog converters for measurement and control technology prevent
analog signals from being distorted by disturbance variables. With accurate conversion, isolation, filtering or amplification of
analog signals, they secure and increase
transmission quality and therefore the quality of closed-loop control circuits.
We offer the following product ranges:
Highly compact isolating amplifiers –
MINI Analog
For significant space savings and efficiency
– Design width of just 6.2 mm
– System cabling and multiplexer solutions
– 3-way electrical isolation
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional
safety – MACX Analog
For maximum signal safety
– Consistent SIL certification
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
Isolating amplifiers, special types, and
digital displays – MCR Analog
For special applications in signal processing
– Electrical isolation
– Record and convert temperatures directly
in the field
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL
functional safety – MACX Analog Ex
For intrinsically safe circuits in the Ex area
– Maximum explosion protection for all
Ex zones and gas groups
– Design width of just 12.5 mm for all
single- and two-channel devices
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
54
56
58
Product range overview
Product overview
Selection guide for isolating amplifiers
Basics
Highly compact isolating amplifiers –
MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
Temperature
Frequency
Potentiometers
Limit values
Digital IN
Accessories
Isolating amplifiers with
SIL functional safety – MACX Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
Temperature potentiometers/limit values
Digital IN
Accessories
Isolating amplifiers, special designs, and
digital displays – MCR Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
Temperature potentiometers/limit values
Frequency
Limit values
Accessories
Digital displays
EX i isolating amplifiers with
SIL functional safety – MACX Analog Ex
Analog IN
Analog OUT
Temperature
Digital IN
Digital OUT
Accessories
Multiplexers for HART signals
Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Accessories
64
66
76
82
84
85
86
87
100
102
110
120
126
130
131
136
144
146
149
150
152
160
164
165
172
179
182
186
187
190
PHOENIX CONTACT
53
Measurement and control technology
Product overview
Highly compact isolating amplifiers
MINI Analog
Page 64
Supply components, feed-through terminal
blocks, marking material
Page 88
System cabling, termination carriers
Page 92
Digital displays
Ex i isolating amplifiers with functional safety
For standard signals, setpoint adjusters
Page 150
MACX Analog Ex
Page 152
Supply components, marking material
Page 182
Energy and power measuring technology
EMpro energy meters
54
PHOENIX CONTACT
Page 98
System cabling, termination carriers
Page 184
Page 200
EMpro special function and communication
modules
Page 202
PSK data logger kits
Page 235
Voltage transducers
SOLARCHECK PV string monitoring
Page 134
Current protectors, AC
Surge protection
Page 236
Page 206
PSK compressed air meters
Page 208
EMD-BL
compact monitoring relays
Page 250
Measurement and control technology
Product overview
Isolating amplifiers with functional safety
MACX Analog
Page 100
Multiplexers
Multiplexers for HART signals
Page 186
Isolating amplifiers
Special designs
Supply components, marking material
Page 126
System cabling, termination carriers
Page 128
Ex i 2-cond. field devices
Accessories
Ex i 2-conductor field devices
Shield fast connection
Page 187
Page 191
MCR Analog
Page 130
Test plugs
Page 191
Current transformers
Test disconnect
terminal blocks
Current and voltage measuring technology
PACT current transformers
Test disconnect terminal blocks
See Catalog 3
Current transducers, AC/DC
Controllers
Surge protection
Controllers
See Catalog 8
Surge protection for measurement and
control technology
See Catalog 6
Page 212
EMD
multifunctional monitoring relays
Page 252
Page 229
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Current transducers, AC
Page 232
PHOENIX CONTACT
55
Measurement and control technology
Selection guide for isolating amplifiers
Highly compact isolating amplifiers MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifiers
4-way signal duplicators
3-way repeater power supplies
2-way passive isolators
3-way output isolators
Digital displays
Page
Configurable
Fixed signal combinations
Configurable
1-channel
Signal duplicators
2-channel
Supplied by an input loop
Supplied by an output loop
Fixed signal combinations
Standard signals
Setpoint adjuster
From 66
71
72
73
74
75
Temperature
Temperature transducers
Temperature head transmitters
Universal
Universal, supplied by an output loop
For resistance thermometers (RTD)
For resistance thermometers (RTD), passive
For Pt 100
For Pt 100, supplied by an output loop
For thermocouples
For thermocouples, type J and K
Universal, supplied by an output loop
Pt 100, supplied by an output loop
76
From 77
79
80
81
Frequency
Frequency transducers
Analog frequency transducers
Universal
82
83
Potentiometer/resistor
Potiposition transducers
Setpoint potentiometers
84
Limit values
Threshold value switches
Standard analog signals, universal
Standard analog signals
85
Temperature
Digital IN
Isolation amplifiers
NAMUR sensors, floating contacts
86
NAMUR sensors, floating contacts, 2-channel
NAMUR sensors, floating contacts, wide range
NAMUR sensors on NAM
Digital OUT
Solenoid drivers
Loop-powered
With line fault detection
Accessories
Configuration
Constant voltage source
Setpoint potentiometers
System cabling
Multiplexers
Supply components
Marking material
Surge protection
Shield fast connection
Test plugs
Resistance circuit
56
PHOENIX CONTACT
Configuration software
Cables
Display unit and operator interface, removable
Holder module for display unit and operator interface
Constant voltage source
System components
1:1 feed-through terminal block
Termination carriers
Analog multiplexers
Multiplexers for HART signals
Power terminal block/error message modules/
T-Connectors/system power supply
119
87
94
88
97
95
From 89
88
98
191
For line fault detection
183
Measurement and control technology
Selection guide for isolating amplifiers
Isolating amplifiers with
functional safety - MACX Analog
Special types of isolating amplifiers
and digital displays
Ex i isolating amplifiers with
functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Page
Page
Page
131
132
160
From 102
106
107
160
161
162
134
109
164
150
151
From 114
136
140
110
From 168
187
165
138
141
112
166
142
143
188
189
144
From 114
From 168
148
116
146
147
139
146
170
120
124
172
176
122
125
174
177
123
175
178
From 179
179
119
118
118
149
149
149
149
148
129
184
186
From 126
126
127
127
191
191
183
191
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
191
191
183
PHOENIX CONTACT
57
Measurement and control technology
Basics
Input
Analog output
Digital output
Maximum input signal
The maximum input signal describes the
value achieved before any damage occurs to
the module and the signal generator. If these
values are exceeded, suppresser diodes can
be triggered to short circuit this input when
a surge voltage is detected. The transmission range of the analog signals is located
exclusively within the specified input ranges.
Maximum output signal
If the devices operate without fault conditions, an overload at the input cannot cause
greater values than this maximum to occur
at the output.
Relays
Many of the products with a relay output
that are shown in the catalog feature hard
gold-plated relay contact material. The voltage range has an important role to play in
terms of how this contact material can be
used. Up to 50 mA can be transmitted with
voltage ranges of up to 30 V AC/36 V DC.
Even very small currents are transmitted
perfectly. If the aforementioned voltage
range is exceeded and values of 250 V
AC/DC are processed, currents of up to 2
A can flow. However, in this case the subsequent transmission of small currents can no
longer be guaranteed.
Input resistance
The input resistance of an isolating amplifier or measuring transducer is determined
in such a way as to ensure that the input signal is loaded only slightly. This results in a
low-resistance input for current inputs and
a high-resistance input for voltage inputs.
Voltage drop
In the case of passive isolators, the input
voltage drop occurs as a result of the voltage drop of the operational load and the
auxiliary power requirements of the module. The greater the auxiliary power requirements of the passive isolator, the
smaller the operational output load is allowed to be. Low auxiliary power requirements are regarded as an indicator of device
quality.
Common mode rejection
In the case of isolating amplifiers, operational amplifiers are used internally for
transmission purposes. In theory, operational amplifiers should display ideal transmission and amplification behavior. However, it is a different matter in practice. When
both input voltages are changed in the same
direction, i.e., exactly the same voltage to
ground is applied to both input terminal
blocks, this leads to an unintended output
signal. Theoretically, if the operational amplifier is ideal, no output signal should appear since the differential input signal is
“0 V”. Common mode rejection indicates
the factor (in dB) by which the common input voltage at both inputs is amplified to a
lesser extent than the difference in voltage
between the two inputs.
58
PHOENIX CONTACT
Zero/span adjustment
When the zero point is set, the zero point
of an analog output is adjusted and set in relation to the input signal.
When the “amplification” span is set, the
analog output is adjusted in relation to the
input signal. In this case, the output characteristic is increased or decreased by an amplification factor.
Load
The load on the output side indicates the
load-carrying capacity of a measuring transducer or an isolating amplifier. Current outputs can usually drive a maximum of 500 ,
voltage outputs can be loaded with a minimum of up to 10 k.
Transistor
A PNP transistor switching output can be
used to transmit 24 V DC switching signals
up to approximately 100 mA.
General data
Residual ripple/ripple
A superimposed ripple can appear on the
output signal due to signal conditioning required by the circuit. The residual ripple is
indicated in mVPP or mVrms.
Open circuit response
With some measuring transducers, the
input signal is permanently monitored for
possible open circuits in the signal cable. If
the signal exceeds or falls below a tolerance
limit, an open circuit is detected and a defined output signal is sent. With programmable devices, the output signals can be
freely selected.
Supply voltage
The product range includes DC and AC
power supply units for specific products.
There is a standard power supply unit available in the form of a 24 V DC version that
operates within a voltage range of
20 ... 30 V DC. For other supply voltages,
please refer to the technical data.
Current consumption
The value specified here describes the
auxiliary power requirements of the devices. It also includes the output current and,
where applicable, the switching output load.
Transmission errors
The transmission precision is a gauge of
the quality of a measuring transducer. It is
the deviation from the ideal transmission
characteristic curve and includes linearity,
span, and offset errors.
Non-linearity
Non-linearity is the deviation from the
ideal transmission precision without including span and offset errors.
The non-linearity of a signal makes it possible to evaluate the course from zero to
end point. Normally, the linearity errors are
expressed as a percentage that indicates the
extent of deviation from the ideal transmission characteristic curve.
Measurement and control technology
Basics
Temperature coefficient
The temperature coefficient provides an
assessment of the extent to which precision
deviates when the ambient temperature
around an isolating amplifier or measuring
transducer changes. In most cases this is
specified as a percentage. An alternative
definition is ppm/K (parts per million/Kelvin). Example:
250 ppm/K = 0.025%/K.
Limit frequency
Isolating amplifiers are basically designed
to transmit DC signals. However, signal
changes call for a dynamic form of behavior
so that small AC quantities (normally:
30 Hz) can also be transmitted. This is
achieved by defining a limit frequency. At the
same time, a low limit frequency can be
used to suppress higher-frequency AC components.
Step response
The step response indicates the response
time of the output signal when an input signal step occurs (10 ... 90%). The step response is inversely proportional to the limit
frequency. This means that the response
time decreases as the limit frequency increases.
Test voltage
The test voltage indicates the dielectric
strength of an isolated distance and is determined by type tests. In this test, a 50 Hz
voltage is applied for one minute; it describes the value achieved before a disruptive discharge is able to move to another
potential level in the device.
Safe isolation
“Safe isolation” is defined as protection
against hazardous shock currents. When
module specifications are provided in accordance with EN 61010, a distinction is made
between faultless operation and operation
under fault conditions. Nominal supply voltages of 30 V AC/60 V DC are deemed valid
for faultless operation.
Ambient temperature range
The temperature limits specified here relate exclusively to operation. These limits
do not apply to storage and transport. It is
here where the temperature limits of the
materials used are the decisive factor. If the
devices are outside of the specified temperature range during assembly, they must be
brought back within the specified temperature range prior to system startup. It is important to make sure that no condensation
occurs during this process.
Protective circuit
In order to protect the measurement and
control modules against surge voltages, suppressor diodes are connected upstream of
the signal and supply paths. These diodes
behave in a similar manner to conventional
Zener diodes, except for the fact that suppressor diodes have faster response times
and a higher maximum current.
Information on directives and standards
When carrying out further processing of non-independent items of equipment (components), the applicable regulations pertaining to installation
must be observed.
The relevant device-specific regulations also apply with regard to installation in devices.
(Standards applicable at the time of going to print)
Directives
EU
International
EMC Directive (electromagnetic compatibility)
2004/108/EC
-
Low Voltage Directive (LVD)
2006/95/EC
-
Ex Directive (ATEX)
94/9/EC
-
EN 50178:1997
-
Product standards
Electronic equipment for use in power installations
Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory
use EN 61010-1:2001
Part 1: General requirements
IEC 61010-1:2004
Programmable controllers Part 2: Equipment requirements and tests
EN 61131-2:2007
IEC 61131-2:2007
EMC - Part 6-2: Generic standards - Immunity for industrial environments
EN 61000-6-2:2005
IEC 61000-6-2:2005
EMC - Part 6-4: Generic standards - Emission standard for industrial environments
EN 61000-6-4:2007
IEC 61000-6-4:2006
Electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use
EMC requirements
EN 61326-1:2006
IEC 61326-1:2005
Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres Part 0: General requirements
EN 60079-0:2006
IEC 60079-0:2007
Explosive atmospheres Part 11: Equipment protection by intrinsic safety “i”
EN 60079-11:2007
IEC 60079-11:2006
Electrical apparatus for explosive gas atmospheres Part 15: Construction, test and marking of type of protection “n” electrical apparatus
EN 60079-15:2005
IEC 60079-15:2005
Environmental testing Part 2-1: Tests - Test A: Cold
EN 60068-2-1:2007
IEC 60068-2-1:2007
Environmental testing Part 2-2: Tests - Test B: Dry heat
EN 60068-2-2:2007
IEC 60068-2-2:2007
Environmental testing Part 2-6: Tests - Test Fc: Vibration (sinusoidal)
EN 60068-2-6:2008
IEC 60068-2-6:2008
EMC
ATEX
Environmental tests
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
59
Measurement and control technology
Basics
Active isolation
3-way isolation
Input signal
Input isolation
IN
OUT
Output signal
Input signal
Repeater power supply
IN
OUT
Output
signal
POWER
POWER
In the case of modules with this isolation
method, all components that are connected
to the input, output or power supply are
protected against interference from each
other. All three directions (input, output,
and power supply) are electrically isolated
from one another accordingly.
The 3-way isolation provides electrical
isolation between the measurement sensor
and the controller as well as between the
controller and the actuator.
On the input side, the modules need active signals. On the output side, they provide a filtered and amplified signal.
OUT
Output
signal
In the case of modules with this isolation
method, the electronics connected on the
output side (e.g., the controller) are to be
protected from interference from the field.
For this reason, only the input is electrically
isolated from the output and the power
supply that are at the same potential.
On the input side, the modules need active signals (e.g., from measurement sensors). On the output side, they provide a filtered and amplified signal (e.g., from the
controller).
Repeater power supplies use the signal input side not only for measured value acquisition, but also to provide the necessary
power to the passive measurement sensors
connected on the input side.
On the output side, they provide a filtered and amplified signal (e.g., from the
controller).
The isolation method used by these modules is input isolation.
Applications
Passive isolation, supplied on the
input side
Input signal
IN
POWER
Passive isolation
Power
via signal
Power for measuring
transducer
Input signal
IN
OUT
Output
signal
The modules draw the power needed for
signal transmission and electrical isolation
from the active input circuit. On the output
side, a conditioned current signal is provided to the controller or to actuators.
This passive isolation allows signal conditioning (interruption of ground loops) and
filtering without an additional power supply.
Passive isolation, supplied on the
output side (loop-powered)
Input signal
Power
via signal
IN
OUT
Problem: disruptive radiation
I
RE
Output
signal
The modules draw the power needed for
signal transmission and electrical isolation
from the active output circuit, ideally from a
PLC input board that supplies power.
On the output side, the loop-powered
modules operate with a 4 ... 20 mA standard signal. On the input side, the passive
isolator processes active signals.
When this isolation method is used, it is
important to make sure that the active signal source connected on the output side
(e.g., an active PLC input board) is able to
supply the passive isolator with power, as
well as operate its load.
Solution:
I
RE
Problem: voltage difference in the ground potential
RE
PGround 1
Ground current loop P
Ground 2
Solution:
RE
PGround 1
60
PHOENIX CONTACT
No ground current
loop
PGround 2
Measurement and control technology
Basics
Resistance thermometers
Resistance thermometers:
Resistance change as a function of the temperature
Two-conductor connection technology
The resistance thermomei
R
ter is connected to the MCR
measuring transducer using a
R
two-core cable. Please note
that the supply cable resistances are added
to the measured resistance and consequently distort the result.
A distance of 10 m should not be exceeded.
Pt 1000
1000
Pt 100
100
800
600
700
400
500
200
300
0
100
-200
Pt 10
-100
Resistance []
L1
10000
Temperature [°C]
Resistance thermometers (e.g., Pt 100,
Ni 1000) change their resistance value depending on the temperature. The MCR
temperature transducers detect this change
and convert it into a proportional analog
signal.
To avoid unwanted self-heating of the
sensor, the constant measured current
used is kept as low as possible
(MCR-T-UI... 250 A).
L2
Example: a 50 m long copper cable with a cross section of 0.5 mm2 has
a specific resistance of 3.4 . A Pt 100 sensor has a resistance change of
0.384 per 1 K temperature change. This corresponds to an error of
8.8°C.
Three-conductor connection technology
Three-conductor technoli
R
ogy is normally used to minimize the effect of cable resisR
tances. An additional cable is
R
connected to the resistance
thermometer, so that the latter can be measured using two measuring circuits, one of
which acts as a reference. In this way, it is
possible to compensate for the cable resistance.
L1
L2
L3
Identical cable lengths and an identical
ambient temperature are essential here.
Since this is more or less the case in the
majority of applications, three-conductor
technology is the most commonly encountered today. Line compensation is not necessary.
Four-conductor connection technology
Four-conductor connection technology is
an ideal connection technology for resistance thermometers.
The measurement result is affected neither by cable resistances nor by their temperature-dependent fluctuations. The voltage drop on the supply and return lines can
therefore be measured and compensated
for separately. Line compensation is not
necessary.
Thermocouples
80
Typ E
Typ J
60
Typ K
Typ N
40
Typ R
Typ T
1200
1400
800
1000
600
400
0
200
1600
Typ S
Typ B
0
1800
20
-200
Thermocouple voltage [mV]
Thermocouples:
Thermocouple voltage change as a function of the temperature
Temperature [°C]
In contrast to resistance thermometers,
thermocouples are active sources that generate a voltage in the microvolt range. The
temperature difference measured between
the measurement junction and the cold
junction is converted into an absolute temperature with the help of cold junction
compensation.
If the same temperature
Fe
Cu
prevails at the measuring
junction (1) and the cold
Cu
CuNi
junction (2), no current will
flow because the generated
partial voltages cancel each other out. However, if the temperatures at the measuring
junction and the cold junction are different,
different voltages are produced. These voltages do not completely cancel each other
out, and so current flows.
A thermocouple therefore always measures only one temperature difference. This
is derived from the difference between the
thermal voltages at the measuring junction
and at the cold junction.
The voltage produced by the thermoelectric effect is very low; only a few microvolts
per Kelvin.
Therefore, only the difference in the thermal voltages between constantan (Cu-Ni)
and iron is of relevance.
A role is also played by the temperature
at the terminal point. If it is known, the temperature at the measuring junction can be
derived by adding the thermal voltage measured at the same junction.
The MCR temperature transducers for
thermocouples therefore detect the temperature at the terminal points and compensate this value, which is also referred to
as the reference junction or the cold junction.
This process is sometimes called cold
junction compensation.
Example: if a type J thermocouple (FE-CuNi) is connected to a copper
terminal block, thermal voltages with opposite polarity will be generated
(at the iron-copper and copper-constantan transitions) and cancel each
other out.
Operating principle:
If different metals are joined together, a
thermal voltage is produced in the metal atoms as a result of the different binding energies of the electrons. This voltage is dependent firstly on the metals themselves
and secondly on the temperature.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
61
Measurement and control technology
Basics
Digital displays
Parameterization of the characteristic
curve using interpolation points
With non-linear input signals, the received analog values can be assigned to the
value to be displayed by means of a programmable characteristic curve. This curve
can consist of up to 24 interpolation points.
This allows flow sensors with a non-linear
characteristic curve to be adapted, for instance. The analog signal digital displays in
the Function Line additionally feature a summing function which - to take a typical example from bottling technology - allows you
to switch over at the touch of a button from
the instantaneous value (= flow rate in
Switching behavior of relay or
transistor outputs:
A different kind of switching behavior can
be defined for each relay or each transistor
when it reaches a preset switching point.
All the possible settings for the switching
behavior are shown and explained in the list:
– The first two options include hysteresis,
i.e., the behavior of the relay depends on
the direction from which a switching point
is reached.
– For the remaining options, with the exception of the last two (“on” and “off”), a
switching tolerance is taken into account
to prevent the relay contact from “chattering”. The relay is not switched until the
switching point plus switching tolerance
has been reached.
62
PHOENIX CONTACT
l/min) to the total flow integrated in the
background, which can be displayed in any
unit. This saves space and money, because
there is no need for a second digital display.
Limit values can also be called at the
touch of a button. Limit values 1 and 2 can
be assigned to either the actual value or the
cumulative value. If the latter value is exceeded, one of the two output relays is activated.
Other applications include indicating liquid levels, pressures, and temperatures.
With servo motors, the analog output signals (0 ... 10 V) generated by the tachometer can be supplied to the input of the digital
display in order to indicate the motor
speed.
Application:
Pressure measurement and display on MCR-SL-D-U-I
4...20 mA
bar
Table:
Analog signal
Display value
Interpolation
point 1
4 mA
15 bar
Interpolation
point 2
20 mA
30 bar
Characteristic curve:
Measured value [mA]
Use of the freely programmable
characteristic curve
The freely programmable characteristic
curve, i.e., the assignment of the displayed
value to the input value, is important in process applications for indicating flow rates or
liquid levels.
The purpose of level measurements is
very often not to determine how much liquid is still inside the tank, but rather to establish how much has been drawn out of it.
In this case, the characteristic curve can
simply be inverted in order to display the required value.
Interpolation point 2
Interpolation point 1
Pressure [bar]
– In the “on” state, the relay is permanently
picked up. It only responds if there is an
open circuit and it has been set to drop
out when this happens.
– In the “off” state, the relay only responds
if there is an open circuit and it has been
set to pick up when this happens.
Possible settings for the switching behavior
Relay picks up when the value is below SPL,
hysteresis active
Relay picks up when SPH is exceeded,
hysteresis active
Relay picks up when the value is below SPL
Relay picks up when SPL is exceeded
Relay picks up when the value is below SPH
Relay picks up when SPH is exceeded
Relay picks up when value is between SPL and SPH
Relay picks up when value is outside SPL and SPH
Relay is permanently dropped
Relay is permanently picked up
SPL = Set Point Low (lower switching point)
SPH = Set Point High (upper switching point)
Measurement and control technology
Basics
Non-intrinsically safe signal transmission in potentially explosive
areas
Electrical equipment operated in systems
with potentially explosive areas is subject to
different usage requirements, depending on
the application.
For example, electrical equipment could
be used in the following locations when analog signals are being transmitted:
– Sensors and actuators can be located in
zone 0, zone 1 or zone 2.
– Signal transmitters can be located in
zone 1, zone 2 or the safe area.
– The controller, e.g., PLC, is in the safe area.
For examples of the kinds of electrical devices that can be installed for the purpose of
transmitting signals, please see the figure.
Devices must be designed to offer a suitable protection type if they are to be used
in zone 2. The MINI Analog and
MACX Analog ranges are designed to provide protection type “n” for this purpose
and must be installed in zone 2 in suitable
and approved housing (EN 60079-15 and
EN 60079-0) with IP54 protection minimum.
Example:
A sensor/actuator with protection type
“n” can be connected to an isolator from
the MINI Analog or MACX Analog ranges
in zone 2.
When selecting suitable devices for zone
2, it must be ensured that the electrical data
of the sensors/actuators is not exceeded.
If the sensors/actuators are mounted in
explosion-proof housing or if they have
their own explosion-proof housing, they
can also be installed in zone 1.
Installation requirements
The figure shows a range of options for
installing electrical devices in areas with a
danger of gas explosions. Special requirements regarding the configuration, selection, and installation of electrical systems in
areas with a danger of gas explosions can be
found in EN 60079-14.
In the 2008 edition, the relevant contents
of EN 61241-14 were incorporated in
EN 60079-14.
EN 61241-14 must still be observed when
installing electrical equipment in areas containing combustible dust. Other important
factors when it comes to running systems in
potentially explosive areas are inspection,
maintenance, and repairs. Stipulations regarding these matters can be found in
EN 60079-17 and EN 60079-19.
Installation of electrical devices for signal transmission
Safe area
Zone 2
Sensor/
actuator
Ex n
MACX
Ex n
Zone 1
Sensor/
actuator
Ex n
MACX
Ex n
Housing
e.g., Ex d
MACX
Ex n
Sensor/
actuator
Housing
IP54*
Housing
e.g., Ex d
MINI
Ex n
Sensor/
actuator
Sensor/
actuator
Ex n
MINI
Ex n
Housing
IP54*
Sensor/
actuator
Ex n
MINI
Ex n
*Use of suitable housing approved for use in zone 2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
63
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Highly compact and efficient
MINI Analog isolating amplifiers isolate,
convert, filter, and amplify your analog signals – with a design width of just 6.2 mm.
The isolating amplifiers from the MINI
Analog range offer the full spectrum of analog signal conditioning. They are therefore
extremely efficient with regard to saving
costs, space, and energy.
The comprehensive approval package
means that they can be used in a variety of
areas.
Frequency
– Frequency transducer up to 80 kHz
– Analog frequency transducers
Choose the right MINI Analog isolating
amplifier for your application:
Accessories
– Supply components
– Fault monitoring module
– System cabling
– Marking material
– Surge protection
Analog IN/OUT
– Universal and standard 3-way isolating
amplifiers
– 3-way repeater power supplies
– 4-way signal duplicators
– 2-way passive isolators
– Output loop-powered isolators
Temperature
– Universal measuring transducers for resistance thermometers and thermocouples
– Active measuring transducers for Pt 100
and thermocouples
– Output loop-powered Pt 100 measuring
transducers
64
PHOENIX CONTACT
Potentiometer/resistor
– Potentiometer measuring transducers
with automatic potentiometer detection
Limit values
– Threshold value switches with PDT relay
Digital IN
– NAMUR isolating amplifiers with relay
output
Fault monitoring
Fault monitoring is a modular solution for
convenient error evaluation in multi-channel applications.
Depending on the module type, the following errors can be indicated by means of
a group error message:
– Overrange
– Underrange
– Open circuit
– Short circuit
– Module error
It is also possible to detect and indicate
the failure of a supply voltage at the power
terminal block.
The modularity is characterized by the
ability to freely adjust error evaluation, both
on the device side and in the evaluation
module.
Fault monitoring is compatible with and
can be used for the following isolating amplifier ranges:
– MINI Analog
– MACX Analog
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Space savings of up to 65%
– Compared to other isolating amplifiers
on the market with design widths up to
17.5 mm.
Fault monitoring and power bridging
– The DIN rail connector simplifies supply
and enables group error monitoring.
Clearly arranged wiring
– Eight connections, with a choice of screw
or spring-cage terminal blocks.
Low power consumption
– The resulting minimal self-heating results
in a long service life and a high degree of
operational reliability.
High operational reliability
– 3-way electrical isolation increases the
operational reliability against system
disturbances.
Easy configuration
– Can be configured easily via DIP switches
or software, for extended functionality
and monitoring.
Reduction in analog inputs on controllers
– The MINI Analog multiplexer reduces up to
eight analog signals to a single 4 20 mA
signal.
Time-saving system cabling
– Plug and play – for eight channels on the
isolating amplifier and controller side.
Fast and error-free signal connection
– Compact termination carriers connect
MINI Analog devices to the automation
system – plug and play and hot-swappable.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
65
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier
OUT
1
U,I
US
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
+ 1
2
– 2
+ 3
– 4
U,I
U,I
OUT U,I
5 +
5
active
4-wire
GND
IN
IN U,I
PLC / DCS
GND 1
+24V
passive
GND 2
6 –
+24V
GND 3
7 +
GND 3
OUT
6
D W
H
8 –
Configurable, up to 36 signal combinations
+24V
GND 3
POWER
Zone 2
Div. 2
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal
– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of standard analog signals
– Up to 36 signal combinations can be configured using DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Low power consumption
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Standard configuration:
0 ... 10 V input, 0 ... 20 mA output
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
U input
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
Approx. 100 kΩ
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
Approx. 12.5 V
I input
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
Approx. 50 Ω
I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
28 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
Approx. 22 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
U output
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 9 mA (Voltage output,
at 24 V DC incl. load)
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
I output
< 19 mA (Current output,
at 24 V DC incl. load)
Power consumption
< 200 mW (Voltage output)
< 450 mW (Current output)
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
≤ 0.1% (of final value)
< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Approx. 100 Hz
Approx. 3.2 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
GL
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
66
PHOENIX CONTACT
Description
Type
Order No.
MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Spring-cage conn.
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP-NC1)
2864383
2864710
2864150
2864163
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Order key MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI (Standard configuration entered as example)
Input
Order No.
2864383
Output
/
2864383 =
...-UI-UI
IN03
IN01
IN02
IN03
IN04
IN05
IN06
2864710 =
...-UI-UI-SP
=
=
=
=
=
=
/
0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
OUT01
OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06
=
=
=
=
=
=
/
0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
Factory calibration
certificate
NONE
NONE = Without factory
YES
= With factory
calibration
certificate (fee)
YESPLUS = Factory calibration
certificate with
5 measuring points
(fee)
Combination table for input and output signals
Input
0 - 10 V
Output
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
0 - 10 V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
2 - 10 V
0-5V
1-5V
0 - 20 mA
4 - 20 mA
DIP 1
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
DIP switch SW 2
DIP 3
DIP 4
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
DIP 2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
DIP 5
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
DIP switch SW 1
DIP 1
DIP 2
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
DIP 6
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
Application example: Level measurement
24V
Level sensor
0...10V
0...20mA
1 IN
OUT 5
2 GND1
GND2 6
Control system
3 UB+
UB+ 7
4 GND3
GND3 8
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI
24V
Mains voltage
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
67
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier
OUT U
US
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
1
+ 1
2
– 2
+ 3
– 4
U
U,I
OUT U,I
5 +
5
active
4-wire
GND
IN
IN U
PLC / DCS
GND 1
+24V
passive
GND 2
6 –
+24V
GND 3
7 +
GND 3
OUT
6
D W
H
8 –
Configurable, for shunt measurements
+24V
GND 3
POWER
Zone 2
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of mV signals to create
standard analog signals
– Ideal for converting signals in the case of
shunt measurements
– Up to 280 signal combinations can be
configured using DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Low power consumption
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Standard configuration:
0 ... 50 mV input, 0 ... 20 mA output
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL
0 ... 50 mV
Approx. 30 V DC
Approx. 10 kΩ
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
-5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V
( The bi-polar output can be used
only for bi-polar input signals.)
I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
12.5 V
≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
28 mA
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 450 mW (Current output)
≤ 0.2%
< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
(100 Hz / 30 Hz switchable)
3.5 ms (At 100 Hz)
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
68
PHOENIX CONTACT
Description
Type
Order No.
MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for realization of mV voltages in
standard signals,
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Spring-cage conn.
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP-NC1)
2810858
2810874
2810780
2810793
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Order key MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example)
Input
Order No.
2810858
2810858 =
...-SHUNT-UI
2810874 =
...-SHUNT-UI-SP
Output
/
IN40
IN40
IN24
IN41
IN42
IN25
IN43
IN44
IN26
IN45
IN27
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
0...50 mV
0...60 mV
0...75 mV
0...80 mV
0...100 mV
0...120 mV
0...150 mV
0...200 mV
0...240 mV
0...300 mV
IN28
IN46
IN47
IN48
IN29
IN49
IN50
IN30
IN51
IN52
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
0...500 mV
0...600 mV
0...750 mV
0...800 mV
0...1.0 V
0...1.2 V
0...1.5 V
0...2.0 V
0...2.4 V
0...3.0 V
IN53
IN13
IN54
IN55
IN14
IN56
IN57
IN15
IN58
IN16
/
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
-50...+50 mV
-60...+60 mV
-75...+75 mV
-80...+80 mV
-100...+100 mV
-120...+120 mV
-150...+150 mV
-200...+200 mV
-240...+240 mV
-300...+300 mV
IN17
IN59
IN60
IN61
IN18
IN62
IN63
IN19
IN64
IN65
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
-500...+500 mV
-600...+600 mV
-750...+750 mV
-800...+800 mV
-1.0...+1.0 V
-1.2...+1.2 V
-1.5...+1.5 V
-2.0...+2.0 V
-2.4...+2.4 V
-3.0...+3.0 V
Limit frequency
OUT01
OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06
=
=
=
=
=
=
0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V
/
100
30 = 30 Hz
100 = 100 Hz
Factory calibration certificate
FCC
/
NONE
NONE
YES
= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee is
charged)
YESPLUS = Factory calibration
certificate with
5 measuring points
(a fee is charged)
Note:
A bipolar output (-5...+5 V, -10...+10 V) can only be used for a bipolar input signal.
Combination table for input and output signals
Input
0...50 mV
0...60 mV
0...75 mV
0...80 mV
0...100 mV
0...120 mV
0...150 mV
0...200 mV
0...240 mV
0...300 mV
0...500 mV
0...600 mV
0...750 mV
0...800 mV
0...1 V
0...1.2 V
0...1.5 V
0...2 V
0...2.4 V
0...3 V
-50...50 mV
-60...60 mV
-75...75 mV
-80...80 mV
-100...100 mV
-120...120 mV
-150...150 mV
-200...200 mV
-240...240 mV
-300...300 mV
-500...500 mV
-600...600 mV
-750...750 mV
-800...800 mV
-1...1 V
-1.2...1.2 V
-1.5...1.5 V
-2...2 V
-2.4...2.4 V
-3...3 V
-10...+10 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Voltage output
2...10 V
-5...+5 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
0...10 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
0...5 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Current output
0...20 mA
4...20 mA
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1...5 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Application example: Monitoring of loading and unloading currents
G
M
Shunt
resistor
1 IN
OUT 5
±...mV
U/I
2 GND1
GND2 6
Controller
+
–
3 UB+
UB+ 7
4 GND3
GND3 8
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI
24V
Battery
Supply
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
69
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier
OUT U
US
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
1
2
– 2
– 4
U,I
5 +
5
active
+ 3
U
OUT U,I
4-wire
GND
IN
IN U
+ 1
PLC / DCS
GND 1
passive
GND 2
+24V
+24V
GND 3
D W
H
6
6 –
7 +
GND 3
8 –
OUT
Configurable,
for 0 ... 24 V / 0 ... 30 V input signals
+24V
GND 3
POWER
Ex:
Zone 2
Div. 2
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of 24 V or 30 V DC
signals to create standard analog signals
– Up to 12 signal combinations can be configured using DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Low power consumption
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Standard configuration:
0 ... 30 V input, 0 ... 20 mA output
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
0 ... 24 V / 0 ... 30 V
Approx. 125 kΩ (0 ... 24 V)
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
≤ 12.5 V
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
≤ 22 mA
> 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
28 mA
≤ 12.5 V
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 450 mW
< 0.1% (of final value)
< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Approx. 100 Hz
Approx. 3.5 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D
GL
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Spring-cage conn.
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI1)
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP1)
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP-NC1)
2864053
2811213
2865007
2810078
Order key MINI MCR-SL-U-UI (standard configuration entered as example)
Order No.
0...24V
0...10V
IN U
OUT
GND1
GND2
1
2
3
4
UB+
GND3
5
2864053 = ...-U-UI
6
UB +
7
2811213 = ...-U-UI-SP
GND3
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI
8
24V
Mains voltage
Signal conversion to uninterruptible power supply (UPS)
70
PHOENIX CONTACT
2864053
Input
/
Output
IN39
IN38
IN39
= 0...24 V
= 0...30 V
/
OUT01
OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06
=
=
=
=
=
=
0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier
OUT U
US
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
+ 1
1
2
– 2
+ 3
– 4
U,I
U,I
OUT I
5 +
5
active
4-wire
GND
IN
IN U
PLC / DCS
GND 1
+24V
passive
GND 2
+24V
GND 3
7 +
GND 3
OUT
D W
H
6
6 –
8 –
With fixed signal combinations
+24V
GND 3
POWER
Ex:
Zone 2
Technical data
– Highly compact isolating amplifier for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification,
and filtering of standard analog signals
– Fixed signal combinations
– Entry-level alternative to configurable
isolating amplifiers
– 3-way isolation
– Low power consumption
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input resistance
Output data
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Degree of protection
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
U input
Approx. 100 kΩ
U output
12.5 V
I input
Approx. 50 Ω
I output
28 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
Approx. 2 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
≤ 500 Ω
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 20 mA
≤ 0.1% (of final value)
< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Approx. 100 Hz
Approx. 3.5 ms
IP20
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D
GL
Ordering data
Description
Order No.
MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Screw connection
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
Spring-cage conn.
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-01)
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0-SP1)
2813512
2813570
1
1
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V
4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-41)
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4-SP1)
2813525
2813583
1
1
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
0 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-01)
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0-SP1)
2813541
2813554
1
1
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-41)
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4-SP1)
2813538
2813567
1
1
Screw connection
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
-10 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V
-10 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
-10 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V
-10 ... 10 V
MINI MCR-SL-I-I1)
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Output signal
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Spring-cage conn.
Input signal
2864406
1
MINI
MCR-SL-I-I-SP1)
2864723
1
MINI
MCR-SL-U-U1)
2864684
1
2864697
1
MINI MCR-SL-U-U-SP1)
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
71
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
signal duplicators
OUT
1
U,I
US
+ 1
PLC / DCS
OUT 1 I
5 +
5
active
2
– 2
OUT1
+ 3
GND 3
OUT 2 I
passive
GND 1
6 –
+24V
D W
H
6
7 +
active
I
– 4
U,I
IN U,I
4-wire
GND
IN
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
I
GND 2
GND 4
OUT2
8 –
Configurable,
with two current output signals
3
+24V
GND 4
POWER
passive
4
Zone 2
Div. 2
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, filtering, and duplication of standard
analog signals
– Duplication of a standard analog signal on
two current outputs
– Up to 8 signal combinations can be configured using DIP switches
– 4-way isolation
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Standard configuration:
Input: 0 ... 10 V, output 1: 0 ... 20 mA,
output 2: 0 ... 20 mA
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input signal
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL
U input
0 ... 10 V / 1 ... 5 V
30 V
Approx. 100 kΩ
I input
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
50 mA
Approx. 50 Ω
2x ; 0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
22 mA
9V
≤ 250 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 250 Ω)
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 30 mA (at 24 V DC incl. load)
< 600 mW
≤ 0.2% (of final value), typ. < 0.1%
< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.004%/K
Approx. 35 Hz
Approx. 10 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MCR signal duplicator, for duplication and electrical isolation of
analog signals
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Standard configuration
Spring-cage conn.
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP-NC1)
2864794
2864804
2864176
2864189
Order key for MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I (standard configuration entered as an example)
Input
Order No.
2864794
2864794 =
...-UI-2I
2864804 =
...-UI-2I-SP
1)
/
IN03
IN01
IN02
IN03
IN06
=
=
=
=
0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
1...5 V
Output combi- Behavior of the analog outnation 1)
puts
/
A
/
0
A
B
C
0 = Analog behavior
Factory calibration certificate (FCC)
/
NONE
NONE = without FCC
YES
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
1 = Limitation
YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)
For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products
72
PHOENIX CONTACT
Explanation for output combination:
Output 1
A
0...20 mA
B
0...20 mA
C
4...20 mA
Output 2
0...20 mA
4...20 mA
4...20 mA
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
repeater power supplies
OUT I
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
1
– 1
IN I
OUT I
PWR
2
IN
+ 2
OUT I
POWER
I
OUT
I
1
PWR
2
IN
3
GND
OUT I
IN
US
5 +
5
active
2-wire
3-wire
PLC / DCS
– 3
– 4
PWR OUT
passive
GND 2
6 –
+24V
GND 1
GND 1
D W
H
7 +
GND 3
1
6
8 –
Optionally available with HART transmission
4-wire
POWER
GND
3
+24V
GND 3
Zone 2
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
– Highly compact repeater power supplies
for electrical isolation, amplification, and
filtering of standard analog signals
– Supply of 2-conductor and passive 3-conductor sensors
– Can also be used as an isolator without
supply
– 3-way isolation
– Alternatively bidirectional HART transmission
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Input data
Input signal
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I1)
0 ... 20 mA,
isolator operation / 4 ... 20 mA
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I1)
0 ... 20 mA,
isolator operation / 4 ... 20 mA
Input resistance
Transmitter supply voltage
Approx. 50 Ω
16.5 V
Approx. 50 Ω
14.7 V DC ... 25.5 V DC
(UB - max. 4.5 V for load
0 mA ... 20 mA)
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
21 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
≤ 500 Ω (at I = 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms (at 500 Ω)
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
28 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
≤ 500 Ω (at I = 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms (at 500 Ω)
20.4 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
< 900 mW (at 24 V DC and in
< 900 mW (at 24 V DC and in
repeater power supply operation) repeater power supply operation)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 73
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Maximum transmission error
≤ 0.2% (of final value),
typ. ≤ 0.1% (of final value)
≤ 0.2% (of final value),
typ. ≤ 0.1% (of final value)
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Communication
< 0.005%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
175 Hz (typ.)
HART specification in both
operating modes (RPSS isolator /
RPSS repeater power supply)
< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Approx. 100 Hz
-
Step response (10 - 90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
< 2 ms (typ.)
Approx. 3.5 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
IP20
-20°C ... 60°C
-20°C ... 60°C
Any
Any
PBT
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant
GL
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
T5
GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
4...20mA
Description
1
2
IN I
PWR OUT
OUT I
GND2
6
Control system
3
4
GND1
GND1
Type
Order No.
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I1)
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I-SP1)
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I1)
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I-SP1)
2864079
2810230
2864422
2864752
5
UB +
GND3
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I
7
8
MCR repeater power supplies
with HART® protocol
with HART® protocol
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
1
24V
Mains voltage
Repeater power supply operation with a passive sensor
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
73
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
passive isolators
OUT I
US
4-wire
OUT I
IN
I
IN I 1
PLC / DCS
OUT I 1
5 +
5
active
2
– 2
3 + 3
passive
GND 1
GND 2
IN I 2
OUT I 2
PWR
4-wire max.18 VDC
GND
OUT
I
+ 1
1
PWR
max.18 VDC
GND
US
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
6 –
7 + 7
passive
active
4 – 4
GND 3
GND 4
D W
H
6
8– 8
Either 1- or 2-channel
Zone 2
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
– Highly compact 2-conductor passive isolators for electrical isolation and filtering
of standard analog signals
– Input loop-supplied
– Does not require any additional auxiliary
voltage
– 2 channels in conj. with a design width of
just 6.2 mm
– Voltage drop on isolating amplifier of
just 1.7 V
Notes:
When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing
voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the
maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with a voltage
drop UV = 1.7 V and load RB.
This means:
UB ≥ UE = 1.7 V + 20 mA x RB
Information on components for power bridging, system cabling,
and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Input data
Input signal
Voltage drop
Response current
Maximum input current / overload
Maximum input voltage
Output data
Output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Maximum transmission error
Additional error per 100 Ω load
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
1.7 V (at I = 20 mA)
Approx. 190 µA
40 mA
18 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
< 600 Ω (at I = 20 mA output signal)
< 10 mVrms (at 600 Ω)
≤ 0.1% (of final value)
0.03% (of measured value / 100 Ω load)
≤ 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load)
75 Hz
5 ms (At 600 Ω load)
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA II T6 X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D
GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
UB
UV = 1,7 V
I
UE
I
I
RB
I
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I
74
PHOENIX CONTACT
Description
Type
Order No.
MCR passive isolator, for electrical isolation of current signals
without auxiliary power
two-channel
Screw connection
two-channel
Spring-cage conn.
single-channel
Screw connection
single-channel
Spring-cage conn.
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I-SP
2864655
2864781
2864419
2864749
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Analog IN/Analog OUT
loop-powered isolator
OUT
1
I
US
2
OUT
3
U
US
POWER
IN
+ 1
IN I
PLC / DCS
PWR IN
5 +
5
PWR
active
passive
4-wire
GND
U, I
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
– 2
+ 3
GND
OUT I
6 –
IN U
D W
H
6
7
4-wire
GND
4 – 4
GND
8
OUT
Configurable,
up to 74 signal combinations,
loop-powered
I
Zone 2
Applied for:
cUL / UL
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
– Highly compact isolating amplifier for
electrical isolation, conversion, and filtering of standard analog signals
– Supplied by an output loop
– Does not require any additional auxiliary
voltage
– Up to 74 signal combinations can be
configured using DIP switches
– Voltage input from mV voltages right up
to 30 volts
– Current input from 2 mA right up to
40 mA
– 2-way isolation
– Standard configuration:
Input 2...10 V, output 4...20 mA
Notes:
Other input signals that have not been listed can be provided on request.
Information on components for power bridging, system cabling,
and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
U input
I input
2 ... 10 V, additional areas can be configured, see table
Maximum input signal
< 40 V
Input resistance
Approx. 100 kΩ (At ≤ 1 V,
otherwise approximately 1 MΩ)
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
< 50 mA
(Dielectric strength up to 30 V)
≤ 50 Ω
4 ... 20 mA
35 mA
((UB - 8 V) / 22 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
8 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 3.5 mA (without signal current)
28 mW (without signal)
< 0.1% (of final value)
0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K
±2% / ±2%
Approx. 30 Hz
Approx. 16 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-25°C ... 70°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-I-LP-SP-NC1)
2902829
2902830
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR loop-powered isolator
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
1
1
Possible input signal ranges (configurable via DIP switch)
0...40 mA
0...30 mA
0...20 mA
0...12 mA
0...10 mA
0...8 mA
0...7.5 mA
0...6 mA
0...5 mA
0...4 mA
0...3 mA
0...2.5 mA
0...2 mA
4...20 mA
2...10 mA
1...5 mA
0...30 V
0...25 V
0...20 V
0...15 V
0...12.5 V
0...12 V
0...10 V
0...7.5 V
0...5 V
0...3 V
0...2.5 V
0...2 V
0...1.5 V
0...1.25 V
0...1.2 V
2...10 V
1...5 V
0...1000 mV
0...750 mV
0...500 mV
0...300 mV
0...250 mV
0...200 mV
0...150 mV
0...125 mV
0...120 mV
0...100 mV
0...75 mV
0...60 mV
0...50 mV
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
±30 V
±25 V
±20 V
±15 V
±12.5 V
±12 V
±10 V
±7.5 V
±5 V
±3 V
±2.5 V
±2 V
±1.5 V
±1.25 V
±1.2 V
±1000 mV
±750 mV
±500 mV
±300 mV
±250 mV
±200 mV
±150 mV
±125 mV
±120 mV
±100 mV
±75 mV
±60 mV
±50 mV
PHOENIX CONTACT
75
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducers
for resistance thermometers
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
PLC / DCS
S-Port
1
OUT U,I
1
5 +
5
active
2
ϑ
ϑ
2
U,I
4
OUT
6 –
6
ϑ
+24V
3
3
IN
passive
GND 1
4
7 +
GND 2
D W
H
8 –
FM
GND 2
FM
POWER
Universal measuring transducer
for resistance thermometers
+24V
Zone 2
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Universal temperature transducer for
electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of resistance thermometers and remote resistance-type sensors
– High level of accuracy over the entire
measuring range
– For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor sensors according to IEC 751, JIS, GOST
– Configurable via DIP switches and software
– Software available free of charge on the
Internet
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Supports fault monitoring
– Standard configuration: Pt 100 sensor
IEC 751; 3-conductor; -50 ... 150°C; 4 ...
20 mA output; error evaluation according
to NE43 (downscale); fault monitoring
contact responds on any error
Notes:
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Linear resistance measuring range
min. 50 K
0 Ω ... 4000 Ω (Minimum measuring span: 10% of the selected
measuring range)
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Approx. 12.3 V
24.6 mA
10 kΩ
500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 27 mA (at 24 V DC)
≤ 700 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω)
Transmission error
0.1% * 350 K / set measuring range; 0.1% > 350 K (Pt/Ni) 0.3% * 200 K /
set measuring range; 0.3% > 200 K (Cu)
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
0.01%/K
Typ. 200 ms (2-conductor)
Typ. 500 ms (3-conductor)
Typ. 500 ms (4-conductor)
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL applied for
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2, 3, 4-conductor
-200°C ... 850°C (Range depending on the sensor type)
GL
Ordering data
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Description
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
MINI MCR-RTD-UI-NC1)
MINI MCR-RTD-UI-SP-NC1)
2902849
2902850
1
1
2811271
1
Temperature transducers for resistance thermometers
Standard configuration
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
Sensor type
Standard
Pt100
IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt200
IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt500
IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt1000
IEC 751 = GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00385)
Pt100
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00391)
Pt1000
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 0.00391)
Pt100
JIS C1604-1997
Pt1000
JIS C1604-1997
Ni100
DIN 43760
Ni1000
DIN 43760
Cu50
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428)
Cu100
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.428)
Cu53
GOST 6651-2009 ( = 1.426)
Customer-specific characteristic curves
76
PHOENIX CONTACT
Measuring range
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-200°C ... +850°C
-60°C ... +250°C
-60°C ... +250°C
-180°C ... +200°C
-180°C ... +200°C
-50°C ... +180°C
Smallest measuring range span
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
50 K
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer for Pt 100
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
PLC / DCS
PT 100
1
1
OUT U,I
5 +
5
active
2
ϑ
ϑ
2
4
U,I
passive
6 –
D W
H
6
ϑ
3
3
IN
GND 1
+24V
4
7 +
GND 2
OUT
8 –
PT100
Configurable, for a temperature measuring
range of -50°C ... +200°C
+24V
GND 2
POWER
Ex:
Zone 2
Div. 2
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
– Highly compact temperature transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of Pt 100 signals to
create standard signals
– Optimized temperature measuring range
of -50°C to +200°C for increased accuracy
– For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors
according to IEC 60751
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal
Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor
-50°C ... 200°C (configurable)
min. 50 K
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
23 mA
> 10 kΩ
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Transmission error for the full/set measurement range
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 21 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 500 mW
≤ 0.25% ; ((50 K / Δ Temp) + 0.05)%
< 0.02%/K
< 200 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D
GL
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MCR temperature measuring transducer, for
Pt 100 temperature sensors
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Unconfigured
Screw connection
Unconfigured
Spring-cage conn.
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP1)
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP-NC1)
2864309
2864192
2864370
2864202
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
1
Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200 (standard configuration entered as an example)
Connection
Measuring range [°C]
Output
Failure inFactory calibration
technology
formation 1)
certificate (FCC)
Start
End
/
3
/
0
/
100
/
OUT01
/
A
/
NONE
2 = 2-con0
Range
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
A
NONE = without FCC
2864309 =
ductor
-5
(increment)
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
B
YES
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
...-PT100-UI-200
3 = 3-con-10
OUT03 = 0...10 V
C
ductor
-15
0...200 (5 K) OUT05 = 0...5 V
D
2864192 =
4 = 4-con-20
OUT06 = 1...5 V
YESPLUS = FCC with
ductor
5 measuring
...-PT100-UI-200-SP
-30
OUT07 = 20...0 mA
points (a fee is
-40
OUT08 = 20...4 mA
charged)
-50
OUT09 = 10...0 V
Order No.
2864309
1)
For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Failure information (depends on the output signal range):
Overrange
Open circuit
0...20 mA 4...20 mA
0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
A 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
B 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
C
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
D
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
A
B
C
D
0...20 mA
0 mA
0 mA
0 mA
0 mA
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Underrange
4...20 mA
0...10 V
4 mA
0V
3.5 mA
0V
4 mA
0V
4 mA
0V
Short circuit
0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
0 mA
3 mA
0V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
PHOENIX CONTACT
77
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer for Pt 100
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
PLC / DCS
PT 100
1
1
OUT U,I
5 +
5
active
2
ϑ
ϑ
2
4
U,I
6 –
D W
H
6
ϑ
3
3
IN
passive
GND 1
+24V
4
7 +
GND 2
OUT
8 –
PT100
Configurable, for a temperature measuring
range of -150°C ... +850°C
+24V
GND 2
POWER
Ex:
Zone 2
Div. 2
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
– Highly compact temperature transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of Pt 100 signals to
create standard signals
– Temperature measuring range of
-150°C to +850°C
– For 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors
according to IEC 60751
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and
analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor
-150°C ... 850°C (configurable)
min. 50 K
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
23 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Transmission error for the full/set measurement range
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 21 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 500 mW
≤ 0.2% ; ((100 K / set measurement range [K]) + 0.1%)
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
< 0.02%/K
< 160 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
GL
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MCR temperature measuring transducer, for
Pt 100 temperature sensors
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Unconfigured
Screw connection
Unconfigured
Spring-cage conn.
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI1)
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP-NC1)
2864435
2864736
2864273
2864286
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
1
Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI (standard configuration entered as an example)
Connection
Measuring range [°C]
Output
Failure inFactory calibration certifitechnology
formation 1) cate (FCC)
Start
End
/
3
/
0
/
100
/
OUT01
/
A
/
NONE
2 = 2-conduc0
Range
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
A
NONE = without FCC
2864435 =
tor
-10
(increment)
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
B
YES
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
...-PT100-UI
3 = 3-conduc-20
OUT03 = 0...10 V
C
tor
-30
0...100 (5 K) OUT05 = 0...5 V
D
2864736 =
4 = 4-conduc-40
110...300 (10 K) OUT06 = 1...5 V
YESPLUS = FCC with
tor
5 measuring
...-PT100-UI-SP
-50
320...700 (20 K) OUT07 = 20...0 mA
points (a fee is
-100
750...850 (50 K) OUT08 = 20...4 mA
charged)
-150
OUT09 = 10...0 V
Order No.
2864435
1)
For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet:
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
78
PHOENIX CONTACT
Failure information (depends on the output signal range):
Overrange
Open circuit
0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
A 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
B 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
C
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
D
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
A
B
C
D
0...20 mA
0 mA
0 mA
0 mA
0 mA
Underrange
4...20 mA 0...10 V
4 mA
0V
3.5 mA
0V
4 mA
0V
4 mA
0V
Short circuit
0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
0 mA
3 mA
0V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer for Pt 100
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
PT 100
1
1
PWR IN
5 +
5
PWR
active
passive
2
ϑ
ϑ
2
I
PT100
4
POWER
6 –
6
ϑ
3
3
IN
OUT I
7
4
D W
H
8
OUT
Configurable, for a temperature measuring
range of -150°C ... +300°C, loop-powered
Zone 2
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
– Highly compact loop-powered temperature transducer for electrical isolation,
conversion, amplification, and filtering of
Pt 100 signals to create standard signals
– Supplied by an output loop
– Does not require any additional auxiliary
voltage
– Temperature measuring range of
-150°C to +300°C
– 2-, 3- or 4-conductor Pt 100 sensors
– Input signals can be configured via DIP
switches
– 2-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and
analog signal
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Transmission error for the full/set measurement range
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor
-150°C ... 300°C (configurable)
min. 50 K
4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
23 mA
((Usupply - 12 V) / 22 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
12 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 3.5 mA (without signal current)
< 42 mW (without signal current)
≤ 0.25% ; ((90 K / set measuring range [K]) + 0.05%)
< 0.02%/K
< 200 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MCR temperature measuring transducer, for
Pt 100 temperature sensors, loop-powered
Order configuration
Screw connection
Order configuration
Spring-cage conn.
Unconfigured
Screw connection
Unconfigured
Spring-cage conn.
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP-NC-SP1)
2810298
2810382
2810308
2810395
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
1
Order key for MINI MCR-SL-PT100-LP (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.
2810298
2810298 =
...-PT100-LP
2810382 =
...-PT100-LP-SP
1)
Connection
Measuring range [°C]
Output
Failure inFactory calibration certifitechnology
formation 1) cate (FCC)
Start
End
/
3
/
0
/
100
/
OUT02
/
1
/
NONE
2 = 2-conductor
0
Range
NONE = without FCC
-10
(increment)
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
1
YES
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
3 = 3-conductor
-20
OUT08 = 20...4 mA
2
-30
0...300 (5 K)
3
4 = 4-conductor
-40
4
YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
-50
points (a fee is
-100
charged)
-150
For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Failure information
Overrange
Open circuit
1
2
3
4
21.5 mA
3.5 mA
21.5 mA
Start of range
21.5 mA
3.5 mA
21.5 mA
Underrange
Short circuit
21.5 mA
3.5 mA
3.5 mA
Start of range
21.5 mA
3.5 mA
3.5 mA
1
2
3
4
PHOENIX CONTACT
79
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducers for
thermocouples
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
PLC / DCS
S-Port
1
OUT U,I
+ 1
2
U,I
5
– 2
6 –
+24V
4
OUT
passive
GND 1
3
IN
5 +
active
TC
GND 2
6
7 +
D W
H
8 –
FM
GND 2
FM
POWER
Universal measuring transducer
for thermocouples
+24V
Zone 2
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Highly compact temperature transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of thermocouple signals.
– For thermocouples according to IEC 584
and GOST
– Internal cold junction compensation
– Configurable via DIP switches and software
– Software available free of charge on the
Internet
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– Supports fault monitoring
– Standard configuration: TC sensor type J
IEC 584 TC; cold junction compensation
“ON”; -200 ... 1200°C; 4 ... 20 mA output; error evaluation according to NE43
(downscale); fault monitoring contact responds on any error.
Notes:
For information on the programming adapter, refer to page 119
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet:
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Temperature range
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T, L, U, A-1, A-2, A-3, M, L
-250°C ... 2500°C (Range depending on the sensor type)
min. 50 K
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
Approx. 12.3 V
I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
24.6 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 27 mA (at 24 V DC)
≤ 700 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω)
Transmission error
0.1% * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.1% > 600 K (E, J, K, N, T, L, U,
M Gost, L Gost) 0.2% * 600 K / set measuring range; 0.2% > 600 K
(B, R, S, A1, A2, A3)
Cold junction errors
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
< 3 K ( typ. < 2 K )
≤ 0.01%/K
Typ. 400 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL applied for
GL
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Universal temperature transducer for thermocouples
Standard configuration
Screw connection
MINI MCR-TC-UI-NC1)
2902851
1
2811271
1
Accessories
Programming adapter for configuring modules with
S-PORT interface
Sensor type
Standard
Measuring range
Sensor type
B
E
J
K
N
R
S
T
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
IEC 584-1
+500°C ... +1820°C
-230°C ... +1000°C
-210°C ... +1200°C
-250°C ... +1372°C
-200°C ... +1300°C
-50°C ... +1768°C
-50°C ... +1768°C
-200°C ... +400°C
L
DIN 43710
-200°C ... +900°C
U
DIN 43710
-200°C ... +600°C
A-1
GOST 8.585
0°C ... +2500°C
A-2
GOST 8.585
0°C ... +1800°C
A-3
GOST 8.585
0°C ... +1800°C
M
GOST 8.585
-200°C ... +100°C
L
GOST 8.585
-200°C ... +800°C
Customer-specific characteristic curves
80
PHOENIX CONTACT
Standard
Measuring range
IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER1)
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer for
J- and K-type thermocouples
IN
Sensor / Field
1
OUT
1
PLC / DCS
OUT U,I
5 +
5
active
TC
2
3
+ 2
– 3
U,I
6 –
+24V
4
IN
passive
GND 1
D W
H
6
7 +
GND 2
OUT
8 –
Configurable, for a temperature measuring
range of -150°C ... +1350°C
+24V
GND 2
POWER
Ex:
Zone 2
Div. 2
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
– Highly compact temperature transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of thermocouple signals to create standard signals
– Temperature measuring range of
-150°C to +1350°C
– For J and K thermocouples according to
IEC 584-1
– Internal cold junction compensation
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and
analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key; see below.
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Thermocouples type J, K (IEC 584-1)
Temperature range
Typ J : -150°C ... 1200°C (configurable)
Typ K : -150°C ... 1350°C
min. 50 K
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
23 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
Approx. 10 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Transmission error for the full/set measurement range
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 25 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 500 mW
≤ 0.2% ; ((150 K / set measurement range [K]) + 0.1%)
Cold junction errors
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
< 3 K ( typ. < 2 K )
< 0.02%/K
< 30 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D
GL
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI1)
MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI-NC1)
2864448
2864299
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR temperature measuring transducer, for thermocouples
Order configuration
Unconfigured
Screw connection
Screw connection
1
1
Order key for MINI MCR-SL-TC-UI (standard configuration entered as an example)
Sensor type
Order No.
2864448
1)
Measuring range [°C]
Output
Failure inFactory calibration certififormation 1) cate (FCC)
Start
End
/
J
/
0
/
1000
/
OUT01
/
A
/
NONE
J = Type J
0
Range
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
A
NONE = without FCC
-10
(increment)
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
B
YES
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
K = Type K
-20
OUT03 = 0...10 V
C
-30
OUT05 = 0...5 V
D
-40
0 ... 300 (10 K) OUT06 = 1...5 V
YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
-50
320 ... 700 (20 K) OUT07 = 20...0 mA
points (a fee is
-100
750...1350 (50 K) OUT08 = 20...4 mA
charged)
-150
OUT09 = 10...0 V
For explanations, see adjacent text on the right; for further details, see data sheet: www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Failure information (depends on the output signal range):
Overrange
Open circuit
0...20 mA 4...20 mA
0...10 V 0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 V
A 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
B 20.5 mA
20.5 mA
10.25 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
C
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
21 mA
21 mA 10.5 V
D
20 mA
20 mA
10 V
0 mA
4 mA
0V
A
B
C
D
0...20 mA
0 mA
0 mA
0 mA
0 mA
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Underrange
4...20 mA
0...10 V
4 mA
0V
3.5 mA
0V
4 mA
0V
4 mA
0V
PHOENIX CONTACT
81
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Frequency
Frequency transducers
For up to 80 kHz
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
PLC / DCS
Teach In
1
NAMUR
1
OUT U,I
5 +
5
active
4
U,I
IN
2
3
2
NPN
PNP
4
OUT
NPN
4
passive
GND 2
6 –
+24V
PNP
GND 1
GND 3
6
7 +
D W
H
8 –
FM
3
FM
POWER
GND 2
Frequency transducer for up to 80 kHz
+24V
4
Zone 2
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input sources
Configurable 3-way isolated frequency
transducer.
– Suitable for the connection of NAMUR
proximity sensors (IEC 60947-5-6 and
EN 50227) as well as for sensors with
NPN and PNP outputs that generate a
frequency signal
– The device is configured via DIP switches
– Frequency range is freely adjustable via a
press/slide button (“teach-in wheel”)
– Supports fault monitoring
– Standard configuration: NAMUR sensor;
mean-value generation “OFF”;
0.002 Hz ... 20 kHz frequency range;
4 ... 20 mA output; error evaluation NE43
(downscale); fault monitoring contact
responds on any error
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
NPN/PNP transistor outputs
NAMUR initiators
Floating relay contact (dry contact)
0.002 Hz ... 20 kHz (DIP switch)
0.002 Hz ... 80 kHz (Teach-in wheel)
30 V (incl. DC voltage)
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
Approx. 12.3 V
24.6 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVPP
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
Frequency measuring range
Maximum input signal
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Power consumption
9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 800 mW (at IOUT = 20 mA, 9.6 V DC, load 500 Ω)
Transmission error of the full measuring span
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
0.1%
0.01%/K
< 35 ms (At f > 500 Hz)
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL applied for
GL
Ordering data
Description
MCR frequency transducers
Standard configuration
Standard configuration
82
PHOENIX CONTACT
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Type
Order No.
MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-F-UI-SP-NC1)
2902832
2902833
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Frequency
Analog-frequency transducer
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
supply
max. 30VDC
+ 1
GND
2
U,I
f
– 2
– 4
OUT
+
OUT
5 +
GND 1
+24V
POWER
max. 20mA
GND 2
6 –
+24V
GND 3
–
5
passive
+ 3
IN
IN U,I
4-wire
6
7 +
GND 3
RL
GND – OUT +
OUT
1
U,I
US
D W
H
8 –
Configurable,
frequency and PWM output
+24V
GND 3
Zone 2
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
– Highly compact analog-to-frequency
transducer for electrical isolation, amplification, conversion, and filtering of standard signals to create frequencies or
PWM signals
– Configurable interference filter
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and
analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
– PWM output of 5 ... 95%
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Minimum load
Maximum load current
Maximum switching voltage
Overrange/underrange
Protective circuit
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
U input
I input
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V / 2 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 mA / 2 ... 10 mA 30 V DC
100 mA
Approx. 110 kΩ
Approx. 50 Ω
Frequency output
PWM output
0 Hz ... 10 kHz / 0 Hz ... 5 kHz
7.8 kHz (10 bit) / 3.9 kHz (10 bit)
0 Hz ... 2.5 kHz / 0 Hz ... 1 kHz
1.9 kHz (12 bit) / 977 Hz (12 bit)
0 Hz ... 500 Hz / 0 Hz ... 250 Hz 488 Hz (14 bit) / 244 Hz (14 bit)
0 Hz ... 100 Hz / 0 Hz ... 50 Hz
122 Hz (16 bit) / 61 Hz (16 bit)
4 mA ≤ (UL / RL) ≤ 20 mA
12 mA ≤ (UL / RL) ≤ 20 mA
20 mA
30 V
Can be set (via DIP switch)
Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 10 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 200 mW
≤ 0.1% (> 7 kHz ≤ 0.2%)
< 0.02%/K
< 15 ms (+ (1/f) smallest filter)
< 1 s (+ (1/f) largest filter)
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D
GL
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F-SP1)
2864082
2810243
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR frequency transducer
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Frequency output
T
T
T
T
T
1
1
T
Variable frequency / Period duration T
PWM output (pulse width modulation)
T
T
T
T
T
T
Variable pulse-pause ratio / Fixed period duration T
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
83
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Potentiometer
Potiposition transducer
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
1
IN
1
PLC / DCS
OUT U,I
5 +
5
active
2
2
3
3
IN
IN
6
7 +
GND 2
OUT
U,I
6 –
+24V
4
R
IN
passive
GND 1
D W
H
8 –
Configurable,
automatic potentiometer detection
+24V
GND 2
POWER
Zone 2
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
– Highly compact potiposition transducer
for electrical isolation, conversion, amplification, and filtering of potentiometer
signals to create standard signals
– Automatic potentiometer detection
without manual adjustment
– For potentiometers from 100 Ω to 100 kΩ
– Configurable measuring range and output
signals
– A potentiometer sub-range can be linearized via the “teach-in” switch on the device
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– 3-way isolation
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Potentiometer
Reference voltage source
Output data
Output signal
100 Ω ... 100 kΩ
< 3.6 V
U output
0 ... 5 V / 1 ... 5 V
0 ... 10 V / 10 ... 0 V
12.5 V
Maximum output signal
No-load voltage
Short-circuit current
Load RB
Ripple
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
20 ... 0 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
23 mA
Approx. 12.5 V
Approx. 10 mA
> 10 kΩ
< 20 mVPP (at 10 kΩ)
0% ... 105% (configurable)
< 500 Ω (20 mA)
< 20 mVPP (at 500 Ω)
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 25 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 500 mW
< 0.2%
< 0.02%/K
< 30 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D
GL
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI1)
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI-SP1)
2864095
2810256
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR potiposition transducer
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Lifting platform
M
Actuator motor
ACTUAL TARGET
0...10 V 0...10 V
Potentiometer
Controller
OUT
1
5
GND1
2
Control system
6
UB +
3
GND2
4
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI
7
8
24V
Mains voltage
Height adjustment of a lifting platform with setpoint and actual
value control
84
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Limit values
Threshold value switch
OUT
5
U,I
US
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
+ 5
6
– 6
+ 7
U,I
1
4-wire
GND
IN
IN U,I
PLC / DCS
– 8
OUT
GND 1
+24V
2
3
2
14
3
11
4
12
D W
H
GND 2
4
Configurable, with relay PDT output
POWER
GND 2
+24V
Zone 2
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
– Highly compact threshold value switch for
switching analog limit values
– Input signal, hysteresis, and delay time can
be configured via DIP switches
– Limit value can be freely adjusted via potentiometer on front
– 3-way isolation
– PDT relay at output
– Operating current/quiescent current
switchover
– Status and error signaling via two diagnostic LEDs
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Specification of the switching point
Switching output
Relay output
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Hysteresis (configurable using the DIP switch)
Operating and closed circuit current behavior
Setting range of the response delay (configurable using the DIP
switch)
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Linearity error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Electrical isolation
Test voltage input/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
UL, USA
UL, Canada
GL
U input
0 ... 10 V
30 V
> 100 kΩ
With 25-speed potentiometer
I input
0 ... 20 mA
100 mA
50 Ω
1 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC
2A
(0.1%; 1%; 2.5%; 5%)
Switchable using DIP switch
0 s ... 10 s (0 s; 1 s; 2 s; 3 s; 4 s; 6 s; 8 s; 10 s)
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 14 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 330 mW (at 24 V DC)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.02%/K
< 35 ms
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6
Class I, Zone 2, Ex nC IIC T6
GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL1)
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP1)
2864480
2864493
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR threshold value switch
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
85
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
+ 1
1
IN
PLC / DCS
OUT 1
5
5
13
DI 1
2
– 2
1
3
OUT 1
IN
+24V
OUT 2
6
6
14
7 +
D W
H
2
1
IN
4
OUT 2
GND
OUT
8 –
2
3
+24V
POWER
Configurable, for NAMUR sensors and
floating contacts
13
DI 2
GND
4
14
Zone 2
Ex:
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal
– Highly compact isolation amplifier for
electrical isolation, amplification, and duplication of proximity sensor signals
– For proximity sensors in accordance with
IEC 60947-5-6 and EN 50227
– Floating contacts and contacts with resistance circuit can be connected
– Input and output signals can be configured
via DIP switches
– N/O contacts at output
– Second output can be used as a doubler
or error signaling output
– 3-way isolation
– Switchover between operating current
and quiescent current (inverted switching
behavior)
– Error signaling via diagnostic LED and analog signal
– Power supply possible through the foot
element (T-Connector)
Notes:
Information about power bridging, system cabling, and marking
components can be found starting at page 88
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Open circuit switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
Control circuit
No-load voltage
Switching points (according to IEC 60947-5-6)
8.2 V DC ±10%
< 1.2 mA (blocking)
> 2.1 mA (conductive)
> 6 mA (in the event of a short-circuit)
< 0.35 mA (With wire break)
Line error detection
Switching output
Relay output
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Minimum contact current
Switching frequency
2 N/O contacts
Hard gold plated AgNi
250 V AC
2A
1 mA (for 5 V DC)
0.5 Hz (240 V AC / 30 V DC / 2 A)
10 Hz (without load)
General data
Supply voltage UB
Nominal supply voltage
Current consumption
Power consumption
Electrical isolation
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
24 V DC
< 25 mA
< 600 mW
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D
GL
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO1)
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO-SP1)
2864105
2810269
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR NAMUR switching amplifier
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
86
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
Constant voltage source
OUT
+ 1
– 2
+ 3
POWER
– 4
OUT U
GND 1
+24V
OUT
OUT U
5 +
GND 1
6 –
+24V
GND 2
7 +
GND 2
OUT
IN
UCV
D W
H
8 –
Configurable,
output signals 2.5 V / 5 V / 7.5 V / 10 V
+24V
GND 2
Zone 2
Ex:
Applied for: cUL / UL
Housing width 6.2 mm
Technical data
– Constant voltage source for potentiometers, measuring bridges, encoders
– Highly precise
– Input signal corresponds to power supply
– Input signal and, in turn, the power supply
can be provided via the foot element
(T-Connector)
– Standard configuration:
Output 10 V DC
Notes:
Information on components for power bridging, system cabling,
and marking can be found in the INTERFACE catalog or at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input signal
Output data
Output signal (can be configured using DIP switches)
Short-circuit current
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Electrical isolation
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
9.6 ... 30 V
10 V DC
7.5 V DC
5 V DC
2.5 V DC
Approx. 32 mA
< 20 mVPP
9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 600 mW (at 24 V IN)
≤ 0.1% (of final value)
< 0.01%/K, typ. < 0.002%/K
Basic insulation according to EN 61010
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
Ordering data
Description
MCR constant voltage source
With screw connection
With spring-cage connection
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-CVS-24-5-10-SP-NC1)
2902822
2902823
1
1
2940252
2942124
10
10
Accessories
Setpoint potentiometer, to set setpoints individually
Resistance value 4.7 kΩ
Resistance value 10 kΩ
EMG 30-SP- 4K7LIN
EMG 30-SP-10K LIN
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
87
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
Feed-through terminal blocks
– Feed-through terminal block for 1:1 forwarding of signals in the MINI Analog
group
– For plugging gaps in system cabling with
the V8 system adapter, e.g., when there
are fewer than eight signals
– Used in conjunction with the
MINI Analog multiplexer
– For direct mounting in the case of applications without signal conversion and without electrical isolation
Sensor / Field
OUT
IN
IN
1
IN
2
3
4
1:1
IN
IN
OUT
PLC / DCS
5
OUT
6
OUT
OUT
7
8
D W
H
1:1 connection
Technical data
General data
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
ATEX
GL
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
PBT
6.2 / 93.1 / 102.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MINI MCR-SL-TB
2811420
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MINI Analog feed-through terminal block
Screw connection
1
Accessories
Marking material
– Flexible labeling system with pivoting
transparent cover and matching insert
strips
– Transparent cover that can be snapped
onto the module instead of the standard
cover
– Insert strips on pre-punched paper sheets
– Marking option for standard cover in the
form of ZBF 6 zack marker strip marking
labels
Transparent cover with insert strips
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
2308111
10
2810272
10
Fold-up transparent cover, for labeling MINI Analog modules
with insert strips
MINI MCR DKL
Accessories
88
PHOENIX CONTACT
Insert strips, stamped, for transparent cover
MINI MCR-DKL-LABEL
Zack marker strip, flat
UniCard sheets, for marker groove
ZBF 6 (see Catalog 5)
UC-TMF 6 (see Catalog 5)
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
Power terminals
– For up to 80 MINI Analog modules
– The MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM(-SP) power
terminal block is used to supply the supply voltage to the DIN rail connector
– Monitoring of supplies in combination
with the fault monitoring module
– Flexible redundant supply from one or
both module sides
– Extended supply voltage range from
0 ... 30 V DC
IN
1
OUT FM
2
3
4
+ 1
+24V
IN
5 +
PWR 1
IN
6 –
PWR 1
IN / OUT-FM
– 2
+ 3
7 +
PWR 2
IN
8 –
PWR 2
IN / OUT-FM
+24V
– 4
+24V
+24V
D W
H
PWR OUT
– +
Zone 2
+24V
Power terminal block, can be monitored
Notes:
Technical data
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input voltage range
Output data
Output voltage
Output current
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
0 V DC ... 30 V DC
(Input voltage - 0.8 V)
≤2A
-20°C ... 65°C
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL applied for
GL
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM1)
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM-SP1)
2902958
2902959
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MINI Analog power terminal blocks
1
1
Accessories
Error message modules
IN
Fault monitoring module for evaluating
and reporting group errors from the fault
monitoring system.
– Monitoring of supply voltages of
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM(-SP) power terminal blocks
– Drawing off the supply is possible
– The error is reported via an N/C contact
– Standard configuration: group error detection “ON”; redundancy monitoring
“ON”; relay “active”
1
OUT
2
OUT RC
+ 1
+24V
PWR 1
IN
OUT RC
– 2
+ 3
+24V
5 +
FAULT
CONTACT
6 –
7 +
PWR
OUT
8 –
PWR 1
IN
– 4
+24V
FM
– +
+24V
D W
H
Zone 2
Group error message and
Supply monitoring
Technical data
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data/output data
Input signal
Output signal
Output signal maximum current
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Test voltage input/output
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
9.6 V DC ... 30 V DC
2A
30 V DC
50 mA
1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL applied for
GL
Ordering data
Description
MINI Analog error message modules
Standard configuration
Standard configuration
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Type
Order No.
MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC1)
MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-SP-NC1)
2902961
2902962
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
89
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
ME 6,2 TBUS... T-Connector
– For bridging the supply voltage
– Reduces wiring costs
– Module can be replaced without interrupting the supply to the remaining modules (hot swap)
– One T-Connector for two MINI Analog
modules
– Current carrying capacity of 2 A to
MINI Analog modules
For bridging the supply voltage
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN
2869728
10
DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage, can be
snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval
Accessories
Power terminals
IN
– For supplying the supply voltage via the
foot element (T-Connector) where DC
voltages of up to 30 V are already available
– Option of redundant supply decoupled
from diode
– For up to 80 MINI analog modules
– For up to 2 A
– Status and error signaling via diagnostic
LEDs
IN
+ 1
+24V
5
+
PWR 1 IN
PWR 2 IN
6
– 2
3
+24V
–
7
4
8
D W
H
PWR OUT
– +
+24V
Zone 2
Redundant supply for existing 24 V
Notes:
Recommended fuse for power terminal block:
Fuse according to IEC 60127-2/V
Nominal current: 2.5 A
Characteristics: Slow-blow
(e.g., Wickmann 5 x 20 mm/No. 195 - glass fuse)
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Technical data
Input data
Input voltage range
Output data
Output voltage
Output current
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
GL
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
(Input voltage - 0.8 V)
≤2A
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5
GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MINI MCR-SL-PTB1)
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-SP1)
2864134
2864147
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR power terminal block
90
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
ME 17,5 TBUS-...T-Connector
– For bridging the supply voltage when using a MINI POWER system power supply
Notes:
If the system power supply is used, you need two ME 17,5 TBUS
T-Connectors to establish the connection with the ME 6,2 TBUS TConnectors of the MINI Analog system and provide an effective
power supply.
For system power supply
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN
2709561
10
DIN rail connector, for bridging the supply voltage, can be
snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval,
two pieces are required per system power supply
Accessories
System power supply
H
W
D
– For supplying the supply voltage via the
foot element (T-Connector) where AC
voltages are available
– 100 ... 240 V AC nominal input voltage
range
– 24 V DC output voltage
– For up to 60 MINI Analog modules
– For up to 1.5 A, secondary
– Status and error signaling via diagnostic
LEDs
For applications with local voltages of
over 100 V
Ordering data
Description
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
MINI-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5/EX
2866653
1
MINI-SYS-PS-100-240AC/24DC/1.5
2866983
1
System power supply unit, primary-switched with zone 2 approval.
More information is given in the INTERFACE Power Supply catalog
part.
System power supply unit, primary-switched (not for zone 2).
More information is given in the INTERFACE Power Supply catalog
part.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
91
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
System cabling
A high number of channels enables analog signal transmission across 6 mm in a
confined space for many applications. In
this kind of context, in particular, it is really important to have access to wiring solutions that avoid errors and are time-efficient, thereby cutting costs.
The MINI Analog system cabling solution
allows you to wire up to eight channels
quickly, easily, and without errors.
System cabling can take various forms.
System cabling with a front adapter
This includes:
– A 16-pos. FLK cable
– The V8 system adapter for MINI Analog
modules
– A front adapter that needs to be specifically selected based on the analog card of
the controller
With this solution, all you need to do is
connect the components together. There
is virtually no wiring effort involved.
What's more, it completely rules out wiring errors, as the pre-assembled components ensure correct assignment by virtue
of their design.
V8 system adapter
for MINI Analog
16-pos. FLK cable
System cabling without a front adapter Front adapter for analog card
The version that does not require the
use of a front adapter is the ideal addition.
System cabling with a front adapter
This solution involves using a 16-pos.
FLK cable with open ends on one side. The
open ends are fitted with ferrules and are
The tables below are designed to serve as
numbered. This allows you to create a sys- a configuration aid. Details of other solutem cabling connection to virtually any
tions are available on the Internet or on remodule without having to fit a front adapt- quest.
er. The other advantage is that you can implement system cabling on the module side
quickly, easily, and without errors.
Configuration aid for MINI Analog system cabling
Controller
Analog card
Siemens
SIMATIC S7-300 /
ET 200 M
6ES7-331-7KF02-0AB0
6ES7-331-7KB02-0AB0
6ES7-331-7KB81-0AB0
6ES7-331-7TF00-0AB0
6ES7-332-8TF01-0AB0
Yokogawa
Centum CS 3000 R3
Front adapter
FLK cable
V8 system adapter for MINI Analog
FLK 16/EZ-DR/.../KONFEK
(non-molded plugs,
in the catalog on page 506)
MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
(in the catalog on page 94)
CABLE-40/2/FLK16/.../YUC
(non-molded plugs,
in the catalog on page 467)
2 x MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
(in the catalog on page 94)
FLKM 16-PA-S300/MINI-MCR
(in the catalog on page 454)
6ES7-331-1KF01-0AB0
(for current signals)
FLKM 16-PA-331-1KF/I/MINI-MCR
(in the catalog on page 455)
6ES7-331-5HF00-0AB0
(for current signals)
FLKM 16-PA-332-5HF/I/MINI-MCR
(in the catalog on page 455)
AAI 141
Not required
AAI 143
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/...M
(non-molded plugs,
in the catalog on page 502)
Miscellaneous controllers /
actuators / sensors
All cards
Not required
or alternatively
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/...M
(molded plugs,
in the catalog on page 502)
92
PHOENIX CONTACT
MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
(in the catalog on page 94)
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
V8 system adapter
for MINI Analog
Plug-in connection
16-pos. VIP or FLK cable with
open ends
Innovative concept
System cabling without a front adapter
Innovative concept
Thanks to its innovative design concept,
the MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16 A MINI Analog system adapter can be used on both
the input and output side. Consequently,
there is nothing at all to prevent you from
using the same components for system cabling on both output and input modules.
Complete flexibility
The proven FLK cable series offers complete flexibility in terms of selection and is
the ideal solution for system cabling with a
front adapter. The flat and flexible plug
connections mean that the products can
be easily installed in any analog module.
Increased protection
The new VIP cables with molded FLK
plugs offer enhanced protection in harsh
industrial environments. If you opt for system cabling without a front adapter, you
can enjoy all the advantages of the new VIP
cables on the system adapter side.
Complete flexibility
Addition
If the application demands a form of system cabling with fewer than eight channels,
the MINI MCR-SL-TB feed-through terminal block (page 88) represents the perfect
addition.
Increased protection
Addition
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
93
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
MINI Analog system adapter
– Time-saving wiring solution thanks to
unique plug-in concept
– System cabling on PLC side
– Plug and play
– For up to eight channels
– Reduces wiring costs and errors
System adapter
Ex:
Housing width 50.4 mm
Technical data
General data
Contact resistance
Current carrying capacity
Test voltage
< 10 mΩ
≤1A
500 V (50 Hz, 1 min. from channel to channel)
Vibration resistance
Surge voltage category / Pollution degree
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection to the signal level
≤ 0.7 g
III / 2
-20°C ... 60°C
PBT
50.4 / 46.2 / 45.5 mm
Flat-ribbon cable plug connector according to IEC 60603-13
Insertion/withdrawal cycles ( System adapter / FLK 16 )
Conformance / approvals
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
10 / ≥ 200
GL
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
GL EMC 2 D
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
2811268
Pcs. /
Pkt.
System adapter, for MINI analog modules with screw connection
MINI Analog system cabling
94
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
MINI Analog multiplexer
AO
1 2
1xIOUT
IN
3
4
5
6
7
8
1 2 3
PWR I
In Out
4
5
6
7
8
BIT1
BIT2
BIT3
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
POWER
8xIIN
OUT
3xDO
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
D1+ D1- D2+ D2- D3+ D3-
FLK pin strip assignment
Ex:
Housing width 50.4 mm
Technical data
– Generates an analog output from up to
eight analog input signals – parallel analog
signals are transmitted serially via a cable
– The desired number of channels is selected via DIP switches (8, 6, 4 or 2 channels)
– The channel currently switched is indicated as a bit pattern via three digital outputs
– Two clock cycles for execution can be selected via DIP switches (one- or two-second clock)
– Supplied by an output loop
– For 4 ... 20 mA current signals
– Can be easily snapped onto MINI Analog
modules with screw connection method
– Huge reduction in analog inputs at controllers
– System cabling on the output side using
pre-assembled FLK cables with open
ends.
Input data
Description
Can be configured/parameterized
Input signal
Maximum input signal
Switching cycles
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Status indication Active input
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Power consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection to control level
Insertion/withdrawal cycles ( System adapter / FLK 16 )
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
Notes:
2, 4, 6, or 8-channel (can be switched over)
Via DIP switches
4 ... 20 mA
< 30 mA
2 or 1 sec. (can be selected)
4 ... 20 mA
< 30 mA
((Usupply - 7 V) / I max)
1, 2, 3-bit digital output (can be selected)
3 x PNP optocouplers
30 V DC
7 V DC ... 30 V DC (Loop-powered)
< 3.5 mA (without signal current)
< 24 mW (without signal current)
0.3% (0.1%, typical)
< 0.01%/K
-20°C ... 65°C
PBT
50.4 / 45.5 / 46.2 mm
Flat-ribbon cable plug connector according to IEC 60603-13
10 / ≥ 200
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL 508 Recognized applied for
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D T5 applied for
For six, four or two channels you will also need the corresponding
number of feed-through terminal blocks (i.e., two, four or six).
Ordering data
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Multiplexer for MINI Analog modules with screw connection
MINI MCR-SL-MUX-V8-FLK 161)
2811815
1
2811420
1
Accessories
MINI Analog feed-through terminal block
MINI MCR-SL-TB
For round cable with one open end, see
“System cabling for controllers” section
For round cable with one open end, see
“System cabling for controllers” section
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/OE/0,14/...
CABLE-FLK16/OE/0,14/...
1 x Analog IN
Controller
8 x Analog IN
Power
MINI MCR-SL-MUX..
....
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
AO
4...20 mA
DO
DO
DO
00
t0 l1
Bi nne
a
Ch ve
ti
Ac
Controller
3 x Digital IN
Monitoring of eight motor temperatures with just one
analog control input
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
95
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Termination carrier for
MINI Analog isolating amplifier
Select standard DIN rail device
Select module carrier
TC... termination carriers are compact solutions for conveniently and smoothly connecting standard DIN rail isolating
amplifiers from the MINI Analog series to
input/output cards of automation systems
using system cables.
The most compact isolating amplifiers
combined with the most compact and flexible module carriers on the market enable
you to achieve a hitherto unparalleled packing density in your control cabinet together
with professional system cabling.
Compact
– The compact design associated with
MINI Analog saves up to 65% of space in
the control cabinet
Robust and reliable
– Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum carrier device profile
– PCB is completely decoupled from isolating amplifiers
– PCB without active electronics
– Redundant supply via separate DIN rail
module
– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
Flexible
– Profile sections without pitch markings
– Quick and safe module connection with
plug-in cable sets
– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
– Can be flexibly adapted to suit any controller or higher-level control system
– Solutions tailored to your requirements
on request
– Available pre-assembled with modules
and wired, or for self-assembly
Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable
Solutions are also available for MACX Analog,
MACX Analog Ex, and Safety
96
PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Termination carrier for
MINI Analog isolating amplifier
D-SUB pin strip
37
< 50 V DC (Per signal/channel)
1 A (Signal/channel)
50 V
II
2
0.5 kV
DIN EN 50178 ( Basic insulation )
IP20
-40°C ... 80°C (Please observe module specifications)
Shock
Vibration (operation)
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Power supply via power module
Input voltage range
Redundant supply
Polarization and surge protection
Fuse
Status indication
15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27
2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6
V0
136 / 170 / 160 mm
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
2.5 A Slow-blow
2 x red LED (error)
1 x green LED (PWR)
Ordering data
Description
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI
TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI1)
2902933
2902934
1
1
2902958
2902961
2865599
1
1
1
Module carrier for 16 MINI Analog channels, power and
feed-through module
- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer
Accessories
15
34
16
35
13
32
14
33
11
30
12
31
7
26
8
27
5
24
6
25
3
22
4
23
1
20
2
21
17
18
36
37
X1 DSUB 37
5 (+)
6 (-) PW2
CH15
CH16
+
+
1
CH14
CH13
+
+
1
CH11
CH12
+
+
1
CH9
CH10
+
+
1
CH7
CH8
+
+
1
CH6
CH5
+
+
1
CH3
CH4
+
+
1
CH1
CH2
+
+
1
PTB
PTSM
T-BUS
Alarm
1
2
3 (+)
4 (-) PW1
F2
FM
1
MINI PTB
PW1 2864134
X20 COMBICON
F1
9
28
10
29
MINI MCR-SL-PTB-FM1)
MINI MCR-SL-FM-RC-NC1)
MACX MCR-S-MUX
MINI Analog power terminal blocks
MINI Analog error message modules
HART multiplexer, 32-chanel, including two 14-wire flat-ribbon
cables
1
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
MINI TB
2811420
Contact us: together, we can develop optimum solutions for your
automation system with the termination carrier for MINI Analog.
Technical data
General data
Connection to the control system level
Number of positions
Maximum operating voltage
Maximum permissible current
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category
Pollution degree
Rated surge voltage
Air and creepage distances
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
-
Notes:
Housing width 136 mm
+
The TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI
universal termination carrier is a compact
solution which connects isolating amplifiers
from the MINI Analog series to input/output cards of automation systems.
The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI
termination carrier version also enables the
coupling and decoupling of HART signals.
– Connection of up to 16 channels
– Can be universally connected, thanks to
37-pos. D-SUB cable with open ends. This
enables flexible connection to automation systems
– Redundant power supply, decoupled from
diode via separate MINI MCR-PTB power
module and MINI MCR-SL-TB feedthrough terminal block
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-M-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-M-PS-UNI connection scheme
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
97
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
Accessories
Surge protection
LINETRAB LIT
The ideal addition to MINI Analog - the
innovative surge protection solution in
6.2 mm housing.
Because the LINETRAB LIT and
MINI Analog housing is the same shape,
you can benefit from the numerous advantages of system cabling. The advantage of
combining MINI Analog and LINETRAB
LIT products is that it enables you to set
up a space-saving, protected, and optimally
coordinated signal chain from the sensor
right up to the controller.
The tables below are designed to serve
as configuration aids for combining
MINI Analog and LINETRAB products.
On the left, you will find a list of the
components and combination options for
setting up system cabling between
MINI Analog and LINETRAB.
For details of system cabling solutions
that can be used between MINI Analog and
the controller side, please refer to
page 92.
For more detailed information on
LINETRAB LIT surge protection modules,
please see the TRABTECH catalog.
Assembled 16-pos. round cable
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR...
V8 system adapters
for MINI Analog
LINETRAB LIT
LINETRAB LIT surge protection
modules
Reliable and systematic measurements - LINETRAB LIT and MINI Analog
Configuration aid for LINETRAB LIT - MINI Analog
Cabling via MINI Analog system adapter (8 modules)
LINETRAB LIT (surge protection)
Type
LIT 1X2-24
MINI Analog
Order No.
Type
Order No.
2804610
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4
MINI MCR-SL-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-U-U
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-NC
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-NC
2864383
2864150
2865007
2813512
2813525
2813541
2813538
2864406
2864684
2864794
2864176
2864422
2864079
2864419
2864082
2864105
2864480
2810858
2810780
Components required for system cabling
Available 16-pos. VIP... round cables
Type
V8 system adapter for MINI Analog
Length
Order No.
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/0,5M
0.5 m
2900154
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/1,0M
1.0 m
2900155
VIP-CAB-FLK16/FR/FR/0,14/2,0M
2.0 m
2900156
VIP... round cables are available in special lengths on request.
98
PHOENIX CONTACT
Type
2 x MINI MCR-SL-V8-FLK 16-A
(in the catalog on page 94)
Measurement and control technology
Highly compact isolating amplifiers - MINI Analog
VIP system cable
The new VIP cables provide a way of setting up secure and robust connections,
even in harsh industrial environments.
Innovative concept
The MINI Analog system adapter does
not just support system cabling on the input and output sides. It also allows cabling
to be installed with LINETRAB surge protection modules quickly, easily, and without errors.
Increased protection
In addition to all the advantages associated with electrical isolation, filtering, amplification, and the conversion of standard
analog signals using MINI Analog, there is
now also the option of effective surge protection.
Surge protection
Surge protection is a reliable means of actively preventing and protecting against system damage and downtimes. LINETRAB is
able to limit transient surge voltages safely
and without affecting the signal - all in a
compact device with a design width of just
6.2 mm.
VIP system cable
Innovative concept
Configuration aid for LINETRAB LIT - MINI Analog
Manual cabling
LINETRAB LIT (surge protection)
Type
LIT 1X2-24
Increased protection
MINI Analog
Order No.
2804610
LIT 2X2-24
2804623
LIT 2-12
(for 2-conductor connection
technology)
2804665
LIT 4-12
(for 3- and 4-conductor connection
technology)
2804678
LIT 1X2-24
2804610
LIT 4-24
2804678
Type
Order No.
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-SHUNT-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-U-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-0-SP
MINI MCR-SL-U-I-4-SP
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-0-SP
MINI MCR-SL-I-U-4-SP
MINI MCR-SL-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-U-U-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-2I-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-RPSS-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-1CP-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I
MINI MCR-SL-2CP-I-I-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-200-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-SP
MINI MCR-SL-PT100-UI-LP-SP-NC
MINI MCR-SL-UI-F-SP
MINI MCR-SL-NAM-2RNO-SP
MINI MCR-SL-UI-REL-SP
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI
MINI MCR-SL-R-UI-SP
2864383
2864150
2864710
2864163
2810874
2810793
2811213
2810078
2813570
2813583
2813554
2813567
2864723
2864697
2864804
2864189
2864752
2810230
2864749
2864655
2864781
2864309
2864370
2864192
2864202
2864435
2864273
2864736
2864286
2810298
2810308
2810382
2810395
2810243
2810269
2864493
2864095
2810256
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Surge protection
PHOENIX CONTACT
99
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Reliable and safe
MACX Analog - safe and high-performance signal isolating amplifiers. This product range enables you to safely isolate, condition, filter, and amplify all the signals of
your system.
In all phases of the product life cycle, the
MACX Analog range has been consistently
developed and produced according to standards for functional safety. Save planning and
operating costs – by combining high signal
flexibility with safe isolation and SIL evaluation.
The universal nature of the product range
provides you with a solution for all applications using analog signal transmission. You
are free to choose between either multifunctional high-end devices or reasonablypriced standard modules with exactly the
right functions.
Choose the right MACX Analog isolating amplifier for your application:
Analog IN/OUT
– Configurable 3-way isolating amplifiers
– Repeater power supplies with HART signal transmission for supplying 2-conductor transmitters
– Output isolating amplifiers with HART
signal transmission
100
PHOENIX CONTACT
Temperature
– Universal temperature transducers for resistance thermometers, resistance-type
sensors, potentiometers, thermocouples,
and mV sources – also with safe limit value relays as an option
– Configurable temperature transducer for
resistance thermometers and resistancetype sensors
– Configurable temperature transducer for
thermocouples and mV sources
Digital IN
– Isolation amplifiers with input for
NAMUR proximity sensor or switch
– Single-channel with PDT or passive transistor output
– Single-channel with double N/O contact
output
– Two-channel with one N/O contact output per channel
– Two-channel with one PDT or passive
transistor output per channel
Functional safety – from the initial
idea to the finished product
Phoenix Contact meets the requirements
of functional safety according to IEC 61508
in a standardized development process.
Here, all fault avoidance and fault control
measures are taken into consideration,
from the very development and production
of a device right up to device operation.
These measures are audited within the
scope of a full assessment by an independent test center.
Phoenix Contact therefore makes a significant contribution to high system safety and
availability.
DIN rail connector-compatible
The DIN rail connector enables the
modular bridging of the 24 V supply
voltage.
Wide-range power supply
The modules featuring a wide-range
power supply (...-UP) can be used in
all power supply networks the
world over without the need for additional power supply units.
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Safe and reliable functions
– Consistent SIL certification. This ensures
the highest level of reliability and safety
for your systems.
Precise transmission and high
operational reliability
– Thanks to patented transmission concept
Easy configuration
– Without software via DIP switches on the
device front or with the operator interface and display unit.
Easy configuration and monitoring
– Either via FDT/DTM or user-friendly
stand-alone software – with integrated
monitoring function.
Flexible power bridging
– The DIN rail connector simplifies wiring,
system expansion or module replacement
during operation.
Easy-maintenance connection
technology
– Plug-in connection terminal blocks with
screw connection or fast push-in technology – coded, with integrated sockets.
Precise transmission, long service life
– Patented circuit concepts ensure precise
signal transmission and minimal self-heating.
Even for the Ex area
– Maximum explosion protection for all Ex
zones with the MACX Analog Ex range.
Fast and error-free signal connection
– Compact termination carriers connect
MACX Analog devices to the automation
system – plug and play.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
101
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier
US
4-wire
[mA]
4-wire
[mV]
4.2
4.2
5.2
5.2
5.1
IN
U,I
U,I
OUT
US
4-wire
[V]
PLC / DCS
4.1
5.2
4.1
US
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
±50 mV... ±1000 mV
±1 mA... ±5 mA
active
±10 mA... ±100 mA
3.1
3.2 passive
+
3.1
2.2
2.2
2.1
active
2.1
3.2
+
+
GND
passive
±1 V... ±100 V
GND
5.1
+24 V
5.2
1.2
Universal,
more than 1600 signal combinations
1.1
POWER
GND +24 V
Zone 2
Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex: // Applied for: cUL / UL
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Universal isolating amplifier for operating
4-conductor measuring transducers
– Analog isolating amplifier for isolating, filtering, amplifying, and converting standard analog signals
– Configurable input and output signals, including bipolar current and voltage signals
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Over 1600 signal conversions can be set
via DIP switches on the front
– 10 kHz limit frequency for time-critical
applications
– Output active or passive
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method
– Power supply via DIN rail connector possible
– Status indicator for supply voltage
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permissible
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
U input
I input
0 ... 10 V, please indicate if different setting when ordering
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
±100 V
±100 mA
Approx. 1 MΩ
Approx. 10 Ω
(±1 V DC ... ±100 V DC)
(±10 mA DC ... ±100 mA DC)
U output
I output
0 ... 20 mA, please indicate if different setting when ordering
Load RB
≥ 1 kΩ (10 V)
General data
Supply voltage UB
Power dissipation
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
≤ 600 Ω (20 mA; active)
(passive: ≤ (UB-2 V) / Ioutmax)
12 V DC ... 24 V DC (-20% / +25%)
< 0.7 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
≤ 0.1% (Compared to the final value)
0.0075%/K
±4% / ±4%
10 kHz (Can be switched to 30 Hz)
35 µs (at 10 kHz)
11 ms (at 30 Hz)
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)
GL
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
IP20
-20°C ... 70°C
Any
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
UL applied for
SIL 2
-
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MACX MCR-UI-UI1)
MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP1)
MACX MCR-UI-UI-NC1)
MACX MCR-UI-UI-SP-NC1)
2811284
2811572
2811446
2811556
Pcs. /
Pkt.
3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals
Order configuration
Order configuration
Standard configuration
Standard configuration
102
PHOENIX CONTACT
Screw connection
Spring-cage connection
Screw connection
Spring-cage connection
1
1
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Order key for MACX MCR-UI-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example)
Input
Order No.
2811284
Output
/
IN03
IN40
IN24
IN41
IN25
IN43
IN44
IN26
IN27
IN28
IN66
IN29
IN50
IN30
IN52
IN05
IN03
IN67
IN32
IN39
IN68
IN69
2811284 =
...-UI-UI
2811572 =
...-UI-UI-SP
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
0...50 mV
0...60 mV
0...75 mV
0...100 mV
0...120 mV
0...150 mV
0...200 mV
0...300 mV
0...500 mV
0...1000 mV
0...1.0 V
0...1.5 V
0...2.0 V
0...3.0 V
0...5 V
0...10 V
0...15 V
0...20 V
0...30 V
0...50 V
0...100 V
IN53
IN13
IN54
IN14
IN56
IN57
IN15
IN16
IN17
IN78
IN18
IN63
IN19
IN65
IN21
IN22
IN79
IN23
IN80
IN81
IN82
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Limit frequency
/
-50...+50 mV
-60...+60 mV
-75...+75 mV
-100...+100 mV
-120...+120 mV
-150...+150 mV
-200...+200 mV
-300...+300 mV
-500...+500 mV
-1000...+1000 mV
-1.0...+1.0 V
-1.5...+1.5 V
-2.0...+2.0 V
-3.0...+3.0 V
-5...+5 V
-10...+10 V
-15...+15 V
-20...+20 V
-30...+30 V
-50...+50 V
-100...+100 V
IN06 = 1...5 V
IN04 = 2...10 V
IN70
IN71
IN72
IN73
IN36
IN37
IN74
IN01
IN75
IN76
IN77
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
0...1.0 mA
0...1.5 mA
0...2.0 mA
0...3.0 mA
0...5 mA
0...10 mA
0...15 mA
0...20 mA
0...30 mA
0...50 mA
0...100 mA
IN83
IN84
IN85
IN86
IN33
IN34
IN87
IN35
IN88
IN89
IN90
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
-1.0...+1.0 mA
-1.5...+1.5 mA
-2.0...+2.0 mA
-3.0...+3.0 mA
-5...+5 mA
-10...+10 mA
-15...+15 mA
-20...+20 mA
-30...+30 mA
-50...+50 mA
-100...+100 mA
OUT01
OUT19 = 0...2.5 V
OUT05 = 0...5 V
OUT03 = 0...10 V
OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT16 = 0...10 mA
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
OUT20 = -2.5...+2.5 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V
OUT21 = -5...+5 mA
OUT22 = -10...+10 mA
OUT23 = -20...+20 mA
OUT24 = 0.5...+2.5 V
OUT06 = 1...5 V
OUT04 = 2...10 V
OUT25 = 1...5 mA
OUT26 = 2...10 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
OUT27 = 2.5...0 V
OUT11 = 5...0 V
OUT09 = 10...0 V
OUT28 = 5...0 mA
OUT29 = 10...0 mA
OUT07 = 20...0 mA
/
10K
30 = 30 Hz
10K = 10 kHz
Factory calibration certificate (FCC)
/
NONE
NONE
YES
= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)
IN91 = 1...5 mA
IN92 = 2...10 mA
IN02 = 4...20 mA
Application example: level measurement and active analog input card
MACX MCR-UI-UI
IN
Level sensor
4.2
0...20 mA
24 V
4.1
5.2
5.1
OUT
±50 mV... ±1000 mV
±1 mA... ±5 mA
–
active
±10 mA... ±100 mA
3.2
+
3.1
GND
2.2
passive
±1 V... ±100 V
2.1
GND
+24 V
1.2
1.1
Controller
24 V
GND +24 V
Mains voltage
Application example: shunt measurement and Inline terminal with passive analog input channels within an Inline station
MACX MCR-UI-UI
M
IN
4.2
Shunt resistor
mV
4.1
OUT
±50 mV... ±1000 mV
±1 mA... ±5 mA
–
active
±10 mA... ±100 mA
3.2
D
+
3.1
AI2
5.2
5.1
GND
2.2
passive
±1 V... ±100 V
GND
+
1
2.1
+24 V
–
1.2
1.1
Battery
GND +24 V
24 V
2
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
Mains voltage
IB IL AI 2/SF
(Information on automation solutions from Phoenix Contact can be found in Catalog 8 or at www.phoenixcontact.net/products)
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
103
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier
US
4-wire
[mA]
4-wire
[mV]
4.2
4.2
5.2
5.2
5.1
IN
U,I
U,I
OUT
US
4-wire
[V]
PLC / DCS
4.1
5.2
4.1
US
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
±50 mV... ±1000 mV
±1 mA... ±5 mA
±10 mA... ±100 mA
active
5.1
3.2 passive
+
3.1
2.2
2.2
2.1
active
2.1
+
GND
±1 V... ±100 V
3.1
3.2
+
passive
Power
24V ...230V AC/DC
5.2
1.2
1.1
POWER
Zone 2
Div. 2
Universal, more than 1600 signal combinations,
wide-range power supply
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
– Analog isolating amplifier for isolating,
filtering, amplifying, and converting standard analog signals
– Configurable input and output signals, including bipolar current and voltage signals
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Over 1600 signal conversions can be set
via DIP switches on the front
– Output active or passive
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Status indicator for supply voltage
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permissible
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
U input
I input
0 ... 10 V, please indicate if different setting when ordering
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
±100 V
±100 mA
Approx. 1 MΩ
Approx. 10 Ω
(±1 V DC ... ±100 V DC)
(±10 mA DC ... ±100 mA DC)
U output
I output
0 ... 20 mA, configurable via DIP switches
15 V
35 mA
≥ 1 kΩ (10 V)
≤ 600 Ω (20 mA; active)
(passive: ≤ (UB-2 V) / Ioutmax)
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Maximum output signal
Load RB
General data
Supply voltage UB
Power dissipation
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 0.8 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.9 W (At 230 V AC / 20 mA)
≤ 0.1% (Compared to the final value)
0.0075%/K
±4% / ±4%
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)
GL
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
IP20
-20°C ... 70°C
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
SIL 2
-
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP1)
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP1)
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-NC1)
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP-SP-NC1)
2811459
2811585
2811297
2811569
Pcs. /
Pkt.
3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of analog signals
with long-range power supply
Order configuration
Order configuration
Standard configuration
Standard configuration
104
PHOENIX CONTACT
Screw connection
Spring-cage connection
Screw connection
Spring-cage connection
1
1
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Order key for MACX MCR-UI-UI-... (standard configuration entered as an example)
Input
Order No.
2811459
Output
/
IN03
IN40
IN24
IN41
IN25
IN43
IN44
IN26
IN27
IN28
IN66
IN29
IN50
IN30
IN52
IN05
IN03
IN67
IN32
IN39
IN68
IN69
2811459 =
...-UI-UI-UP
2811585 =
...-UI-UI-UP-SP
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
0...50 mV
0...60 mV
0...75 mV
0...100 mV
0...120 mV
0...150 mV
0...200 mV
0...300 mV
0...500 mV
0...1000 mV
0...1.0 V
0...1.5 V
0...2.0 V
0...3.0 V
0...5 V
0...10 V
0...15 V
0...20 V
0...30 V
0...50 V
0...100 V
IN53
IN13
IN54
IN14
IN56
IN57
IN15
IN16
IN17
IN78
IN18
IN63
IN19
IN65
IN21
IN22
IN79
IN23
IN80
IN81
IN82
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Limit frequency
/
-50...+50 mV
-60...+60 mV
-75...+75 mV
-100...+100 mV
-120...+120 mV
-150...+150 mV
-200...+200 mV
-300...+300 mV
-500...+500 mV
-1000...+1000 mV
-1.0...+1.0 V
-1.5...+1.5 V
-2.0...+2.0 V
-3.0...+3.0 V
-5...+5 V
-10...+10 V
-15...+15 V
-20...+20 V
-30...+30 V
-50...+50 V
-100...+100 V
IN06 = 1...5 V
IN04 = 2...10 V
IN70
IN71
IN72
IN73
IN36
IN37
IN74
IN01
IN75
IN76
IN77
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
0...1.0 mA
0...1.5 mA
0...2.0 mA
0...3.0 mA
0...5 mA
0...10 mA
0...15 mA
0...20 mA
0...30 mA
0...50 mA
0...100 mA
IN83
IN84
IN85
IN86
IN33
IN34
IN87
IN35
IN88
IN89
IN90
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
-1.0...+1.0 mA
-1.5...+1.5 mA
-2.0...+2.0 mA
-3.0...+3.0 mA
-5...+5 mA
-10...+10 mA
-15...+15 mA
-20...+20 mA
-30...+30 mA
-50...+50 mA
-100...+100 mA
OUT01
OUT19 = 0...2.5 V
OUT05 = 0...5 V
OUT03 = 0...10 V
OUT15 = 0...5 mA
OUT16 = 0...10 mA
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
OUT20 = -2.5...+2.5 V
OUT13 = -5...+5 V
OUT14 = -10...+10 V
OUT21 = -5...+5 mA
OUT22 = -10...+10 mA
OUT23 = -20...+20 mA
OUT24 = 0.5...+2.5 V
OUT06 = 1...5 V
OUT04 = 2...10 V
OUT25 = 1...5 mA
OUT26 = 2...10 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
OUT27 = 2.5...0 V
OUT11 = 5...0 V
OUT09 = 10...0 V
OUT28 = 5...0 mA
OUT29 = 10...0 mA
OUT07 = 20...0 mA
/
10K
30 = 30 Hz
10K = 10 kHz
Factory calibration certificate (FCC)
/
NONE
NONE
YES
= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)
IN91 = 1...5 mA
IN92 = 2...10 mA
IN02 = 4...20 mA
Application example: level measurement and active analog input card
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP
IN
Level sensor
4.2
0...20mA
24V
4.1
5.2
5.1
OUT
±50mV... ±1000mV
±1mA... ±5mA
–
active
±10mA... ±100mA
3.2
+
3.1
GND
2.2
passive
±1V... ±100V
2.1
Power
24V ...230V AC/DC
1.2
≃
1.1
Controller
Power
24V ...230V AC/DC
Application example: shunt measurement and Inline terminal with analog input channels within an Inline station
MACX MCR-UI-UI-UP
M
IN
4.2
Shunt resistor
mV
4.1
OUT
±50mV... ±1000mV
±1mA... ±5mA
±10mA... ±100mA
–
active
3.2
D
+
3.1
AI2
5.2
5.1
+
–
GND
±1V... ±100V
2.2
passive
1
2.1
Power
24V ...230V AC/DC
1.2
2
1
1
2
2
3
3
4
4
≃
1.1
Battery
Power
24V ...230V AC/DC
IB IL AI 2/SF
(Information on automation solutions from Phoenix Contact can be found in Catalog 8 or at www.phoenixcontact.net/products)
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
105
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
repeater power supplies
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
PLC / DCS
passive
4.2
2-wire
4.1
+
4.2
3.2
3.2
4.1
3.1
3.1
-
active
+
3.2
+
2.2
5.2
US
POWER
I
I
4-wire
5.1
OUT
+
2.2
5.2
2.1
250 W
5.1
GND
IN
+24V
POWER
1.2
Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier
1.1
Power
GND +24V
Zone 2
Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of 2-conductor
measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources
– Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding)
– 0/4...20 mA output (active or passive)
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– Terminal point with 250 Ω resistor to increase the HART impedance in the case
of low-impedance systems
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop
Output data
Output signal
0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
< 600 Ω
< 20 mVrms
Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Under-/overload range
Electrical isolation
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 60 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
as per NE 43
Input/output/power supply
Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL applied for
SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I1)
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-SP1)
2865955
2924207
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
106
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
repeater power supplies
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
4.2 - 4.2
2-wire
4.1
+
PLC / DCS
3.2 - 3.2
OUT 1
4.1
3.1
+
3.1
OUT1
2.2
POWER
I
2.2
OUT 2
I
5.2 - 5.2
I
OUT2
US
4-wire
5.1
IN
+
2.1
GND
5.1
+24V
POWER
2.1
passive
+
passive
+
1.2
Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier,
with two electrically isolated outputs
1.1
Power
GND +24V
Zone 2
Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of 2-conductor
measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources
– Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding)
– Two electrically isolated 0/4 ... 20 mA
(active) outputs
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals (both outputs)
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop
4 mA ... 20 mA / 0 mA ... 20 mA
> 21.5 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.9 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
Output data
Output signal (Per output)
0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
< 450 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms
Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Under-/overload range
Electrical isolation
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 75 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 1.45 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
as per NE 43
Input/output/power supply
Output 1/output 2
Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication (Per output)
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Green LED (PWR supply voltage)
Yes
HART
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I1)
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP1)
2924825
2924838
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
107
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog IN / Analog OUT
repeater power supplies
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
active
4.3
+
-
POWER
US
I
I
OUT
4-wire
+
4.2
4.2
4.1
4.1
4.3
250 W
S1
3.3
3.3
3.2
passive
3.2
3.1
3.1
+
3.2
+
250 W
2-wire
S2
4.2
IN
Power
–
~
24V ...230V AC/DC
– 1.2
1.2 ~
Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier,
wide-range power supply
– 1.1
1.1 ~
POWER
Zone 2
Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data
Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of 2-conductor
measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers, and mA current sources
– Input 0/4...20 mA (feeding or non-feeding)
– Output 0/4...20 mA (active or passive),
0/1...5 V, can be switched via the DIP
switch
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– 250 Ω resistor that can be activated via
DIP switches to increase the HART impedance in the case of low-impedance
systems
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop
0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
Output data
Output signal
0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
0 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%)
1 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%)
< 600 Ω (I output)
< 20 mVrms
Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Under-/overload range
Electrical isolation
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 75 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 1.8 W
< 0.01%/K
< 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
as per NE 43
Input/output/power supply
Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
UL applied for
SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP1)
MACX MCR-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP1)
2865968
2924210
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Repeater power supply, with HARTR protocol
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
108
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Analog OUT
output isolating amplifier
OUT
Sensor / Field
-
P
+
+
OUT
I
I
IN
-
4.1
+
4.1
3.1
+
+
+
3.1
4.2
4.1
GND
POWER
active
3.2 - 3.2
4.2 - 4.2
IN
-
PLC / DCS
1.2
4.2
+24V
4.1
1.1
Power
GND +24V
Zone 2
Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Output isolating amplifier for controlling
I/P transducers, control valves, and displays
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input
– 0/4 ... 20 mA output
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– Line fault detection (LF)
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input signal
Input voltage
Input impedance in the event of a cable break at the output
Output data
Output signal
Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Maximum transmission error
Electrical isolation
0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
5.4 V (at 20 mA)
> 100 kΩ (If there is a line fault)
0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
< 800 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 46 mA (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 140 µs
< 0.1% (of final value)
Input/output/power supply
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I1)
MACX MCR-SL-IDSI-I-SP1)
2865971
2924223
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Output isolating amplifier
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
109
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Temperature
Temperature transducer
ϑ
IN
I
ϑ
ϑ
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
4.2
PLC / DCS
4.2
3.2 - 3.2
μC
4.1
4.1
5.2
5.2
5.1
5.1
μC
3.1
OUT
GND
+24V
+
3.1
passive
+
1.2
For resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors
1.1
Power
POWER
GND +24V
Zone 2
Div. 2
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Programmable temperature transducer
for operating resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors. The measured values are converted into a linear 0 ... 20 mA
or 4 ... 20 mA signal.
– Input for resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):
Sensor type, connection method, measuring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm
signal, and output range
– Programming during operation and also voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER
programming adapter
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Input data
Resistance thermometers
Resistor
Cable resistance
Sensor input current
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal
Load
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
0 Ω ... 2000 Ω
50 Ω per line
(200 μA ... 1 mA)
min. 50 K
0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω
As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
< 50 µAPP
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 40 mA (24 V DC)
2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
2 N/O contacts
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
20 Hz (without load)
No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
30 mA (24 V DC)
< 950 mW
Input/supply, T connector
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO1)
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2RO-SP1)
2865010
2924265
Pcs. /
Pkt.
NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
121
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
PLC / DCS
+
CH1
+
4.2
4.1
3.2
3.2
13
3.1
3.1
14
2.2
2.2
13
2.1
2.1
14
DI
-
IN1
OUT1
IN2
OUT2
CH2
+
5.2
DI
5.1
Faultsignal
+
+
GND
+24V
1.2
1.1
2-channel, signal output: N/O contact relay
Power
POWER
LFD +24V
GND
Zone 2
Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal
NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit
– Relay signal output (N/O contact)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
2 N/O contacts
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
20 Hz (without load)
No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
35 mA (24 V DC)
2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Approx. 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
2 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A, 60 Hz) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
can be inverted using DIP switch
20 Hz (Load-dependent)
No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20% ... +10%, 50 ... 60 Hz)
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation
< 80 mA ; < 42 mA (24 V DC)
max. 1.3 W
Input/power supply
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Output 1/output 2/input, power supply
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)
-20°C ... 60°C
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP1)
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP1)
2865052
2924304
Pcs. /
Pkt.
NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
123
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
4.2
4.1
+
PLC / DCS
4.2
OUT1
4.1
-
4.2
IN
OUT1
OUT2
4.2
Faultsignal
OUT2
+
4.1
4.1
POWER
GND
+24V
3.2
3.2
-
3.1
3.1
+
2.2
2.2
-
2.1
2.1
+
DI
DI
1.2
2 signal outputs: transistor (passive)
1.1
Power
LFD +24V
GND
Zone 2
Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal
NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit
– 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive); up
to 5 kHz
– Signal output 2 can also be used as a fault
signaling output
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with inhibiting of transistor output
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
2 transistor outputs, passive
30 V DC (per output)
50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
< 1.4 V
can be inverted using DIP switch
5 kHz
No-load voltage
Switching points
Line error detection
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Drop (ΔU)
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 28 mA (24 V DC)
800 mW
Input/output/supply, T-Connector
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Output 1/output 2
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
Ordering data
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Description
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
NAMUR isolation amplifier
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
124
PHOENIX CONTACT
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Type
Order No.
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T1)
MACX MCR-SL-NAM-2T-SP1)
2865023
2924278
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Digital IN
NAMUR isolation amplifiers
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
PLC / DCS
+
CH1
+
4.2
4.1
3.2
3.2 -
3.1
3.1 +
2.2
2.2 -
2.1
2.1 +
DI
-
IN1
OUT1
IN2
OUT2
CH2
+
5.2
DI
5.1
+
Faultsignal
+
GND
+24V
1.2
1.1
2-channel, signal output transistor (passive)
Power
POWER
LFD +24V
GND
Zone 2
Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal
NAMUR isolation amplifier for operating
proximity sensors and mechanical contacts
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or contacts with resistance circuit
– Signal output transistor (passive); up to
5 kHz
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with inhibiting of transistor output
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 126
NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Transistor output, passive
30 V DC (per output)
50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
< 1.4 V
can be inverted using DIP switch
5 kHz
No-load voltage
Switching points
Line error detection
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Drop (ΔU)
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 34 mA (24 V DC)
1000 mW
Input/output/supply, T-Connector
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
Output 1/output 2
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
Functional safety (SIL)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 128
Description
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
NAMUR isolation amplifier
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
Type
Order No.
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T1)
MACX MCR-SL-2NAM-T-SP1)
2865036
2924281
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
125
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Accessories
3.1
14
12 Fault out
11
2.2
–
3.3
3.2
2.1
Faultsignal
Power and error message module
Power and error message module for
feeding the 24 V supply voltage to the DIN
rail connectors and signaling line faults and
power supply failures.
– One-time or redundant supply, decoupled
from diode, protected against polarization
– Supply current up to 3.75 A
– Relay output (PDT) and flashing LED for
error messages
– Error message in the event of a power
supply failure or fuse fault
– Bus cable fault message for
MACX MCR-...(2)NAM... devices
connected via DIN rail connectors
– Replaceable fuse
– Installation in zone 2 permissible
LFD
+
1.2
–
1.1
+
PWR 2
H
D
W
PWR 1
+24V
GND
Ex: // Applied for: cUL / UL
Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal
Redundant supply
Polarization and surge protection
Output data
Maximum output signal
Output voltage
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
General data
Current consumption
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Fuse
Status indication
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
3.75 A
(Input voltage - max 0.8 V at 3.75 A)
Relay
1 PDT
Gold (Au)
50 V AC (2 A)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
5% ... 95% (no condensation)
5 A (replaceable), slow-blow 250 V AC
1 x red LED (error)
2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
Polyamide (PA 6.6)
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
UL 61010
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MACX MCR-PTB
MACX MCR-PTB-SP
2865625
2924184
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Supply and error message module, including the relevant
DIN rail connector ME 17,5 TBUS 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
126
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Accessories
ME 6,2 TBUS... T-Connector
DIN rail connector (5-pos.) for bridging
the supply voltage of 12.5 mm wide MACX
analog modules
– Reduces wiring costs
– System can be extended or module
replaced even while process is active
– Inter-extendable
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
ME 6,2 TBUS-2 1,5/5-ST-3,81 GN
2869728
10
DIN rail connector (TBUS), for bridging the supply voltage, can be
snapped onto 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715, with UL approval
Accessories
Marking material for device marking
– For device marking inside the control cabinet and in the field
– Self-adhesive with high adhesive strengths
– Large temperature range
Ordering data
Description
Color
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
white
UC-EMLP (11X9)
0819291
10
white
UC-EMLP (11X9) CUS
0824547
1
UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels
10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm
UniCard, with self-adhesive plastic labels,
marked according to customer specifications
For ordering details, see Catalog 5 or
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
10-part, lettering field size: 11 x 9 mm
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
127
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Termination carrier for
MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers
Select standard DIN rail device
Select module carrier
TC... termination carriers are compact solutions for quickly and smoothly connecting DIN rail devices from the MACX
Analog Ex series to input/output cards of
automation systems using system cabling.
The termination carriers combine the advantages of modular DIN rail devices with
those offered by plug and play rapid cabling
solutions to provide a consistent solution
for system technology.
Compact
– Saves up to 30% of space due to compact
design
Robust and reliable
– Stable, vibration-resistant aluminum carrier device profile
– PCB is completely decoupled from modules
– PCB without active components
– Redundant supply and monitoring in separate DIN rail module
Easy maintenance
– Use of standard DIN rail devices
– Easy access to connection points
– Quick and safe module connection with
plug-in and coded cable sets
Select controller-specific front adapter and system cable
Flexible
– Horizontal or vertical DIN rail mounting
– Profile section without pitch markings for
I/O cards with specific number of channels
– Can be specifically adapted for I/O cards
of various automation systems with different system plug types
Solutions are also available for MINI Analog,
MACX Analog Ex, and Safety
128
PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog
Termination carrier for
MACX Analog Ex isolating amplifiers
D-SUB pin strip
37
< 50 V DC (Per signal/channel)
1 A (Signal/channel)
50 V
II
2
0.5 kV
DIN EN 50178 ( Basic insulation )
IP20
-40°C ... 80°C (Please observe module specifications)
Shock
Vibration (operation)
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Power supply via power module
Input voltage range
Redundant supply
Polarization and surge protection
Fuse
Status indication
15g, according to IEC 60068-2-27
2g, according to IEC 60068-2-6
V0
244 / 170 / 160 mm
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
yes, decoupled from diodes
Yes
5 A Slow-blow (can be exchanged)
1 x red LED (error)
2 x green LEDs (PWR1 and PWR2)
1 PDT
Au
50 V DC (0.3 A) / 30 V DC (2 A) / 33 V AC (2 A)
Switching output
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Ordering data
Description
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI
TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI1)
2924854
2902932
1
1
2865625
2924184
2865599
1
1
1
Universal termination carrier for 16 MACX MCR-EX isolators
- With connection for MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer
CH16
-
+
3.1
3.2
15
34
-
CH15
3.1
3.2
14
33
CH14
+
-
3.2
13
32
CH13
-
+
3.1
3.2
12
31
CH12
-
+
3.1
+
3.1
3.2
11
30
CH11
-
+
3.1
3.2
10
29
CH10
+
-
3.2
3.1
CH9
+
-
3.2
3.1
8
27
CH8
+
-
3.2
3.1
7
26
CH7
-
3.2
3.1
6
25
CH6
+
-
3.2
5
24
CH5
-
+
3.1
3.2
4
23
CH4
-
+
+
3.1
3.2
3.1
3
22
CH3
+
-
3.2
3.1
2
21
CH2
+
-
3.2
3.1
X1 DSUB 37
1
20
CH1
3.2
-
PTSM
+
3.1
5 (+)
6 (-) PWR2
PW2
2.2
Alarm
1
2
3 (+)
4 (-) PWR1
1.2
3.2
2.1
X20 COMBICON
HART multiplexer, 32-channel
9
28
MACX MCR-PTB
MACX MCR-PTB-SP
MACX MCR-S-MUX
16
35
Accessories
Supply and error message module
PW1
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
1.1
Contact us: specific termination carrier designs for I/O modules of
various automation systems are available, planned or can be implemented according to your specifications.
Technical data
General data
Connection to the control system level
Number of positions
Maximum operating voltage
Maximum permissible current
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category
Pollution degree
Rated surge voltage
Air and creepage distances
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
3.1
Notes:
Housing width 244 mm
MACX
MCRPTB
The TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI
universal termination carrier is a compact
solution which connects isolating amplifiers
from the MACX Analog series to analog or
binary input/output cards of automation systems.
The TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI
termination carrier design, when combined
with the MACX MCR-S-MUX HART multiplexer, also enables communication between HART-capable field devices and a
management system.
– Connection of up to 16 single-channel
(Ex i-)isolating amplifiers
– Universal 1:1 signal routing to a 37-pos.
D-SUB plug-in connector
– For system cables with D-SUB socket and
open ends for universal connection
– Redundant supply and monitoring in separate DIN rail module
TC-D37SUB-ADIO16-EX-P-UNI and TC-D37SUB-AIO16-EX-PS-UNI connection scheme
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
129
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Also for special applications
MCR Analog isolating amplifiers and digital displays – for special applications using
signal processing.
Isolating amplifiers in the MCR Analog
range can be used to record temperatures
directly in the field, for example, or to convert digital signals into analog signals. You
can monitor your process values using digital displays.
Choose the right MACX Analog
isolating amplifier for your application:
Analog IN/Analog OUT
– Configurable signal multipliers to double
standard analog signals
– Configurable loop-powered isolators and
standard passive isolators for temperature
– Programmable temperature transducers
– Configurable temperature transducers
for Pt 100
– Temperature relay for Pt 100
– Programmable loop-powered temperature transducers.
130
PHOENIX CONTACT
Frequency
– Programmable frequency transducers for
frequencies of up to 120 kHz
Limit value switches
– Limit value switches for standard analog
signals
Digital displays
– Programmable digital displays for
standard signals
– Setpoint adjuster
Your advantages:
– High operational reliability in the event of
disturbances, thanks to electrical isolation
– User-friendly wiring, thanks to plug-in
connection terminal blocks
– Easy configuration via software,
DIP switches or display keypad
– Digital displays can be programmed without software: via the keypad on the front
– The digital displays are easy to read,
thanks to the large five-digit display
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Analog IN / Analog OUT
3-way isolating amplifier
D W
H
IN
IN I/U 1
GND 1 2
IN
U,I
U,I
OUT
U,
U
OUT
5 OUT I/U
6 GND 2
7 +20...30V
8 GND 3
With fixed signal combinations
POWER
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
– Processing standard signals
– Fixed setting of input and output signals
– 3-way isolation
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input signal
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Linear transmission range
(in reference to the output range end value)
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
U input
0 ... 10 V / -10 ... 10 V
30 V
100 kΩ
U output
0 ... 10 V / -10 ... 10 V
15 V
≥ 10 kΩ
0% ... 105%
-110% ... 110%
(Bipolar signals)
I input
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
50 mA
50 Ω
I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
30 mA
≤ 500 Ω
-5% ... 105%
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 15 mA (without load)
≤ 0.3% (of final value), typ. < 0.2% (of final value)
< 0.015%/K
30 Hz
11 ms
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
Any
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MCR 3-way isolating amplifier, for electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Input signal
Output signal
0 ... 10 V
4 ... 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V, -10 ... 10 V
0 ... 10 V, -10 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA
MCR-C-U-I- 4-DC1)
MCR-C-I-U- 4-DC1)
MCR-C-U-U-DC1)
MCR-C-I-I-00-DC1)
2814537
2814511
2814469
2814508
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
Pcs. /
Pkt.
5
5
5
5
131
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Analog IN/Analog OUT
signal multiplier
D W
H
OUT
OUT I2 1
OUT U2 2
GND 2 3
OUT1
U,I
IN
U,I
U,I
OUT2
OUT
D
A
D
IN I 4
IN U 5
GND 3 6
A
7 OUT I1
8 OUT U1
9 GND 1
+24V DC
GND 4
12 GND 4
10
A
D
11
With freely configurable input and two outputs
IN
POWER
Ex:
Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data
– 4-way isolation
– Calibrated reversible input and output
signals
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input signal
U input
0 V ... 12 V
(freely selectable in 0.1 V steps)
Measuring range span
Maximum input signal
Input resistance
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
min. 4 V
30 V
200 kΩ
U output
refer to the order key
I input
0 mA ... 24 mA
(freely selectable in 0.1 mA
steps)
min. 8 mA
50 mA
50 Ω
I output
refer to the order key
Maximum output signal
Load RB
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
15 V
≥ 10 kΩ
35 mA
≤ 600 Ω
Temperature coefficient
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada
< 0.015%/K, typ. 0.0075%/K
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-25°C ... 55°C
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 25 mA
≤ 0.15% (of final value), typ. 0.05% (of final value)
CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D or non-hazardous locations
Ordering data
132
PHOENIX CONTACT
Description
Type
Order No.
MCR signal multiplier, for multiplication and electrical isolation of
analog signals,
Order configuration
Standard configuration
MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI1)
MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI-NC1)
2814854
2814867
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Order key for MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI (standard configuration entered as an example)
Order No.
2814854
Input signal (standard and special signals)
Initial value
Final value
/
0.0
/
Input signal
/
I
I = Current
U = Voltage
Output signal (standard signals)
Output 1
Output 2
/
OUT01
/
OUT01
20.0
0.0 = 0.0 mA
I : freely selectable between
0.0 ... 24.0 mA
20.0 = 20.0 mA
I : freely selectable between
0.0 ... 24.0 mA
U : freely selectable between
0.0 ... 12.0 V
U : freely selectable between
0.0 ... 12.0 V
OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06
OUT16
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
0...10 mA
OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06
OUT16
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Factory calibration
certificate (FCC)
/
NONE
0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
0...10 mA
NONE
YES
YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)
8.0 mA/4.0 V min. measuring range span
0.1 mA/0.1 V increment
Ordering examples:
2814854
/
Input signal (standard and special signals)
Initial value
Final value
/
5.3
/
I
I = Current
I = 5.3 mA
I
Output signal (standard signals)
Output 1
Output 2
/
OUT01
/
OUT01
13.3
= 13.3 mA
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
Factory calibration certificate (FCC)
/
NONE
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
NONE
= without FCC
NONE
= without FCC
8.0 mA measuring range span, i.e., order is possible.
2814854
/
U
/
U = Voltage
7.8
/
U = 7.8 V
11.8
/
OUT01
/
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
U = 11.8 V
OUT03
/
OUT03 = 0...10 V
NONE
4.0 V measuring range span, i.e., order is possible.
Combination table for input and output signals that can be set via DIP switches
Input
0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 mA
0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 mA
2...10 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Output 1
0...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
2...10 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
0...20 mA 4...20 mA 0...10 mA
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Output 2
0...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
2...10 V
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Application example: level measurement with subsequent signal multiplication
Level sensor
0...20mA
24V
0...20mA
IN
OUT 2
I2
I
5
U
2
U2
6
GND 3
3
GND 2
1
MCR-FL-C-UI-2UI-DCI
POWER
4
7
POWER
+24V
U1
8
GND 4
11
GND 1
9
GND 4
12
OUT 1
I
10
Controller
0...10V
15m3
24V
Mains voltage
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
133
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Analog IN / Analog OUT
passive isolators
D W
H
IN
IN
I
(+) 0-20mA 1
(-) GND 2
OUT
I
OUT
5 (+) 20mA
6 (-) GND
1-channel,
with safe isolation
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
– Electrical isolation without additional
auxiliary power supply
– Current signals 0(4)...20 mA
– Safe isolation
Notes:
When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing
voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the
maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with the voltage
drop UV = 2.5 V and the load RB.
This means:
UB ≥ UE = 2.5 V + 20 mA x RB
Input data
Input signal
Voltage drop
Response current
Maximum input current
Maximum input voltage
Input voltage limitation
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Maximum transmission error
Additional error per 100 Ω load
Temperature coefficient
Test voltage input/output
Protection against electric shock
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
2.5 V (at I = 20 mA)
< 50 µA
50 mA (100 mA overload)
30 V (30 V overload)
33 V 5% (with Zener diode)
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
< 50 mA
≤ 1375 Ω (at I = 20 mA output signal)
< 5 mV (rms)
≤ 0.1% (of final value)
0.02% (of measured value / 100 Ω load)
≤ 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load)
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
Increased insulation according to DIN EN 61 010 part 1 and safe isolation according to VDE 0100 part 410 along the lines of VDE 0106
part 101 up to 300 V AC/DC for surge voltage category II and pollution degree 2 between all isolated distances.
-10°C ... 70°C
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MCR-SL-1CLP-I-I-00-4KV
2814841
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR passive isolator, for electrical isolation of current signals
without auxiliary power
Input voltage in relation to load for IA = 20 mA
UB
UE [V]
25
UV = 2,5 V
I
UE
I
I
RB
I
MCR-1CLP
The diagram shows input voltage UI in relation to load RB taking
into account voltage failure UV.
If the load is known, the minimum voltage the sensor must supply in order to drive the maximum current of 20 mA via the passive
isolator and the load can be read on the Y-axis.
20
15
10
5
UV= 2,5 V
UE [Ω]
0
0
134
PHOENIX CONTACT
200
400
600
800
1000
1
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Analog IN / Analog OUT
passive isolators
D W
H
IN
IN
I
5 (+) 20mA
6 (-) GND
(+) 0-20mA 1
(-) GND 2
OUT
I
OUT
1-, 2- or 4-channel options
Technical data
– Electrical isolation without additional
auxiliary power supply
– Current signals 0(4)...20 mA
– Alternatively 1-, 2- or 4-channel version
Notes:
When using passive isolators, make sure that the current sourcing
voltage of the measuring transducer UB is sufficient to drive the
maximum current of 20 mA via the passive isolator with the voltage
drop UV = 2.5 V and the load RB.
This means:
UB ≥ UE = 2.5 V + 20 mA x RB
Input data
Input signal
Voltage drop
Response current
Maximum input current
Maximum input voltage
Input voltage limitation
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
2.5 V (at I = 20 mA)
< 50 µA
50 mA (100 mA overload)
30 V (30 V overload)
33 V (with Zener diode)
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
< 50 mA
≤ 1375 Ω (at I = 20 mA output signal)
Ripple
General data
Additional error per 100 Ω load
Temperature coefficient
< 5 mV (rms)
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
510 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-10°C ... 70°C
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.02% (of measured value)
≤ 0.002%/K (of measured value / 100 Ω load)
CE-compliant
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MCR passive isolator, for electrical isolation of current signals
without auxiliary power
1-channel
12.5 mm wide
2-channel
12.5 mm wide
4-channel
22.5 mm wide
MCR-1CLP-I-I-00
MCR-2CLP-I-I-00
MCR-4CLP-I-I-00
2814016
2814029
2814045
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
Flow measurement
UB
Magnetic inductive flow sensor
UV = 2,5 V
I
UE
I
I
24V
RB
I
0...20mA
0...20mA
1
I
2
GND 1
MCR-1CLP-I-I-00
IN
MCR-1CLP
I
5
GND 2
6
OUT
Controller
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
135
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Temperature
Temperature transducer
D W
H
IN
OUT
1
2
D
7
D
C
A
3
U,I
IN
4
OUT
NC
5
NC
6
8
9
10
=
=
(+) 24VDC
11
SP
12
(-) GND
POWER
For resistance thermometers, thermocouples,
resistance-type sensors, and mV sources
Ex:
Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data
– For resistance thermometers and
thermocouples
– Measure differential temperatures
– With transistor switching output
– Freely programmable via
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
– Option of inverse output signal ranges
Input data
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors
Resistor
Voltage
Temperature range
-20 mV ... 2400 mV
(freely adjustable, minimum measuring range span of 10 mV)
(Depending on sensor type used)
Sensor input current
250 µA (resistance thermometer)
Output data
Output signal
U output
I output
0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
-5 ... 5 V / -10 ... 10 V
±12 V
24 mA
±12 bit
±12 bit
≥ 10 kΩ
≤ 500 Ω
< 20 mVPP
-12 V ... 12 V
0 A ... 24 mA
-12 V ... 12 V
0 A ... 24 mA
Transistor output, pnp
Can carry a load of 100 mA, switches supply voltage (not protected
against short-circuit); locked in case of order-specific configuration,
otherwise freely programmable through MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, enter the required
configuration by referring to the adjacent order key.
Further information about the configuration software can be found
on page 149
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Pt, Ni, Cu sensors : 2, 3, 4-conductor
U, T, L, J, E, K, N, S, R, B, C, W, HK
0 Ω ... 8000 Ω (freely adjustable, min. measuring range 100 Ω)
Maximum output signal
D/A resolution
Load RB
Ripple
Output signal with open circuit
Measuring range overrange/underrange
Switching output
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Cold junction errors
Temperature coefficient
Test voltage input/output
Test voltage input/power supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada
GL
18 V DC ... 30 V DC
≤ 60 mA, typ. 40 mA
≤ 0.1% (of maximum range, ±6 mV or ±12 µA at output)
≤ 3 K, typ. 1.5 K
≤ 0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant
Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C, D or non-hazardous locations
Germanischer Lloyd
Ordering data
Description
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
Order configuration
Standard configuration
Order configuration, without electrical isolation
MCR-T-UI-E1)
MCR-T-UI-E-NC1)
MCR-T-UI1)
2814113
2814126
2814090
1
1
1
Standard configuration, without electrical isolation
MCR-T-UI-NC1)
2814100
1
MCR temperature measuring transducers, for resistance
thermometers and thermocouple sensors, with electrical isolation
of input/output and input/supply voltage
136
PHOENIX CONTACT
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Order key for MCR-T-UI(-E)... (standard configuration entered as an example)
Sensor type
Order No.
2814113
/
PT100
See tables
under “Sensor type”
2814113 =
MCR-T-UI-E
Input characteristic curve
/
D
/
D = DIN
S = SAMA (see table)
2
3
4
0
0 = for Ni1000 (Landis & Gyr),
Cu10, Cu50, Cu53,
KTY81-110,
thermocouple,
resistor,
potentiometer,
voltage
2814090 =
MCR-T-UI
Connection
technology
3
Resistance thermometers
Sensor type
1)
PT...
NI...
Ni1000
CU10
CU50
CU53
KTY81
KTY84
/
= 2-conductor
= 3-conductor
= 4-conductor
= for
thermocouple,
resistor,
potentiometer,
voltage
Measuring range:
Start
End
-200.0
/
+850.0
for 0 mA
(e.g., 200.0°C)
/
for 20 mA
(e.g.,
+850.0°C)
MeasurOutput
ing unit
C
/
OUT02
=
=
=
=
=
C
F
V
O
P
°C
°F
mV
W
%
OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT05
OUT13
OUT14
Thermocouples
Standard
Measuring
(input charac- range
teristic curve)
Smallest
measuring
range span
DIN/SAMA
-200°C ... 850°C
DIN/SAMA
-60°C ... 180°C
Landis & Gyr -50°C ... 160°C
SAMA
-70°C ... 500°C
–
-50°C ... 200°C
–
-50°C ... 180°C
Philips
-55°C ... 150°C
–
-40°C ... 300°C
Thermocouple
Measuring range
U
T
L
J
E
K
N
S
R
B
C
W
HK
Cu-CuNi
Cu-CuNi
Fe-CuNi
Fe-CuNi
NiCr-CuNi
NiCr-Ni
NiCrSi-NiSi
Pt10Rh-Pt
Pt13Rh-Pt
Pt30Rh-Pt6Rh
-200°C ...
-200°C ...
-200°C ...
-210°C ...
-226°C ...
-200°C ...
-200°C ...
-50°C ...
-50°C ...
500°C ...
-18°C ...
-18°C ...
-200°C ...
Temperature ranges according to IEC 60751/EN 60751 and
DIN 43760 SAMA RC 21-4-1966 with 2, 3 or 4-conductor circuit.
1) Note: Pt sensors in increments of 10, 20, ...100 and
100, 200, ...1000, 2000.
KTY81 = KTY81-110.
Other types or characteristic curves available on request.
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
2)
0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
0...5 V
-5...+5 V
-10...+10 V
Output characFactory calibration
teristic curve
certificate (FCC)
N
/
NONE
N = Normal
I = Inverse
= without FCC
= with FCC (a fee
is charged)
NONE
YES
YESPLUS = FCC with
5 measuring
points (a fee is
charged)
Resistors, potentiometers, mV voltages
Sensor
type
0.4 K
0.4 K
0.4 K
0.4 K
0.4 K
0.4 K
0.4 K
0.4 K
=
=
=
=
=
=
/
Sensor
type
Smallest
measuring
range span
600°C
400°C
900°C
1200°C
1000°C
1372°C
1300°C
1768°C
1768°C
1820°C
2316°C
2316°C
800°C
>1K
>1K
>1K
>1K
>1K
>1K
>1K
>4K
>4K
> 10 K
>4K
>4K
>1K
Input
Measuring range
Smallest
measuring
range span
RES
Resistor
0 ... 8000
(2-conductor)
2
POT
Potentiometer
(max. 8 k)
0 ... 100%
(3-conductor)
0.2%
V01
Voltage
-20 mV ...+2400 mV
2 mV
Temperature conversion guide for °C to °F:
9
T [°F] = – T [°C] + 32
5
2)
Thermocouples according to IEC 60584/EN 60584.
Other types or characteristic curves available on request.
Ordering examples with different input versions:
Resistance thermometer
2814113 /
PT100
/
D
/
3
/
-200.0
/
+850.0
/
C
/
OUT02
/
N
/
NONE
(Configuration for 3-conductor Pt 100 sensor; according to DIN from -200.0°C to +850.0°C with 4 ... 20 mA output characteristic curve)
Thermocouple
2814113 /
J
/
0
/
0
/
-346
/
+2192
/
F
/
OUT02
/
I
/
NONE
(Configuration for type J thermocouple from -346°F to +2192°F with 20 ... 4 mA output characteristic curve)
Voltage
2814113 /
V01
/
0
/
0
/
-10
/
1200
/
V
/
OUT03
/
I
/
NONE
/
OUT05
/
N
/
NONE
OUT02
/
N
/
NONE
(Configuration for voltage input from -10 mV to +1200 mV with 10 ... 0 V output characteristic curve)
Resistor
2814113 /
RES
/
0
/
0
/
0
/
7500
/
O
(Configuration for connecting a resistor varying between 0 and 7500 . The output signal is 0 ... 5 V.)
(2-conductor connection)
Potentiometer
2814113 /
(3-conductor connection)
POT
/
0
/
0
/
10
/
90
/
P
/
(Configuration for connecting a 3-conductor potentiometer, where 10 … 90% of the range is used. The output signal is 4 … 20 mA.)
Application examples:
Resistance thermometer: 2-conductor connection technology
Resistance thermometer: 3-conductor connection technology
R L1
1
R,
R L2
3
MCR-T-UI-E
Mode Power
7 10
+24 V DC
GND
R L2
OUT I
GND
R L3
Output: 0(4) ... 20 mA current signal
Potentiometer
R L1
MCR-T-UI-E
1
9 12
Application:
• For short distances (< 10 m)
Please note:
• Cable resistances RL1 and RL2 are incorporated in the measurement result directly and falsify the result accordingly (example
for Pt 100: 0.385 = 1 K).
Compensation of 5% is possible.
Resistance thermometer: 4-conductor connection technology
R L1
10
8
2
Mode Power
3
+24 V DC
GND
4
R L2
R L3
9 12
OUT U
GND
Thermocouple: absolute temperature measurement
MCR-T-UI-E
10
11
Mode Power
+24 V DC
GND
9 12
SP
Output:
0 ... (5)10 V, (5)10 V voltage signal
Application:
• For long distances between the Pt 100 sensor and the MCR
module (RL1, RL2, RL3 25 )
Please note:
• To compensate the cable resistance, all cable resistances must
have exactly the same values (RL1 = RL2 = RL3)
1
2
3
R L4
Output: switching output
Application:
• For long distances between the Pt 100 sensor and the MCR
module and different cable resistances (RL1 RL2 RL3 RL4)
Please note:
• The cable resistance (RL2 + RL4) must not exceed a value of
50 .
Thermocouple: differential temperature measurement
R L1
1
MCR-T-UI-E
3
R L2
7 10
8 11
2
R
Mode Power
+24 V DC
GND
9 12
mV / TC
+
-
1
MCR-T-UI-E
Mode Power
OUT I
GND
Application:
• For short distances and gradual changes.
Please note:
• Cable resistances RL1 and RL2 are incorporated in the measurement result directly and falsify the result accordingly. Compensation of 5% is possible.
7 10
8 11
2
+24 V DC
GND
9 12
TC
TC
1
+
-
MCR-T-UI-E
7 10
8 11
2
6
Mode Power
+24 V DC
GND
9 12
OUT I
GND
OUT I
GND
Application:
• Connecting a thermocouple or an mV signal.
Note:
• Activate cold junction compensation for the device in the case
of thermocouple measurements.
+
-
Application:
• Differential temperature measurement with thermocouples.
• Deactivate cold junction compensation for the device.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
137
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Temperature
Temperature transducer
D W
H
IN
OUT
1
7
U
U
2
9
3
=
4
IN
U,I
=
Shield 5
OUT
Shield 6
PT100
OUT U/I
8
GND 1
10
(+) 24VDC
11
GND 2
12
GND 2
Power
POWER
For Pt 100, either voltage or current output
MM
Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers
Temperature range
– Temperature range adjustable via
DIP switch
– ZERO/SPAN adjustment
– Open circuit detection
– Alternatively with galvanically isolated
supply voltage
Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2, 3, 4-conductor
0°C ... 300°C (0 ... 100/150/200/300) /
-50°C ... 250°C (-50 ... 50/100/150/250)
Approx. 1 mA
U output
I output
0 ... 10 V
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
15 V
30 mA
≥ 10 kΩ
≤ 500 Ω
> 11 V
> 22 mA
...-U-DC
...-I-DC
...-U
...-I
20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC 20 ... 30 V DC
35 mA
60 mA
20 mA
45 mA
≤ 0.4% (of final value)
≤ 0.02%/K
±5% / ±5%
11 ms
750 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
Sensor input current
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Output signal with open circuit
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Step response (10 - 90%)
Test voltage power supply/signal
Ambient temperature (operation)
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada
Notes:
When ordering, you must use the order key to specify the desired
configuration.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
CE-compliant
UL 508 Recognized
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
MCR temperature measuring transducer, for Pt 100 temperature
sensors with 2, 3, 4-conductor technology with electrically isolated
supply voltage
Output: 0..0.10 V
Output: 0...(4)20 mA
Output: 0...10 V, without electrical isolation
MCR-PT100-U-DC1)
MCR-PT100-I-DC1)
MCR-PT100-U1)
2810311
2810337
2810340
1
1
1
Output: 0...(4)20 mA, without electrical isolation
MCR-PT100-I1)
2810353
1
Order key MCR-PT100-...(-DC) (standard configuration entered as example)
Order No.
2810337
2810311 = MCR-PT100-U-DC
2810337 = MCR-PT100-I-DC
2810340 = MCR-PT100-U
2810353 = MCR-PT100-I
138
PHOENIX CONTACT
Connection
method
/
3
2 = 2-conductor
3 = 3-conductor
4 = 4-conductor
Temperature range
/
TR01
TR02
TR03
TR04
TR05
TR06
TR07
TR08
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Description
TR05
-50...+50°C
-50...+100°C
-50...+150°C
-50...+250°C
0...100°C
0...150°C
0...200°C
0...300°C
Output
/
OUT02
OUT01 = 0...20 mA
OUT02 = 4...20 mA
With the devices:
2810311 MCR-PT100-U-DC
2810340 MCR-PT100-U
The output signal is 0...10 V. No details
are necessary.
Factory calibration
certificate
/
NONE
NONE = Without certificate
YES
= With factory
calibration
certificate (fee)
YESPLUS = Factory
calibration
certificate with
5 measuring
points (fee)
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Temperature
Temperature relay
D W
H
IN
SETPOINT
1
Pt 100
U
2
IN
OUT
5
11
6
12
OUT
+24 VDC 3
PT100
DC
GND 4
POWER
DC
7
11
8
14
For Pt 100
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
– Switching point in the temperature range
from -100°C ... +700°C freely selectable
– Changeover relay output
– Galvanically isolated
– Adjustable switch hysteresis
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Resistance thermometers
Temperature range
Sensor input current
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching current
Operate delay time
Off delay time
Switching hysteresis
Pt 100 (IEC 60751/EN 60751) : 2-conductor
-100°C ... 700°C
Approx. 1 mA
Relay output
1 PDT
AgSnO, hard gold-plated
50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
Approx. 6 ms
Approx. 200 ms
Adjustable using DIP switches (0.5 K, 2 K, 3 K, 5 K)
Error/status indicator
Red LED (short-circuit/wire break) / Yellow LED (relay active)
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Linearity error
Setting accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Test voltage, input/output/supply
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 30 mA
< 0.1%
< 1%, typ. < 0.5%
< 0.01%/K, typ. 0.005%/K
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 65°C
Any
Polyamide PA non-reinforced
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant
UL 508 Recognized
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MCR-SL-PT100-SP1)
2814948
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR-SL-PT100-SP
MCR temperature relay, for Pt 100 in 2-conductor system
Pt 100
1
SP
ERROR
10
0
20
K
30
50
40
SETPOINT
IN
GND
+24V
1 2
3 4
24V
Application example - Temperature control of a heated medium
1 = mains voltage
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
139
Measurement and control technology
Special types of isolating amplifiers and digital displays
Temperature
Temperature transducer
D W
H
IN
-
OUT
1
2
IN
I
POWER
DC
D
C
DC
5 OUT I
D
A
IN
6 POWER
3
OUT
+
Loop-powered,
programmable
4
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Resistance thermometers
– Two-wire transmitter for resistance
thermometers, thermocouples,
resistance-type, and voltage sensors
– Freely programmable via
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
Notes:
The devices are supplied with the standard configuration:
Pt 100 sensor, measuring range 0 ... 100°C, 3-cond. connection.
You can implement your own measuring range settings, linearization, and characteristic curve adjustments. For this purpose, you
need the MCR-PAC-T-USB programming adapter and the
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software, see page 149
Pt, Ni (100, 500, 1000);
minimum measurement range 10 K : 2, 3, 4-conductor
B, C, D, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U;
minimum measurement range 50 K/500 K
(Resistance-type sensor from 10 Ω to 400 Ω and from 10 Ω to 2000 Ω;
minimum measurement range 10 Ω/100 Ω)
Thermocouple sensors
Resistor
Voltage
Output data
Output signal
Load RB
4 ... 20 mA / 20 ... 4 mA
(Max (Vsupply -12 V) / 0.023 A (current output))
Output signal with short-circuit
≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable, not for thermocouples)
Output signal with open circuit
Measuring range overrange/underrange
≤ 3.6 mA or ≥ 21 mA (adjustable)
≤ 20.5 mA / ≥ 3.8 mA (linear increase/decrease)
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Transmission error
-10 mV ... 100 mV (min. measurement range 5 mV)
Resistance thermometers
Thermocouple sensors
Resistance-type sensors
Voltage sensor
Step response (10 - 90%)
Pickup delay
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mounting
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada
12 V DC ... 35 V DC
< 3.5 mA
0.2 K (Pt 100, Ni 100), 0.5 K (Pt 500, Ni 500), 0.3 K (Pt 1000, Ni 1000)
Type 0.5 K (K, J, T, E, L, U), 1.0 K (N, C, D), 2.0 K (S, B, R)
±0.1 Ω (10...400 Ω), ±1.5 Ω (10...2000 Ω)
±20 µV (-10...100 mV)
180
60 ... 180
< 60
Group III:
Electrical devices for operation in areas
where explosive dust atmospheres are likely
to occur, excluding mines susceptible to
firedamp.
This includes devices for areas associated
with the food industry (mills, silos), for example.
Electrical devices are further divided into
subcategories according to the properties
of the explosive atmosphere.
Designation
Dusts
III A
III B
III C
Combustible flyings
Non-conductive dust
Conductive dust
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Classification into temperature classes
Zone classification
Categories
Simply dividing the various gases into explosion or gas groups according to their
minimum ignition energy is not sufficient to
describe the gases adequately with regard
to their explosive properties.
A gas may explode either when the ignition energy is exceeded or where there is
an excessively high temperature caused by a
hot surface. This ignition temperature is,
however, not usually linked to the ignition
energy, i.e., a gas with a low ignition energy
does not necessarily explode at a low temperature. Consequently, devices that are
used directly in potentially explosive atmospheres are divided into temperature classes. Temperature classes define the maximum surface temperature even in the event
of errors. Parallel to this, the gases are classified according to their different ignition
temperatures.
Potentially explosive areas are divided
into zones according to the probability of
their occurrence. The EN 60079-10-1 standard defines the zones containing explosive atmospheres as follows:
The ATEX Directive assigns devices for
use in potentially explosive areas to categories. In IEC 60079-0, “Equipment Protection
Level (EPL)” is the term used instead of
“category”.
In the same way that there are different
zones, there are also different device categories. These consist of categories M1 and
M2 for Group I and categories 1, 2, and 3 for
Group II. The categories for equipment
group II are described in more detail below:
Temperature class
Maximum permis- Ignition temperasible surface
tures of combustible
temperature of
substances
equipment
°C
°C
T1
450
> 450
T2
300
> 300 450
T3
T4
200
135
> 200 300
> 135 200
T5
T6
100
85
> 100 135
> 85 100
The following table provides an overview
of the ignition energies and ignition temperatures for certain gases:
Substance
Tign
Temperature
class
Emin
Zone 0:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
present for continuous or long periods.
These conditions are usually present inside containers, pipelines, apparatus, and
tanks.
Zone 1:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
to be expected only occasionally during
normal operation.
This includes the immediate area surrounding zone 0, as well as areas close to
filling and emptying equipment.
Zone 2:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
not expected during normal operation;
however, if it does occur, then it does so
only rarely and for a short period.
Zone 2 includes areas that are used exclusively for storage, areas around pipe connections that can be disconnected, and generally the immediate area surrounding
zone 1.
Areas that are potentially explosive as a
result of combustible dusts are divided
into the following zones according to EN
60079-10-2 (formerly: EN 61241-10):
Group
Ethoxyethane
170
T4
190
II B
Ethylene
Ammonia
425
630
T2
T1
82
14000
II B
II A
Butane
Methane
365
595
T2
T1
250
280
II A
I
Propane
470
T1
250
II A
Carbon disulfide
Hydrogen
95
560
T6
T1
9
16
II C
II C
Zone 20:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere is
present for continuous, frequent or long periods in the form of an airborne cloud of
combustible dust.
Zone 21:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere in
the form of an airborne cloud of combustible dust is to be expected only occasionally
during normal operation.
Zone 22:
Area in which an explosive atmosphere in
the form of an airborne cloud of combustible dust is not expected during normal operation. However, if it does occur, then it
does so only for a short period.
Category 1:
Devices constructed to guarantee a very
high degree of safety.
Devices in this category must guarantee
the required degree of safety even in the unlikely event of a device failure and therefore
be provided with measures to protect
against explosion, so that:
– In the event of one integrated protection
measure failing, a second, independent
protection measure is able to guarantee
the necessary safety.
– In the event of two independent errors,
the necessary safety is guaranteed.
Category 2:
Devices constructed to guarantee a very
high degree of safety.
The explosion protection measures associated with this category guarantee the required degree of safety, even in the case of
frequent device failures or common error
states.
Category 3:
Devices constructed to guarantee a standard degree of safety.
Devices in this category guarantee an adequate degree of safety in normal operation.
The table below shows which categories
are assigned to which zones:
Category
For Zone
Also possible
1
0
20
1 and 2
21 and 22
2
1
21
2
22
3
2
22
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
155
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Protection types
Protection principle
Protection type
Oil immersion
Sand filling
Isolation
o
q
Standard
Transformers, relays, startup controls, switching devices
EN 60079-6
Transformers, relays, capacitors
EN 60079-5
Coils of relays and motors, electronics, solenoid valves, connection systems
EN 60079-18
p
Control cabinets, motors, measuring and analysis devices, computers
EN 60079-2
Flameproof enclosure
d
Motors, switching devices, power electronics
EN 60079-1
Increased safety
e
Terminal blocks, housing, lights, motors
EN 60079-7
Electronics, measurement and control
EN 60079-11
i*
Electronic systems
EN 60079-25
Fieldbus systems
EN 60079-27
Motors, housing, lights, electronics
EN 60079-15
Molded encapsulation
m*
Exclusion
Pressurized enclosure
Special mechanical design
Clearance from electrically
conductive parts
Intrinsic safety
Energy limitation
Area of application (selection)
Intrinsically safe systems
Intrinsically safe fieldbus systems
Improved industrial quality
nA: non-sparking
nC: sparking equipment
nR: restricted breathing housing
nL: energy-limited
nP: simplified pressurized enclosures
Protection type “n”
n**
* ia, ma: application in zone 0, 1, 2 / ib, mb: application in zone 1, 2 / ic, mc: application in zone 2 only
Marking according to
ATEX Directive
Designation according to
EN 60079-0
Current year of manufacture
0344
10
II (1) G
EC-type examination certificate
Associated electrical
equipment
Conformity assessment according to ATEX Directive
94/9/EC
Associated electrical equipment
** Application in zone 2 only
Intrinsic safety
IBExU 08 ATEX 1069
[Ex ia Ga] IIC
Increased safety
0344
10
II
2 G
Ex e IIC T6 Gb
Certificate number
Atmosphere
(G = Gas, D = Dust)
Equipment category
(1, 2, 3)
Equipment group
(I, II)
Notified body, production
monitoring (e.g., KEMA)
mark does not apply to components.
156
PHOENIX CONTACT
Equipment protection level (EPL)
(Ga, Gb, Gc, Da, Db, Dc)
Temperature class,
for equipment used directly
in the Ex area (T1 ... T6)
Type-tested according to
94/9/EC
Year of EC-type examination
certificate
Gas group
(IIA, IIB, IIC) or
Dust group
(IIIA, IIIB, IIIC)
Protection type
(ia, ib, ic, e, d, ...)
Explosion-protected
Notified body
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Solenoid drivers for controlling solenoid valves
In order to control intrinsically safe Ex i
solenoid valves, you have to have an intrinsically safe control circuit. This is provided
by the solenoid drivers that are available
from Phoenix Contact.
The following must be taken into account
when dimensioning your intrinsically safe
control circuit:
– Valve
– Cable with corresponding resistance
– Solenoid driver
As a result, it may be the case that not all
valves are compatible with the solenoid
drivers.
Below is an extract from a table showing
possible combinations of valves and solenoid drivers.
A complete and updated list (along with
details of the technical data of suitable
valves, the maximum cable lengths, and the
maximum cable resistances of the individual
combinations) can be found on the Internet
at:
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Example circuit
Ex area
PLC
Intrinsically safe
equipment
II 1 G
Ex ia IIB T6
Valves overview
Type designation
Ex certificate
ASCO
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Piezo
Piezo
Coil VZ07
Coil VZ33
Coil VZ08
Coil VZ09
Coil VZ95
Coil VZ23
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Coil
Pilot valve
Pilot valve
Pilot valve
Solenoid
LCIE 08 ATEX 6083
INERIS 03 ATEX 0249X
INERIS 03 ATEX 0249X
PTB 01 ATEX 2101
PTB 01 ATEX 2101
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
PTB 01 ATEX 2175
FESTO
Norgren Herion
Hörbiger
Parker
Samson
Seitz
Associated equipment, e.g.,
MAC MCR-EX-SL-SD-...
II (1) GD [Ex ia] IIC
INTERFACE Ex solenoid driver
Manufacturer
Bürkert
Safe area
195
302 (12 V)
302 (24 V)
AC 10, standard
AC 10, high-resistance
AC 21, standard
AC 21, high-resistance
AC 21, standard
AC 21, high-resistance
AC 21, standard
AC 21, high-resistance
G1 642735, standard
G1 642735, high-resistance
G1 642735, standard
G1 642735, high-resistance
G1 642735, standard
G1 642735, high-resistance
MFH-...IA-SA-EX GBXE022AIAD03
(J)MFH-...BIA-SA-EX GBXE022AIAD03
2050
2051
2052
2053
2085
2086
3039
2003
P8 38x RF-Nx-SPN65
P20 381RF-NG-CPN61
488650.01
494035.10
488660.01
488670.01
482160.01
482870.01
3701-11 (6 V)
3701-12 (12 V)
3701-13 (24 V)
3963-11 (6 V)
3963-12 (12 V)
3963-13 (24 V)
3964-11 (6 V)
3964-12 (12 V)
3964-13 (24 V)
3965-11 (6 V)
3965-12 (12 V)
3965-13 (24 V)
3967-11 (6 V)
3967-12 (12 V)
3967-13 (24 V)
PV 12F73 Ci oH
PV 12F73 Xi oH
PV 12F73 Xi oH-2
11 G 52
PTB 01 ATEX 2173
PTB 01 ATEX 2173
PTB 01 ATEX 2173
PTB 01 ATEX 2173
PTB 03 ATEX 2097
PTB 03 ATEX 2097
PTB 07 ATEX 2019
PTB 07 ATEX 2019
PTB 07 ATEX 2019
PTB 07 ATEX 2019
PTB 06 ATEX 2001 U
PTB 06 ATEX 2001 U
PTB 03 ATEX 2134
PTB 04 ATEX 2010
DMT 01 ATEX E026X
DMT 01 ATEX E025X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
LCIE 02 ATEX 6024X
PTB 02 ATEX 2178
PTB 02 ATEX 2178
PTB 02 ATEX 2178
PTB 01 ATEX 2085
PTB 01 ATEX 2085
PTB 01 ATEX 2085
PTB 02 ATEX 2047
PTB 02 ATEX 2047
PTB 02 ATEX 2047
PTB 05 ATEX 2044X
PTB 05 ATEX 2044X
PTB 05 ATEX 2044X
PTB 06 ATEX 2027
PTB 06 ATEX 2027
PTB 06 ATEX 2027
PTB 99 ATEX 2146
PTB 00 ATEX 2030
PTB 00 ATEX 2030
PTB 01 ATEX 2020
Condition
MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EX- MACX MCR-EXSL-SD-21-25-LP SL-SD-21-40-LP SL-SD-24-48-LP SL-SD-21-60-LP
700 mW / 65°C
700 mW / 65°C
900 mW / 45°C
900 mW / 45°C
900 mW / 60°C
900 mW / 60°C
600 mW / 50°C
600 mW / 50°C
800 mW / 40°C
800 mW / 40°C
1000 mW / 40°C
1000 mW / 40°C
30 V type
30 V type
EEx ia IIB T6
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
157
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Safety-related function for the Ex
area
The term SIL (safety integrity level) is becoming more and more significant in the
field of process technology. It defines the requirements that a device or a system is expected to fulfill so that the failure probability can be specified. The aim is to achieve
maximum possible operational reliability. If a
device or system fails, a defined state is attained. Standard-based inspections are carried out to determine statistical probability.
Application of SIL on the basis of
EN 61508 and EN 61511
The SIL standard is used for a wide range
of industries within the process industry, including the chemical industry, refineries, oil
and gas production, paper manufacturing,
and conventional power generation. In addition to functional safety requirements, systems in potentially explosive areas are also
subject to Ex standards EN 60079-0 ff.
EN 61508: “Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems”
This standard describes the requirements
that the manufacturer has to bear in mind
when producing devices or systems.
EN 61511: “Functional safety - Safety
instrumented systems for the process
industry sector”
Standard EN 61511 describes the requirements for achieving systems with functional
safety.
Compliance with the standard is determined by operators, owners, and planners
on the basis of safety plans and national regulations. In addition, the standard also describes the requirements for using a device
in an application on the basis of its proven
effectiveness (proven in use).
SIL marking on devices
The products in the MACX range from
Phoenix Contact, which have been developed in accordance with EN 61508, are
marked with the designation SIL 2 or SIL 3.
This indicates clearly that the devices may
be suitable for safety instrumented functions (SIF).
To determine whether they can actually
be used, you need to calculate the sum of
the probability failure values for all the devices in the signal circuit. The values required for this can be found in the safety
manual accompanying any SIL product.
Overview of terms from SIL standards EN 61508 and EN 61511
SIL
Safety integrity level
One of four discrete levels for the specification of requirements for the safety integrity of safety instrumented functions, which are assigned to the E/E/PE safety
instrumented systems, where SIL 4 is the highest and SIL
1 the lowest level.
EUC
Equipment under control
Equipment, machines, devices or systems used in production, materials processing or transport.
MTBF
Mean Time Between Failures
The expected mean time between failures.
PFD
Probability of failure on demand
The probability of a failure on demand.
Describes the probability of a safety instrumented system failing to perform its function when required.
PFDavg
158
PHOENIX CONTACT
Average probability of failure on demand
The average probability of the function failing on demand.
E/E/PES
Electrical/electronic/programmable electronic
systems
This term is used for all electrical devices or systems
which can be used to execute a safety instrumented
function. It includes simple electrical devices and all types
of programmable logic controllers (PLCs).
PFH
Probability of dangerous failure per hour
Describes the probability of a dangerous failure occurring per hour.
SFF
Safe failure fraction
Describes the proportion of harmless failures. This is the
ratio of the rate of safe failures plus the rate of diagnosed
or detected faults in relation to the total failure rate of
the system.
SIF
Safety instrumented function
Describes the safety instrumented functions of a system.
SIS
Safety instrumented system
An SIS (safety instrumented system) consists of one or
more safety instrumented functions. An SIL requirement
is applicable for each of these safety instrumented functions.
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
SIL inspection
The complete signal path must be taken
into account during the SIL inspection. The
example shows how in a typical safety application the calculation is based on average
failure probabilities of individual devices.
Table 2 of standard EN 61508-1 describes
the relationship between the average failure
probability and the attainable SIL. Here, the
level required determines the overall budget
for the sum of all PFD values.
A system with a single-channel structure
with a low demand rate is used as an example; for SIL 2 the average PFD value is between 10-3 and < 10-2.
The INTERFACE Analog and INTERFACE
Ex product ranges include products that
meet the requirements for explosion protection as well as functional safety.
Operating mode with a low demand rate
Safety integrity
level
SIL
(average probability of the specified function failing
on demand)
4
10-5 to < 10-4
3
10-4 to < 10-3
2
10-3 to < 10-2
1
10-2 to < 10-1
Safety integrity level: failure limit values for a safety function which is operated in an operating mode with a low demand rate.
Example:
A sensor and actuator are assembled in
the field and are exposed to chemical and
physical loads (process medium, pressure,
temperature, vibration, etc.). Accordingly,
these components have a high risk of failure:
– The sensor accounts for 25% of the overall
PFD
– The actuator accounts for 40% of the
overall PFD
Neither the failsafe controller nor the interface modules come into contact with the
process medium and both are usually located in a protected control cabinet:
– The failsafe controller accounts for 15% of
the overall PFD
– Each of the interface modules accounts for
10% of the overall PFD
Error distribution in the closed-loop control circuit
Sensor
Sensor
PFD1
Digital
input
Digital
output
Analog
input
Controller
PFD2
PFD3
10%
Signal path
35%
Sensors and signal path
Analog
output
PFD4
Actuator
Actuator
PFD5
10%
Signal path
15%
SPLC
50%
Actuator and signal path
Typically, the values form the basis for a
calculation.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
159
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
PLC / DCS
AI
passive
4.2 - 4.2
4.1
+
4.1
3.2
3.2
3.1
3.1
2.2
2.1
I
I
5.1
OUT
+
+
-
2.1
5.2 - 5.2
POWER
-
active
250 W
GND
5.1
IN
+24V
3.2
+
1.2
1.1
2.2
-
Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier
Power
POWER
GND +24V
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Zone 2
Div. 1,2
Div. 2
2.1
+
Functional safety
Ex: // Applied for: GL
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of intrinsically
safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers,
and mA current sources installed in Ex areas.
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia]
(powered or not powered)
– 0/4...20 mA output (active or passive)
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– Terminal point with 250 Ω resistor to increase the HART impedance in the case
of low-impedance systems
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop
Output data
Output signal
0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
< 600 Ω
< 20 mVrms
Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Under-/overload range
Electrical isolation
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 60 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
as per NE 43
Input/output/power supply
Input/output
Input/power supply
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
25.2 V
93 mA
587 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-SP1)
2865340
2924016
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
160
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
PLC / DCS
AI
passive
4.2 - 4.2
4.1
+
3.2
3.2
3.1
3.1
OUT 1
4.1
OUT1
2.2
I
POWER
I
2.1
I
OUT2
5.1
+
GND
5.1
IN
+24V
1.2
+
passive
OUT 2
5.2 - 5.2
-
2.2
2.1
+
Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier,
with two electrically isolated outputs
1.1
Power
POWER
GND +24V
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Zone 2
Div. 1,2
Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of intrinsically
safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers,
and mA current sources installed in Ex areas.
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia]
(powered or not powered)
– Two electrically isolated 0/4 ... 20 mA
(active) outputs
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals (both outputs)
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop
Output data
Output signal (Per output)
Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Under-/overload range
Electrical isolation
4 mA ... 20 mA / 0 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.9 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
< 450 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 75 mA (24 V DC/ 20 mA)
< 1.45 W (24 V DC/ 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
as per NE 43
Input/output/power supply
Input/output
Input/power supply
Output 1/output 2
Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication (Per output)
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
1.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Green LED (PWR supply voltage)
Yes
HART
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
25.2 V
93 mA
587 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
SIL 2 according to EN 61508
IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-2I-SP1)
2865366
2924236
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
161
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Analog IN
Repeater power supply, Ex i
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
PLC / DCS
AI
passive
4.2 - 4.2
CH1
+
4.1
4.1
3.2
3.2
CH1
active
3.1
3.1
HHT
+
HHT
passive
POWER
IN
POWER
IN
I
I
I
I
5.2 - 5.2
CH2
+
5.1
5.1
OUT
OUT
2.2 2.2
CH2
active
2.1
HHT
GND
+24V
Power
POWER
2.1
-
+
HHT
1.2
2-channel repeater power supply
1.1
GND +24V
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Zone 2
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Repeater power supply for the operation
of intrinsically safe (Ex i) 2-conductor measuring transducers installed in the Ex area.
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
2-channel
4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia] (powered)
4 ... 20 mA output (active)
Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
Safe 3-way electrical isolation
Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail
connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found
from page 182
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Underload/overload signal range
Output data
Output signal
Load
Underload/overload signal range
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Electrical isolation
Per channel
4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
0 mA ... 24 mA
Per channel
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
450 Ω (at 20 mA)
0 mA ... 24 mA
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 100 mA (24 V / 20 mA)
< 1.4 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 1.3 ms (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
Input/output/power supply
Input/output
Input/power supply
Output 1/output 2
Ambient temperature range
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
25.2 V
93 mA
587 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
SIL 2, PL d
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSS-2I-2I-SP
2865382
2924676
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Repeater power supply, 2-channel, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
162
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Analog IN
Repeater power supply with wide
range power supply, Ex i
IN
Sensor / Field
OUT
PLC / DCS
AI
- 4.2
+
4.1
passive
4.3
4.2
250 W
3.2
S1
3.2
3.1
I
I
+
OUT
3.3
4.2
24...230 V –
~
AC/DC
IN
+
active
- 4.3
POWER
-
3.1
250 W
4.1
3.3
S2
-
1.2
1.1
3.2
+
Repeater power supply and
input isolating amplifier,
wide-range power supply
POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Zone 2
Div. 1,2
Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex: // Applied for: GL
Housing width 17.5 mm
Technical data
Repeater power supply and input isolating
amplifier for the operation of intrinsically
safe (Ex-i) 2-conductor measuring transducers, 4-conductor measuring transducers,
and mA current sources installed in Ex areas.
– 0/4 ... 20 mA input, [Ex ia]
(powered or not powered)
– Output 0/4...20 mA (active or passive),
0/1...5 V, can be switched via the
DIP switch
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– 250 Ω resistor that can be activated via
DIP switches to increase the HART impedance in the case of low-impedance
systems
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Wide-range power supply:
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information on marking material can be found on page 127
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Input data
Input signal
Transmitter supply voltage
Voltage drop
Output data
Output signal (configurable using the DIP switch)
Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Transmission error, typical
Maximum transmission error
Under-/overload range
Electrical isolation
0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
> 16 V (at 20 mA)
< 3.5 V (in input isolating amplifier operation)
0 mA ... 20 mA (active)
4 mA ... 20 mA (active)
0 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
4 mA ... 20 mA (14 ... 26 V ext. source voltage)
0 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%)
1 V ... 5 V (internal resistance, 250 Ω, 0.1%)
< 600 Ω (I output)
< 20 mVrms
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20%/+10%, 50/60 Hz)
< 80 mA (at 24 V DC)
< 1.6 W
< 0.01%/K
< 600 µs (for 4 mA ... 20 mA step)
< 0.05% (of final value)
< 0.1% (of final value)
as per NE 43
Input/output/power supply
Input/output
Input/power supply
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
25.2 V
93 mA
587 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
[Ex ia Ga] IIC/IIB; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC/IIB T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-RPSSI-I-UP-SP1)
2865793
2924029
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Repeater power supply, smart, intrinsically safe input
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
163
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Analog OUT
Output isolating amplifier, Ex-i
OUT
Sensor / Field
IN
PLC / DCS
AO
-
P
+
+
OUT
I
I
IN
+
POWER
4.2 - 4.2
4.1
+
3.2
3.2
+
4.1
3.1
3.1
4.2
4.1
GND
4.2
+24V
4.1
1.2
1.1
Power
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
GND +24V
Zone 2
Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Output isolating amplifier for controlling
intrinsically safe (Ex-i) I/P converters,
control valves, and indicators installed in
Ex areas.
– 0/4...20 mA input
– 0/4...20 mA output, [Ex ia] IIC
– Bidirectional transmission of digital HART
communication signals
– Plug-in capable screw or spring-cage connection method, with integrated sockets
for HART communicators
– Line fault detection (LF)
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Test plugs for test sockets can be found on page 191
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
Input data
Input signal
Input voltage
Input impedance in the event of a cable break at the output
Output data
Output signal
Load
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Maximum transmission error
Electrical isolation
Input/output/power supply
Output/input
Output/power supply
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
SMART communication
Signal bandwidth
Protocols supported
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
5.4 V (at 20 mA)
> 100 kΩ (If there is a line fault)
0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
< 800 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 20 mVrms
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 46 mA (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 1.1 W (at 24 V DC / 20 mA)
< 0.01%/K
< 140 µs
< 0.1% (of final value)
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
Yes
as per HART specifications
HART
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
27.7 V
92 mA
633 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I
MACX MCR-EX-SL-IDSI-I-SP
2865405
2924032
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Output isolating amplifier, smart, output intrinsically safe
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
164
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Temperature transducer, Ex i
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
PLC / DCS
AI
ϑ
IN
I
ϑ
ϑ
4.2
4.2
μC
4.1
4.1
5.2
5.2
5.1
5.1
3.2
3.2
3.1
3.1
μC
OUT
GND
+24V
passive
+
1.2
For resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors
1.1
Power
POWER
GND +24V
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Zone 2
Div. 1,2
Div. 2
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Programmable temperature transducer
for intrinsically safe operation of resistance
thermometers and resistance-type sensors
installed in Ex areas. The measured values
are converted into a linear 0 ... 20 mA or
4 ... 20 mA signal.
– Input for resistance thermometers and
resistance-type sensors, [Ex ia]
– 0 ... 20 mA or 4 ... 20 mA output
– Configuration via software (FDT/DTM):
Sensor type, connection method, measuring range, measuring unit, filter, alarm
signal, and output range
– Programming during operation with Ex
measuring circuit connected and also voltage-free using IFS-USB-PROG-ADAPTER
programming adapter
– Status indicator for supply voltage, cable,
sensor, and module errors
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Power supply via DIN rail connector
possible
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
To order a product with an order configuration, please enter the
desired configuration by referring to the order key, see page 167
The configuration software can be downloaded from the Internet
(www.phoenixcontact.net/products).
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Input data
Resistance thermometers
Resistor
Cable resistance
Sensor input current
Measuring range span
Output data
Output signal
Load
Behavior in the event of a sensor error
Output ripple
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Step response (0 - 99%)
Pt, Ni, Cu sensors: 2, 3, 4-conductor
0 Ω ... 2000 Ω
50 Ω per line
(200 μA ... 1 mA)
min. 50 K
0 mA ... 20 mA / 4 mA ... 20 mA
max. 500 Ω
As per NE 43 or can be freely defined
< 50 µAPP
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 40 mA (24 V DC)
2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
2 N/O contacts
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
20 Hz (without load)
No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Number of channels
Electrical isolation
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
30 mA (24 V DC)
< 950 mW
1
Input/output
Input/power supply
Input/supply, T connector
Output 1/output 2/input, power supply, T connector
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
basic insulation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
9.6 V
10 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
NAMUR isolating amplifier, 1-channel, input intrinsically safe,
output: 2 N/O contacts
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2RO-SP1)
2865450
2924061
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
173
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
PLC / DCS
DI
+
4.2
CH1
3.2
3.2 13
3.1
3.1 14
2.2
2.2 13
2.1
2.1 14
CH1
+
4.1
-
OUT1
IN2
5.2
CH2
+
CH2
5.1
Faultsignal
+
IN1
-
OUT2
+
GND
+24V
1.2
1.1
2-channel, signal output: N/O contact relay
Power
POWER
LFD +24V
GND
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Zone 2
Div. 2
Div. 1,2
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal
NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Relay signal output (N/O contact)
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with de-excitation of
output relay
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
< 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
2 N/O contacts
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
Can be inverted via slide switch
20 Hz (without load)
No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Number of channels
Electrical isolation
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
35 mA (24 V DC)
2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Approx. 0.2 mA
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Relay output
2 PDT
AgSnO2, hard gold-plated
250 V AC (2 A, 60 Hz) / 120 V DC (0.2 A) / 30 V DC (2 A)
500 VA
5 V / 10 mA
107 cycles
can be inverted using DIP switch
20 Hz (Load-dependent)
No-load voltage
Switching points
Switching hysteresis
Line error detection
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching capacity
Recommended minimum load
Mechanical service life
Switching behavior
Max. switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
24 V ... 230 V AC/DC (-20% ... +10%, 50 ... 60 Hz)
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation
< 80 mA ; < 42 mA (24 V DC)
max. 1.3 W
Input/output
Input/power supply
Output 1/output 2/input, power supply
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category III; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
PA 66-FR
V0
17.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
9.6 V
10.3 mA
25 mW
253 V AC/DC (Supply terminals)
250 V AC (Output terminals)
120 V DC (Output terminals)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3(1) G Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA nC [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc
SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
NAMUR isolating amplifier, 2-channel, input intrinsically safe,
output: Changeover contact
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-R-UP-SP1)
2865984
2924249
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
175
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
PLC / DCS
DI
4.2
4.1
+
4.2
3.2
3.2
-
3.1
3.1
+
2.2
2.2
-
2.1
2.1
+
OUT1
4.1
-
4.2
IN
OUT1
OUT2
4.2
Faultsignal
OUT2
+
4.1
4.1
POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Div. 1,2
GND
+24V
1.2
2 signal outputs: transistor (passive)
1.1
Power
LFD +24V
GND
Zone 2
Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal
NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– 2 signal outputs: transistor (passive);
up to 5 kHz
– Signal output 2 can also be used as a fault
signaling output
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with inhibiting of transistor output
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 4-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
2 transistor outputs, passive
30 V DC (per output)
50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
< 1.4 V
can be inverted using DIP switch
5 kHz
No-load voltage
Switching points
Line error detection
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Drop (ΔU)
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Number of channels
Electrical isolation
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 28 mA (24 V DC)
800 mW
1
Input/output
Input/supply, T-Connector
Input/output/supply, T-Connector
Output 1/output 2
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
9.6 V
10 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
176
PHOENIX CONTACT
Description
Type
Order No.
NAMUR isolating amplifier, input intrinsically safe,
output: Transistor, passive
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-2T-SP1)
2865463
2924074
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
PLC / DCS
DI
+
CH1
+
4.2
3.2
3.2
-
3.1
3.1
+
2.2
2.2
-
2.1
2.1
+
CH1
4.1
-
OUT1
IN2
CH2
+
5.2
CH2
5.1
-
OUT2
+
Faultsignal
+
IN1
GND
+24V
1.2
1.1
2-channel, signal output transistor (passive)
Power
POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
LFD +24V
GND
Zone 2
Div. 2
Div. 1,2
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal
NAMUR isolating amplifier for intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors and
mechanical contacts installed in Ex areas.
– 2-channel
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Signal output transistor (passive); up to
5 kHz
– Reversible direction of action (operating
current or closed-circuit current behavior)
– Line fault detection (LFD), can be activated/deactivated, error message signaled by
red flashing LED with inhibiting of transistor output
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED displays for indicating supply voltage,
circuit state, and malfunctions to
NAMUR NE 44
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
Information about the supply and error evaluation module as well
as about the DIN rail connectors and marking material can be
found from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Transistor output, passive
30 V DC (per output)
50 mA (short-circuit resistant)
< 1.4 V
can be inverted using DIP switch
5 kHz
No-load voltage
Switching points
Line error detection
Switching output
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Drop (ΔU)
Switching behavior
Maximum switching frequency
General data
Supply voltage range
Current consumption
Power dissipation
Number of channels
Electrical isolation
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 34 mA (24 V DC)
1000 mW
2
Input/output
Input/supply, T-Connector
Input/output/supply, T-Connector
Output 1/output 2
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
UL, USA / Canada
Functional safety (SIL)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
50 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
1 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
9.6 V
10.3 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3 G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
[Ex ia Ga] IIC; [Ex ia Da] IIIC; Ex nA IIC T4 Gc
Class I Div 2; IS for Class I, II, III Div 1
SIL 2 according to EN 61508
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
NAMUR isolating amplifier, 2-channel, input intrinsically safe,
output: Transistor, passive
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T1)
MACX MCR-EX-SL-2NAM-T-SP1)
2865489
2924090
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
177
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital IN
NAMUR isolating amplifier, Ex i
OUT
IN
Sensor / Field
PLC / DCS
DI-NAM
4.2
4.1
+
4.2
3.2
4.1
3.1
3.2
3.1
+
-
4.2
+
IN
OUT
4.2
Faultsignal
4.1
4.1
POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
GND
+24V
1.2
With line fault transparency
1.1
Power
LFD +24V
GND
Zone 2
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Input data
Input signal
NAMUR isolation amplifiers for the intrinsically safe operation of proximity sensors or mechanical contacts installed in the
Ex area.
– Input for NAMUR proximity sensors
(EN 60947-5-6), floating contacts or
contacts with resistance circuit, [Ex ia]
– Signal output with resistive behavior
(transistor)
– Signal output with line fault transparency:
line error message directly via output to
PLC or PCS. The output responds in accordance with EN 60947-5-6.
– Up to 5 kHz
– Direction of operation can be selected
– Line fault detection can be activated/deactivated
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED indicators for supply voltage, status,
and fault according to NAMUR NE 44
– Plug-in screw or spring-cage connection
technology
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permissible
Notes:
Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail
connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found
from page 182
Information about resistance circuits is given on page 183
NAMUR proximity sensors (EN 60947-5-6)
Floating switch contacts
Switch contacts with resistance circuit
8 V DC ±10%
> 2.1 mA (conductive) / < 1.2 mA (blocking)
Break 0.05 mA < IIN < 0.35 mA
Short-circuit 100 Ω < RSensor < 360 Ω
Resistive (transistor, passive)
Typ. 8.2 V DC ±10% (according to EN 60947-5-6)
No-load voltage
Switching points
Line error detection
Switching output
Switching voltage
Switching frequency
Impedance 0-signal
Impedance 1-signal
Impedance fault
Switching behavior
General data
Supply voltage range
Current draw
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation
≤ 5 kHz (Ohmic load)
11 kΩ ±5%
1.4 kΩ ±5%
> 100 kΩ
can be inverted using DIP switch
12 V DC ... 24 V DC -20 % ... +25 %
25 mA (24 V DC)
< 0.6 W
Input/output
Input/supply, T-Connector
Input/output/supply, T-Connector
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
9.6 V
10 mA
25 mW
253 V AC (125 V DC)
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3G Ex nA IIC T4 Gc X
Yes
SIL 2
Ordering data
178
PHOENIX CONTACT
Description
Type
Order No.
NAMUR isolation amplifier, intrinsically safe input, output with
line fault transparency
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM
MACX MCR-EX-SL-NAM-NAM-SP
2866006
2924883
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital OUT
Solenoid driver, Ex i
OUT
Sensor / Field
IN
PLC / DCS
DO
-
4.2
4.2
3.2
3.2
-
4.1
4.1
3.1
3.1
+
Faultsignal
+
IN
4.2
+
4.1
Faultsignal
+
OUT
GND
+24V
POWER
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
LFD +24V
GND
2.2
2.2
2.1
2.1
DI
1.2
Current limitation 48 mA,
with line fault detection
1.1
Zone 2
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Solenoid driver for the intrinsically safe
control of Ex i solenoid valves, alarm transmitters or indicators installed in the
Ex area.
– Input: logic (low/high signal)
– Output: 48 mA current limitation at 9.5 V,
[Ex ia]
– Line fault detection (can be activated/deactivated)
- Directly via signal channel
- Or via switching output
– Transparent for test pulses
– Power supply and error indication possible via the DIN rail connector
– LED indicators for supply voltage, status,
and fault according to NAMUR NE 44
– Plug-in screw or spring-cage connection
technology
– Safe 3-way electrical isolation
– Up to SIL 2 according to EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permissible
Notes:
Information on the supply and error evaluation module, DIN rail
connectors, system cabling, and marking material can be found
from page 182
Input data
Switching level 0 signal (“L”)
Switching level 1 signal (“H”)
Input current
Input impedance in the event of a line fault at the output
Transparent for test pulses
Output data
Output voltage
Current limitation
No-load voltage
Internal resistance
Immunity to short-circuiting
Response time tA
Line error detection
Error message output
Switch contact
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Short-circuit-proof
General data
Supply voltage range
Current draw
Power dissipation
Electrical isolation
Input/output, supply, error message output
Ambient temperature range
Humidity
Status indication
Degree of protection
Housing material
Inflammability class according to UL 94
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Safety data as per ATEX
Maximum voltage Uo
Maximum current Io
Maximum power Po
Maximum voltage Um
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
IECEx
Functional safety (SIL)
0 V DC ... 5 V DC (Open)
15 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 12 mA
3 MΩ (High resistance (Mega Ω))
Yes
≥ 9.5 V DC (At 48 mA)
> 48 mA (With cable error detection)
> 23 V DC
≥ 269 Ω (Internal resistance Ri)
Yes
< 30 ms
< 50 Ω (short circuit on the line)
> 10 kΩ (line break)
N/C contact
30 V DC
50 mA
Yes
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC (24 V DC (-20% ... +25%))
< 90 mA
< 1.5 W
375 V (Peak value in accordance with EN 60079-11)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min., test voltage)
300 Vrms (Rated insulation voltage,
surge voltage category II; pollution degree 2,
safe isolation as per EN 61010, EN 50178)
-20°C ... 60°C (Any mounting position)
10% ... 95% (no condensation)
Green LED (supply voltage)
LED yellow (switching state)
Red LED (line errors)
IP20
PA 66-FR
V0
12.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
25.3 V
94 mA
595 mW
253 V
CE-compliant, additionally EN 61326
II (1) G [Ex ia Ga] IIC
II (1) D [Ex ia Da] IIIC
II 3(1) G Ex nA [ia Ga] IIC T4 Gc X
Yes
SIL 3 (applied for)
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
Solenoid driver, logic input, intrinsically safe output, line fault
detection
Screw connection
Spring-cage conn.
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD
MACX MCR-EX-SL-SD-23-48-LFD-SP
2924867
2924870
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
179
Measurement and control technology
Ex i isolating amplifiers with SIL functional safety - MACX Analog Ex
Digital OUT
Solenoid driver, Ex i
OUT
Sensor / Field
IN
PLC / DCS
DO
+
+
OUT
+
4.2 - 4.2
4.1
+
4.1
3.2
3.2
-
3.1
3.1
+
4.2
4.1
IN
+
Current limitation 25 mA
Zone 0,1,2
Zone 20,21,22
Zone 2
Div. 1,2
Div. 2
Functional safety
Ex:
Housing width 12.5 mm
Technical data
Solenoid drivers for controlling intrinsically safe solenoid valves, alarm transmitters, and indicators installed in Ex areas.
– 20 ... 30 V DC input
– Output [Ex ia]
– Various output characteristic curves compatible with the commercial solenoid
valves
– Loop-powered: The required power is
supplied via the control signal on the input side.
– Mechanically compatible with DIN rail
connector
– Galvanic 2-way isolation
– Up to SIL 3 as per EN 61508
– Installation in zone 2 permitted
Notes:
A list of suitable valves and notes for calculating a valve circuit
are available from the download center at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
Information on marking material can be found on page 127
Information on “Plug and play” connection using system cabling
can be found from page 184
Input data
Input signal
Input current
Output data
Output voltage
Current limitation
No-load voltage
Internal resistance
Immunity to short-circuiting
Response time tA
General data
Power dissipation
Temperature coefficient
Electrical isolation
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 mA DC ... 70 mA DC (45 mA for Ue = 24 V DC)
5.5 V DC (At 25 mA)
25 mA
21.9 V DC
641 Ω (Internal resistance Ri)
Yes
20 ms
0.1 Nm3/h)
0°C ... 60°C
-12°C ... 72°C
30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
0.5°C
±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
0°C ... 60°C
-12°C ... 72°C
30 s (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
0.5°C
±2.5°C (Q > 0.1 Nm3/h)
M12 plug-in connector
4
19 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 100 mA
M12 plug-in connector
4
19 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 100 mA
M12 plug-in connector
4
19 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 100 mA
0.0010 m³ ... 1000000 m³
min. 0.2 s
0.5 s (Operational readiness)
0.0030 m³ ... 3000000 m³
min. 0.02 s
1 s (Operational readiness)
0.0100 m³ ... 4000000 m³
min. 0.043 s
0.5 s (Operational readiness)
Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω
Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω
Short-circuit protection, polarity reversal protection
4 mA ... 20 mA
≤ 500 Ω
887 g
45 mm
193.3 mm
74.5 mm
IP65
III
0°C ... 60°C
-20°C ... 85°C
5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz)
2.053 kg
45 mm
475 mm
88.5 mm
IP65
III
0°C ... 60°C
-20°C ... 85°C
5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz)
4.332 kg
133 mm
475 mm
IP65
III
0°C ... 60°C
-20°C ... 85°C
5 g (55 ... 2000 Hz)
Ordering data
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
PSK AFS5000IOL
2700705
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
PSK AFS8000IOL
2700708
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
PSK AFS2000IOL
2700709
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
209
Monitoring
Current transformers
Extremely versatile
PACT current transformers offer a complete product range for converting alternating currents up to 4000 A into secondary
currents of 1 A and 5 A. Depending on requirements, bus-bar, plug-in, and winding
current transformers are available. PACT
current transformers are available in different transformation ratios, accuracy classes,
and rated powers - in 3000 versions, for
your current measurement requirements.
210
PHOENIX CONTACT
Also available for higher accuracy classes
For standard applications, such as in machine building or system manufacturing,
Phoenix Contact offers current transformers with accuracy classes 0.5 and 1 in a version that cannot be calibrated.
For higher accuracy or for billing purposes
in energy supply, type-tested transformers
that can be calibrated as well as calibrated
transformers are available - with classes
0.2/0.2S/0.5 and 0.5S.
Monitoring
Current transformers
I PN
120 %
100 %
t
Fast and secure installation
The current transformer quick-action
mechanism offers the following advantages:
– Tool-free mounting
– Considerable reduction in installation
time
– Easy handling and secure fastening by
pressing with finger
– Current transformers align themselves –
no need for subsequent alignment
ETH
Variable and space-saving mounting
In addition to the vertical and horizontal
mounting position, the optional accessories
offer further installation options such as
mounting on the DIN rail or on the control
cabinet panel.
All PACT current transformers are just
30 mm wide. This saves space – for example
flat mounting when measuring branch outlets.
ETH
PLC
MRESET
LNK
ACT
100
PLC
MRESET
RUN
STP
LNK
ACT
100
FAIL
RUN / PROG
PLC
INLINE CONTROL
ILC 370 ETH 2TX-IB
Ord. No.: 2876999
LNK
ACT
100
IB
RB OUT
RC
IL
PRG
RB IN
IL
PRG
RDY / RUN
BA
RD
BSA
RD
BSA
TR
FAIL
TR
FAIL
BA
PLC
RB OUT
RDY / RUN
PF
PF
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
1.1
MACX MCR-SL-CAC-S-I
OUT GND GND GND
PWR
ERR
1.1
1.1
Current transducer
PWR
ERR
ON OFF
nc
D
1
2
0,5
0,5
nc
D
PACT MCR V2
12020-1 59
0,5
Current transducer
ON OFF
1
2
0,5
1.1
OUT GND GND GND
MACX MCR-SL-CAC-S-I
RC
RB IN
FAIL
INLINE CONTROL
ILC 370 ETH 2TX-IB
Ord. No.: 2876999
RESET
RESET
IB
RUN
STP
RUN / PROG
10/100
10/100
LNK
ACT
100
Current transformer
According to EN 60044-1
PACT current transformer
Safe detection of current peaks
PACT current transformers can be used
to safely detect current peaks greater than
the rated nominal current strength – without resulting in any damage: the transformers are designed for a continuous thermal
nominal current that is 120% of the primary
rated current strength.
Example: a PACT transformer with a
specified rated power of 10 VA does indeed
deliver 14.4 VA on a continual basis.
Safe isolation
PACT current transformers are manufactured in accordance with EN 50178. This
is relevant for electronic equipment for use
in power installations.
EN 50178 differs considerably from
EN 60044, the usual standard for transformers, with regard to safety.
Your advantages:
– PACT current transformers offer safe isolation, thanks to greater air and creepage
distances
– PACT current transformers ensure that
there is no sparkover on the secondary
side of the transformer and human life is
protected inside and outside the control
cabinet
– Up to 1000 V (L-N) operating voltage
possible
– Routine testing with 12 kV (1.2/50 s)
– Surge voltage category 3 is met
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
211
Monitoring
Current transformers
Selection guide
– Complete range consisting of winding,
bus-bar, and plug-in current transformers
– Popular types available from stock; alternatively, order key can be used for custom
dimensioning
– Versions available to support official calibration
Selection
– Select your converter in accordance with
the dimensions of the copper rail
– Specify the four electrical characteristics
of the converter:
1.The primary rated current
strength Ipn - the maximum amperage
occurring in the path to be measured
2.The secondary rated current Isn supplied to the downstream measuring
devices
3. Class - accuracy for adherence to the
specified tolerances
4. Rated power Sn [VA] - takes account of all the loads occurring in the
measuring circuit
Calculation guide
Technical data
Input data
Thermal rated short-time current
Rated surge current
Rated frequency
Surge current limitation factor
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Test voltage
Impulse withstand voltage
Insulating material class
Connection capacity of secondary terminals
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Housing material
Ith = 60 * In
Idyn = 2.5 * Ith
50 Hz ... 60 Hz
FS 5
1 kV
3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
12 kV (1.2 / 50 μs)
E
2 x (2.5 x 4) mm
-25°C ... 40°C
IEC 60044-1, EN 50178
Polyamide PA fiberglass reinforced
Order key - example for PACT MCR-V2-3015-60
Preferred types that can be ordered directly are marked in green in the selection table.
Determination of the secondary side rated power Sn
All the occurring loads must be added:
– Calculate the power requirement of the copper cable (forward and
return line)
– Take into account the power requirement of the connected devices
(measuring devices)
– Add a reserve requirement
Order No.
2277271
IP00600
IP00750
IP00800
IP01000
IP01250
IP02000
IP02500
Sn total = Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device + Sn reserve
IP02000
= 60 A
= 75 A
= 80 A
= 100 A
= 125 A
= 200 A
= 250 A
/
IS05
Rated power Sn
C10
2.
Secondary current Isn
1A
0.2917
0.1750
0.1094
0.0729
0.0117
0.0070
0.0044
0.0029
Example:
Sn copper cable = cable length x 2 x rated power
Sn copper cable = 10 m x 2 x 0.1750 VA/m = 3.50 VA
Selection table (extract)
Isn
Cl.
Primary rated current strength Ipn [A]
60
75
80
100
125
150
1.25
2.5
2.5
0.5
1A
1.25
2.5
2.5
2.5
1
2.5
3.75
2.5
5
200
2.5
3.75
250
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
3.75
2.5
5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
7.5
10
Sn measuring device = 2 VA
Sn reserve < 0.5 x (Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device)
Sn reserve = 2 VA
Sn total = Sn copper cable + Sn measuring device + Sn reserve
Sn total = 3.5 VA + 2 VA + 2 VA = 7.5 VA
0.5
5A
1.25
1
PHOENIX CONTACT
1.25
1.5
1.25
2
2.5
2.5
3.75
P125
P250
P375
P500
P750
P1000
3.
2.5
3.75
5
Rated power Sn [VA]
Secondary current Isn
5A
/
C02 = 0.2
C05 = 0.5
C10 = 1
Rated power in VA/m
(consider the forward and return line)
1.5
2.5
4
6
212
Class
/
IS01 = 1 A
IS05 = 5 A
1.
Power requirement of copper cables with a different diameter
Conductor cross
section in mm2
Secondary current Isn
Primary current Ipn
/
=
=
=
=
=
=
P750
1.25 VA
2.5 VA
3.75 VA
5.0 VA
7.5 VA
10 VA
4.
Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers
PACT MCR-V1-21-44
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(50...500) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 21 mm
16
Notes:
30
44
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
Bus-bar curr. transf.,
official calibration as an option
21
50
26
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
Ordering data
Rated power
Sn
Description
Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 50 A
1.25 VA
- 75 A
2.5 VA
- 100 A
2.5 VA
- 125 A
3.75 VA
- 150 A
5 VA
- 200 A
5 VA
- 250 A
5 VA
- 300 A
10 VA
- 400 A
5 VA
- 500 A
10 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
Order No.
PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 50-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44- 75-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-100-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-125-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44-500-5A-1
2277019
2277611
2277022
2277763
2277035
2277776
2277048
2277789
2277051
2277792
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PACT MCR-V1-21-44
2277268
1
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
2277268
/
IP05000
/
IS01
Selection table PACT MCR-V1-21-44 (Order No.: 2277268)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
50
60
75
80
100
125
1.25
2.5
C05
= 0.5
IS01
=1A
1.25
1.25
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C10
3.75
=1
C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A
1.25
C10
=1
1.25
1.5
2.5
2.5
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
/
C05
Rated power Sn
/
P1000
150
2.5
3.75
200
2.5
5
250
2.5
5
7.5
300
2.5
5
400
2.5
5
7.5
500
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
10
1.25
1.5
1.25
2.0
1.25
2.5
2.5
3.75
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
2.5
3.75
2.5
5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
10
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
Rated power Sn [VA]
Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224
213
Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers
30
60
16
PACT MCR-V2-3015-60
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(50...750) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 28 mm
– Rail dimensions:
30x15 mm; 20x20 mm
28
23x23
16x33
64
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
33x16
Notes:
Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option
Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
Ordering data
Rated power
Sn
Description
Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 60 A
1.25 VA
- 75 A
1.25 VA
- 75 A
1.5 VA
- 80 A
1.25 VA
- 100 A
2.5 VA
- 125 A
3.75 VA
- 150 A
3.75 VA
- 150 A
5 VA
- 200 A
5 VA
- 200 A
7.5 VA
- 250 A
5 VA
- 250 A
7.5 VA
- 250 A
10 VA
- 300 A
7.5 VA
- 400 A
10 VA
- 500 A
10 VA
- 600 A
10 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 60-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 75-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60- 75-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 80-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 100-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 125-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60-250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-3015- 60- 750-5A-1
2277815
2277828
2276502
2277831
2277064
2277624
2277844
2277077
2277637
2277857
2276544
2277860
2277080
2277640
2277093
2277653
2277103
2277666
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PACT MCR-V2- 3015- 60
2277271
1
Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40
2276638
1
Fixing pin length 65 mm
PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65
2276641
1
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/
IP07500
/
IS01
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-3015-60 (Order No.: 2277271)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
50
60
75
80
100
125
1.25
2.5
C05
= 0.5
IS01
=1A
1.25
1.25
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C10
3.75
=1
/
1.25
C10
=1
214
PHOENIX CONTACT
1.25
1.5
1.25
2
2.5
2.5
3.75
Rated power Sn
/
P1500
150
2.5
200
2.5
3.75
250
2.5
5
300
2.5
5
7.5
400
2.5
5
10
500
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
3.75
2.5
5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
7.5
10
2.5
5
7.5
10
2.5
5
10
15
C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A
C05
2.5
3.75
5
2.5
5
10
600
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
750
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
Rated power Sn [VA]
2277271
Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers
70
Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224
13x40,5
33
31x31
74
40,5x13
Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
30
16
PACT MCR-V2-4012-70
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(75...1000) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 33 mm
– Rail dimensions:
40x12 mm; 2x 30x10 mm
Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
Ordering data
Rated power
Sn
Description
Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 250 A
5 VA
- 300 A
7.5 VA
- 400 A
7.5 VA
- 500 A
10 VA
- 600 A
10 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
- 800 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
10 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-4012- 70-1000-5A-1
2277116
2277679
2277129
2277682
2277132
2277695
2277145
2277158
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PACT MCR-V2- 4012- 70
2277284
1
Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm
PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40
2276612
1
Fixing pin length 65 mm
PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65
2276625
1
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/
IP010000
/
IS05
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-4012-70 (Order No.: 2277284)
Primary rated current strength Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
75
80
100
125
150
200
1.25
2.5
2.5
C05
3.75
= 0.5
IS01
=1 A
1.25
1.25
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C10
3.75
5
5
=1
1.25
C10
=1
1.25
2.5
C10
Rated power Sn
/
P250
250
2.5
5
300
2.5
5
400
2.5
5
7.5
500
2.5
5
10
600
2.5
5
10
750
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
1.25
2.5
2.5
3.75
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
3.75
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A
/
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
2.5
5
10
15
800
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
1000
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
Rated power Sn [VA]
2277284
2.5
5
10
PHOENIX CONTACT
215
Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers
13x50,5
42
41x31
31x41
92
50,5x13
Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
30
85
16
PACT MCR-V2-5012-85
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(100...1500) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 42 mm
– Rail dimensions:
50x12 mm; 2x 40x10 mm
Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option
Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
Ordering data
Rated power
Sn
Description
Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 150 A
3.75 VA
- 200 A
5 VA
- 250 A
7.5 VA
- 300 A
10 VA
- 400 A
10 VA
- 500 A
15 VA
- 600 A
10 VA
- 600 A
15 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
- 800 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
15 VA
- 1250 A
15 VA
- 1500 A
15 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 150-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-5012- 85-1500-5A-1
2276117
2276120
2276133
2276146
2277161
2276159
2277174
2276162
2276175
2277187
2276463
2277190
2277200
2276188
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PACT MCR-V2- 5012- 85
2277297
1
Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm
PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40
2276612
1
Fixing pin length 65 mm
PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65
2276625
1
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/
IP02500
/
IS01
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-5012-85 (Order No.: 2277297)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
100
125
150
200
250
300
1.25
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05
5
5
5
= 0.5
7.5
IS01
=1A
1.25
2.5
C10
=1
2.5
3.75
2.5
5
7.5
1.25
2.5
5
2.5
3.75
2.5
5
7.5
C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A
1.25
C10
=1
216
PHOENIX CONTACT
2.5
2.5
5
7.5
10
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
7.5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
7.5
/
400
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
C10
500
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
20
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
Rated power Sn
/
600
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
20
2.5
5
20
15
5
10
15
20
P750
750
2.5
5
10
800
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
1000
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
1250
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
1500
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
30
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
Rated power Sn [VA]
2277297
Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers
16x60,5
52
42x42
32x52
52x32
92
60,5x16
Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
30
85
16
PACT MCR-V2-6015-85
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(200...1600) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 52 mm
– Rail dimensions:
60x15 mm; 2x 50x10 mm; 40x40 mm
Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option
Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 224
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
Ordering data
Rated power
Sn
Description
Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 200 A
2.5 VA
- 250 A
2.5 VA
- 300 A
2.5 VA
- 400 A
2.5 VA
- 500 A
5 VA
- 600 A
10 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
- 800 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
15 VA
- 1250 A
15 VA
- 1500 A
15 VA
- 1600 A
15 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 200-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 300-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6015- 85-1600-5A-1
2277873
2277886
2277899
2277909
2277912
2277925
2277938
2277941
2277954
2277967
2277970
2277983
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PACT MCR-V2- 6015- 85
2277336
1
Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40
2276638
1
Fixing pin length 65 mm
PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65
2276641
1
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/
IP05000
/
IS01
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6015-85 (Order No.: 2277336)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200
250
300
400
500
1.25
1.25
1.25
2.5
C05
= 0.5
IS01
=1A
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C10
3.75
=1
2.5
C10
=1
C10
Rated power Sn
/
P375
600
2.5
750
2.5
5
800
2.5
1000
2.5
1250
2.5
5
2.5
2.5
5
2.5
3.75
2.5
3.75
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
5
10
15
20
1.25
1.25
1.25
2.5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A
/
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
1500
1600
5
10
15
20
5
10
15
30
5
10
15
Rated power Sn [VA]
2277336
5
10
15
PHOENIX CONTACT
217
Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers
PACT MCR-V2-6315-95
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(200...2500) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 53 mm
– Rail dimensions:
63x15 mm
2x 50x10 mm
40x40 mm
PACT MCR-V2-6040-96
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(200...2000) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 61 mm
– Rail dimensions:
60x40 mm; 50x50 mm
Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option
Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option
96
95
61
44x64
105
54x54
53
32x54
54x32
42x42
16x64
16
105
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
64x16
Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 225
16
Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
Ordering data
Rated power
Sn
Description
Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 600 A
10 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
- 800 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
10 VA
- 1250 A
10 VA
- 1250 A
15 VA
- 1500 A
10 VA
- 1600 A
10 VA
- 1600 A
15 VA
- 2000 A
15 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
30
30
Type
Ordering data
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1250-5A-1
2277213
2277226
2277239
1
1
1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6315- 95-1600-5A-1
2277242
2277255
1
1
PACT MCR-V2- 6315- 95
2277307
1
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1000-5A-1
2276191
2276201
2276214
2277705
1
1
1
1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1500-5A-1
2276227
2277718
1
1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-1600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-6040- 96-2000-5A-1
2276230
2276243
1
1
PACT MCR-V2- 6040- 96
2277349
1
Accessories
Accessories
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40
2276638
1
PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40
2276638
1
Fixing pin length 65 mm
PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65
2276641
1
PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65
2276641
1
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
IP25000
/
IS05
/
C05
Rated power Sn
/
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6315-95 (Order No.: 2277307)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
5
5
5
10 10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
7.5 10 10 15 15
15
15
15
IS01
20
=1A
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
C10 3.75 5
5
5
5
5
10 10
10
10
10
10
15
=1
7.5 10 10 10 15 15
15
15
20
15
20
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
3.75 5
5
5
5
10 10
10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
7.5 10 10 10 15 15
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS05
15 15 20 20
30
20
30
30
30
30
=5A
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
10
5
5
10
10
10
C10 3.75 5
5
5
10 10 10 10
15
10
10
15
15
15
=1
10 10 15 15 15 15
30
15
15
30
30
30
15 20 20 30 30
30
30
218
PHOENIX CONTACT
P500
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-6040-96 (Order No.: 2277349)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.5
7.5
7.5 7.5 10
10
IS01
=1A
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
C10 3.75 5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
=1
7.5 7.5
7.5 7.5 10
10
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5 2.5 2.5
C10 3.75 3.75 5
=1
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
5
10
15
5
10
15
Rated power Sn [VA]
/
Rated power Sn [VA]
2277307
Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...2500) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 61 mm
– Rail dimensions:
80x15 mm; 2x 60x10 mm; 3x 50x10 mm
PACT MCR-V2-8020-105
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(500...2000) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 70 mm
– Rail dimensions:
2x 80x10 mm; 60x60 mm
Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option
Notes:
Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option
30
105
70
31x81
60x64
16
116
61
33x63
Ordering data
Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 400 A
7.5 VA
- 500 A
10 VA
- 600 A
10 VA
- 750 A
10 VA
- 800 A
15 VA
- 1000 A
10 VA
- 1000 A
15 VA
- 1250 A
10 VA
- 1500 A
15 VA
- 1600 A
15 VA
- 2000 A
10 VA
- 2000 A
20 VA
- 2500 A
20 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
Type
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 400-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 600-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 750-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105- 800-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1250-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1500-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-1600-5A-1
2276256
2276269
2276272
2276285
2276298
2277721
2276308
2276311
2277734
2276324
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2000-5A-1
PACT MCR-V2-8015-105-2500-5A-1
2276337
2276340
1
1
PACT MCR-V2- 8015-105
2277352
1
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
2277352
/
IP25000
/
IS05
/
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-8015-105 (Order No.: 2277352)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400
500
600
750
800 1000 1250
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.5
10
10
7.5
10
IS01
=1A
C10
=1
C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A
C10
=1
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Order No.
1500
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
C10
1600
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1000-5A-1
2277747
1
PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-1500-5A-1
2277750
1
PACT MCR-V2-8020-105-2000-5A-1
2276382
1
PACT MCR-V2- 8020-105
2277365
1
Rated power Sn
/
2000
5
10
15
20
10
15
20
25
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
20
P3000
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-8020-105 (Order No.: 2277365)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
500
600
750
800 1000 1250 1500
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.5
10
IS01
2500
5
10
15
20
10
15
20
30
Rated power Sn [VA]
Rated power
Sn
Ordering data
=1A
C10
=1
C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A
C10
=1
2.5
5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
7.5
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
1600
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
7.5
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
5
10
15
2000
2.5
5
10
Rated power Sn [VA]
116
53x53
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
64x53
16x83
Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 225
Description
30
105
16
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
5
10
PHOENIX CONTACT
219
Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers
PACT MCR-V2-10020-129
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...4000) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 85 mm
– Rail dimensions:
2x 100x10 mm; 80x64 mm
PACT MCR-V2-10036-129
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...4000) A
– Rail dimensions:
3x 100x12 mm
Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option
Plug-in curr. transformer,
official calibration as an option
Notes:
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
30
140
85
64x84
Ordering data
Rated power
Sn
Description
Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 2500 A
15 VA
- 3000 A
15 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
Type
Order No.
PACT MCR-V2-10020-129-2500-5A
2276395
PACT MCR-V2-10020-129
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/
IP40000
/
IS05
/
C05
PHOENIX CONTACT
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
PACT MCR-V2-10036-129-3000-5A
2276405
1
PACT MCR-V2-10036-129
2277381
1
1
1
Rated power Sn
/
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-10020-129 (Order No.: 2277378)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000
2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS01
20
20
=1A
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C10
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
=1
15
15
15
15
15
15
25
30
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS05
20
20
25
25
=5A
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C10
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
=1
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
25
30
30
30
220
2277378
P2500
Rated power Sn [VA]
2277378
Ordering data
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-10036-129 (Order No.: 2277381)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000
2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS01
20
20
=1A
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C10
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
=1
15
15
15
15
15
15
25
30
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
IS05
20
20
25
25
=5A
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
C10
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
=1
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
25
30
30
30
Rated power Sn [VA]
140
81x54
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
56x101
31x101
16
Current transformers that support official calibration: To specify
the type of current transformer you require, please use the order
key on page 225
30
129
16
129
Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers
PACT MCR-V2-12020-159
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...4000) A
– Round conductor dimensions: Ø 96 mm
– Rail dimensions:
2x 120x10 mm; 3x 100x10 mm;
80x80 mm
PACT MCR-V2-12040-159
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(400...4000) A
– Rail dimensions:
4x 120x10 mm
Plug-in current transformer
Notes:
Plug-in current transformer
30
30
159
16
16
159
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
172
72x122
96
55x103
Ordering data
Rated power
Sn
Description
Type
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Order No.
Preferred versions available from stock
(marked in green in the selection table)
Primary rated current Ipn:
- 4000 A
15 VA
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
PACT MCR-V2-12020-159
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/
IP08000
/
IS01
/
C05
1
Order No.
PACT MCR-V2-12040-159-4000-5A
2276418
1
PACT MCR-V2-12040-159
2277404
1
Rated power
/
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-12020-159 (Order No.: 2277394)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
= 0.5 10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
30
IS01
15
20
30
30
30
30
30
45
= 1A
2.5
5
5
2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
C10
5
10
10
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
=1
10
15
15
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
30
30
15
20
20
15
20
30
30
30
30
30
45
45
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
10
5
5
5
10
10
C05
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
15
10
10
10
15
15
= 0.5 10
10
10
10
10
15
15
30
15
15
15
30
30
IS05
15
15
30
30
45
30
30
30
45
45
=5A
2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
5
5
10
10
10
C10
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
10
10
15
15
15
=1
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
30
15
15
30
30
30
15
20
20
20
30
30
30
45
30
30
45
45
45
P250
Selection table PACT MCR-V2-12040-159 (Order No.: 2277404)
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400 500 600 750 800 1000 1250 1500 1600 2000 2500 3000 4000
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
= 0.5
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
30
IS01
Rated power Sn [VA]
2277404
2277394
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
= 1A
C10
=1
C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A
C10
=1
2.5
5
10
5
10
15
5
10
15
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
5
10
15
5
10
15
5
10
15
5
10
15
5
10
15
5
10
15
10
15
30
10
15
30
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
5
10
15
5
10
15
10
15
30
5
10
15
5
10
15
5
10
15
10
15
30
10
15
30
2.5
5
10
5
10
15
5
10
15
5
10
15
5
10
15
5
10
15
5
10
15
10
15
30
5
10
15
5
10
15
10
15
30
10
15
30
10
15
30
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
Rated power Sn [VA]
172
83x83
34x126
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
221
Monitoring
Current transformers
Current transformers
PACT MCR-V3-60
– Primary rated current Ipn:
0...(1...40) A
30
16
60
– Current-carrying copper lines connected
directly to the screw terminal blocks on
the primary side
Our configurator, which is available at
www.phoenixcontact.net/products, makes ordering easy.
64
Notes:
Winding current transformer
The relevant installation accessories can be found on page 223
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
PACT MCR-V3-60
2277417
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Current transformers, pay attention to the following order key for
determining the desired current transformer type
Add order key from the selection table (ordering example marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
/
IP00025
/
IS01
Selection table PACT MCR-V3-60 (Order No.: 2277417)
Primary rated current strength Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
1
2
2.5
4
5
6
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.5
IS01
=1 A
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C10
5
5
5
5
5
5
=1
C05
= 0.5
IS05
=5A
C10
=1
222
PHOENIX CONTACT
/
C10
Rated power Sn
/
P250
7.5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
12.5
2.5
5
15
2.5
5
20
2.5
5
25
2.5
5
30
2.5
5
40
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
Rated power Sn [VA]
2277417
1
Monitoring
Current transformers
Quick-action mechanism for
PACT current transformers
– No tools necessary for mounting
– Extremely easy handling, thanks to secure
fastening by pressing with finger
– Set consisting of two fixing pins and a
holding latch
Notes:
The 16 mm wide quick-action mechanism can also be used for
larger current transformers if the length of the fixing pins is sufficient.
General data
Material
Ambient temperature (operation)
for: ...-V2-4012-70..., ...-V2-5012-85...
for: ...-V2-3015-60..., ...-V2-6015-85...,
...-V2-6315-95...
Technical data
Technical data
PA 6
-25°C ... 120°C
PA 6
-25°C ... 120°C
Ordering data
Description
Type
Ordering data
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L65
PACT-FAST-MNT-W16-L40
2276641
2276638
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 13 mm
Fixing pin length 65 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
Quick-action mechanism; width of the holding latch 16 mm
PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L65
PACT-FAST-MNT-W13-L40
2276625
2276612
1
1
Fixing pin length 65 mm
Fixing pin length 40 mm
1
1
Accessories
–
–
–
–
Copper sleeves
DIN rail adapter
Secondary terminal cover
Insulating caps
Description
Copper sleeves
DIN rail adapter
Secondary terminal cover
Insulating caps
Ordering data
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
PACT MCR-ETC-60
PACT MCR-ETC-75
2277572
2277585
9
9
PACT MCR-ICAP
2277608
18
Copper sleeves, for establishing a conductive connection during
the horizontal assembly of PACT analog current transformers. The
size of the copper sleeve depends on the diameter of the inner hole
of the current transformer.
- for PACT MCR-V1-21-44-...
- for PACT MCR-V1-21-44-...
- for PACT MCR-V2-3015-60-...
- for PACT MCR-V2-5012-85-...
DIN rail adapter
Ø 21/8 mm
Ø 21/12 mm
Ø 28/12 mm
Ø 42/12 mm
Secondary terminal cover, for increasing the clearances and
creepage distances
Length: 60 mm
Length: 75 mm
Insulating caps, for protection against unintended contact with
mounting screws of the primary rail
PACT MCR-CB-21- 8
PACT MCR-CB-21-12
PACT MCR-CB-28-12
PACT MCR-CB-42-12
2277569
2277556
2277543
2277530
1
1
1
1
PACT MCR-RA
2277598
12
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
223
Monitoring
Current transformers
Calibratable current transformers - order key and selection tables
Add order key from the relevant selection table (ordering examples are marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
Rated power Sn
/
/
IP01500
IP02000
IP02500
IP03000
IP04000
IP05000
IP06000
IP07500
IP08000
IP10000
IP12000
IP12500
IP15000
IP16000
IP20000
IP25000
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
/
150 A
200 A
250 A
300 A
400 A
500 A
600 A
750 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
1250 A
1500 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
IS05 = 5 A
Calibration
/
C02S =
C02 =
C05S =
C05 =
Calibration certificate
/
0.2S
0.2
0.5S
0.5
P250
P500
P1000
P1500
P2000
P3000
=
=
=
=
=
=
/
NONE = not calibrated
YES = calibrated
2.5 VA
5.0 VA
10 VA
15 VA
20 VA
30 VA
NONE
YES
= no calibration certificate
= calibration certificate (a fee is
charged)
YESPLUS = Calibration certificate with catalog
of errors (5 measuring points) (a fee
is charged)
PACT MCR-V1C-21-44 (Order No.: 2277420)
You will find information about the product on page 213.
Add order key from the selection table
2277420
/ IP03000 / IS05 / C02 / P250
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
150
200
250
300
400
500
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
=
/ NONE / NONE
C05S
=
0.5S
2.5
C05
= 0.5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
PACT MCR-V2C-4012-70 (Order No.: 2277446)
You will find information about the product on page 214.
Add order key from the selection table
2277433
/ IP02000 / IS05 / C05 / P250 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200
250
300
400
500
600
750
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
5
=
10
10
0.2S
You will find information about the product on page 215.
Add order key from the selection table
2277446
/ IP06000 / IS05 / C02 / P1000 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200
250
300
400
500
600
750
800 1000
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
C02S
5
5
5
10
=
10
10
0.2S
2.5
C02
= 0.2
IS05
=5A
C05S
=
0.5S
2.5
C05
= 0.5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
Rated power Sn [VA]
PACT MCR-V2C-3015-60 (Order No.: 2277433)
C02
= 0.2
IS05
=5A
C05S
=
0.5S
2.5
C05
= 0.5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
5
10
2.5
5
10
5
10
2.5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
5
10
5
10
2.5
5
10
5
10
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
5
10
5
10
2.5
5
10
5
10
PACT MCR-V2C-6015-85 (Order No.: 2277462)
You will find information about the product on page 216.
Add order key from the selection table
2277459
/ IP10000 / IS05 / C05 / P1500 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200
250
300
400
500
600
750
800 1000 1200
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
5
C02S
5
5
5
10
10
=
10
10
15
15
0.2S
20
30
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
5
C02
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
= 0.2
10
10
10
15
15
IS05
30
30
=5A
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
5
5
5
5
C05S
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
=
10
10
15
15
0.5S
30
30
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
10
10
15
15
30
30
You will find information about the product on page 217.
Add order key from the selection table
2277462
/ IP02500 / IS05 / C05 / P250 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
250
300
400
500
600
750
800 1000 1200
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
5
5
5
=
10
10
0.2S
224
PHOENIX CONTACT
Rated power Sn [VA]
PACT MCR-V2C-5012-85 (Order No.: 2277459)
2.5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
C02
= 0.2
IS05
=5A
C05S
=
0.5S
2.5
C05
= 0.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
Rated power Sn [VA]
IS05
=5A
2.5
5
Rated power Sn [VA]
C02
= 0.2
Rated power Sn [VA]
0.2S
Monitoring
Current transformers
Calibratable current transformers - order key and selection tables
Add order key from the relevant selection table (ordering examples are marked in orange)
Order No.
Primary current Ipn
Secondary current Isn
Class
Rated power Sn
/
IP01500
IP02000
IP02500
IP03000
IP04000
IP05000
IP06000
IP07500
IP08000
IP10000
IP12000
IP12500
IP15000
IP16000
IP20000
IP25000
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
/
150 A
200 A
250 A
300 A
400 A
500 A
600 A
750 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
1250 A
1500 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
IS05 = 5 A
Calibration
/
C02S =
C02 =
C05S =
C05 =
Calibration certificate
/
0.2S
0.2
0.5S
0.5
P250
P500
P1000
P1500
P2000
P3000
=
=
=
=
=
=
/
NONE = not calibrated
YES = calibrated
2.5 VA
5.0 VA
10 VA
15 VA
20 VA
30 VA
NONE
YES
= no calibration certificate
= calibration certificate (a fee is
charged)
YESPLUS = Calibration certificate with catalog
of errors (5 measuring points) (a fee
is charged)
PACT MCR-V2C-6040-96 (Order No.: 2277488)
You will find information about the product on page 218.
Add order key from the selection table
2277475
/ IP15000 / IS05 / C05 / P3000 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
200 250 300 400 500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250
2.5
5
5
C02S
5
10
10
=
10
15
15
0.2S
20
20
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
C02
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
= 0.2
10
10
10
15
15
15
IS05
15
15
20
20
20
=5A
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
C05S
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
=
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
0.5S
15
20
20
20
30
2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
5
5
5
5
5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
10
10
10
10
10
= 0.5
10
10
10
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
20
30
30
20
30
You will find information about the product on page 218.
Add order key from the selection table
2277488
/ IP12000 / IS05 / C02 / P1000 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
500
600
750
800 1000 1200 1250 1500
2.5
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
5
5
=
10
0.2S
15
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C02
5
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.2
10
10
IS05
15
=5A
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05S
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
=
10
10
10
10
10
0.5S
15
15
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
C05
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
= 0.5
10
10
10
10
10
10
15
15
1500
5
10
15
20
5
10
15
30
5
10
15
30
5
10
15
30
Rated power Sn [VA]
PACT MCR-V2C-6315-95 (Order No.: 2277475)
PACT MCR-V2C-8015-105 (Order No.: 2277491)
PACT MCR-V2C-8020-105 (Order No.: 2277501)
You will find information about the product on page 219.
Add order key from the selection table
2277491
/ IP05000 / IS05 / C05 / P500 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400
500
600
750
800 1000 1200 1250 1500
2.5
C02S
5
=
You will find information about the product on page 219.
Add order key from the selection table
2277501
/ IP15000 / IS05 / C05S / P1000 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
400
500
600
750
800 1000 1200 1250 1500
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
5
=
IS05
=5A
C05S
=
0.5S
C05
= 0.5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
10
15
20
5
10
15
20
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
C02
= 0.2
IS05
=5A
C05S
=
0.5S
C05
= 0.5
2.5
5
PACT MCR-V2C-10020-129 (Order No.: 2277514)
PACT MCR-V2C-10036-129 (Order No.: 2277527)
You will find information about the product on page 220.
Add order key from the selection table
2277514
/ IP08000 / IS05 / C05 / P1500 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500 1600 2000
2.5
2.5
2.5
C02S
5
5
5
=
You will find information about the product on page 220.
Add order key from the selection table
2277527
/ IP16000 / IS05 / C05 / P500 / NONE / NONE
Selection table
Primary rated current amperage Ipn [A]
Isn
Cl.
500 600 750 800 1000 1200 1250 1500 1600 2000
C02
= 0.2
IS05
=5A
C05S
=
0.5S
C05
= 0.5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2500
C02S
=
0.2S
Rated power Sn [VA]
0.2S
2500
2.5
5
10
C02
= 0.2
IS05
=5A
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
2.5
5
10
15
C05S
=
0.5S
C05
= 0.5
2.5
5
2.5
5
2.5
5
10
2.5
5
10
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
Rated power Sn [VA]
C02
= 0.2
2.5
5
10
Rated power Sn [VA]
0.2S
2.5
5
Rated power Sn [VA]
0.2S
Rated power Sn [VA]
/
225
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
With flexible power supply – current
transducers up to 12 A AC
Active current transducers convert sinusoidal alternating currents up to 12 A. The
integrated wide-range power supply unit enables use in various different countries.
With hinged Rogowski sensor – current transducers up to 200 A AC
The AC current transducers measure sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents up to 200 A. The hinged Rogowski
sensor ensures very easy installation, as cables that are to be measured do not have to
be isolated. This enables mounting to be
carried out without interruptions.
Limit value monitoring with the
current protector
At the current protector, a desired amperage is specified at which a PDT contact
switches a load on or off.
226
PHOENIX CONTACT
Flexible signal conditioning – current
transducers up to 55 A AC/DC
Current transducers up to 55 A offer an
infinitely adjustable measuring range. This
range is mapped over the entire output signal range. This ensures extremely accurate
resolution of measured values. Basic configuration can be performed quickly via the
DIP switches. Additional useful device functions can be set via the software.
For high currents – current
transducers up to 600 A AC/DC
The universal current transducers are the
ideal solution for measuring high currents
with any waveform up to 600 A AC/DC.
The product range offers various different
devices in graded measuring ranges with
current or voltage output.
Voltage transducers, AC and DC
Voltage transducers convert AC and DC
voltages into standard analog signals.
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
For sinusoidal alternating currents up
to 12 A
– 3-way electrical isolation
– Wide-range version from 19.2 ... 253 V
AC/DC
– Voltage bridging with DIN rail connector
– Input/output can be configured via DIP
switches
– Suitable for potentially explosive areas,
thanks to ATEX approval for Ex zone 2
For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
alternating currents up to 200 A
– Distorted alternating currents up to
6000 Hz can be also acquired, thanks to
true r.m.s. value measurement (RMS)
– Uninterrupted installation and lossless
current measurement thanks to hinged
Rogowski sensor
– Measuring range selection with slide
switch
Limit value monitoring
The current protector converts sinusoidal alternating currents to binary switching
signals.
– Switching point can be freely selected in
the measuring range of 0 ... 16 A AC
– Changeover relay output
– Adjustable switch hysteresis
– 3-way isolation
– Settable operating current/quiescent
current behavior
With flexible measuring ranges for all
waveforms up to 55 A
– Lossless true r.m.s. value measurement
without shunt via Hall sensor (TRMS)
– Optimum mapping of the measuring
range up to 55 A, thanks to software-programmable upper and lower limits
– Limit value alarm in the event of threshold
value overrange or underrange up to 55 A
– via relay or transistor output
For high currents – current transducers up to 600 A AC/DC
– Lossless true r.m.s. value measurement
without shunt via Hall sensor (TRMS)
– Compact dimensions also enable distributed use
– Variable mounting on DIN rail and
mounting plate
– COMBICON plug-in connection terminal
blocks
– 3-way isolation
– For a conductor diameter of up to 32 mm
Voltage transducers, AC and DC
– For DC voltages from 0 ... ±660 V DC and
AC voltages from 0 ... 444 V AC
–
–
–
–
Bidirectional output signals
Adjustable voltage ranges
ZERO/SPAN adjustment ±20%
3-way isolation
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
227
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
Current acquisition
If purely ohmic loads (incandescent
lamps, heaters, etc.) are operated on a
conventional 230 V network, no distortions are produced on the power grid.
As non-linear loads increase as a result
of phase angle-controlled regulation modules, pure sinusoidal waves gradually take
on a trapezoidal waveform.
The majority of current and voltage
transducers are calibrated for sinusoidal alternating currents, which means that they
can only indicate the r.m.s. value of an alternating current by mean-value generation.
True r.m.s. measuring transducers do
not rely on specific form factors and accept all waveforms.
r.m.s. value acquisition according to
the transformer principle (RMS)
According to Faraday's law of induction,
a magnetic flux which changes over time
produces an induced voltage at the terminals of a coil. A circuit arrangement consisting of two electrically isolated but magnetically coupled circuits is known as a
transformer. This is one of the simplest
and most commonly used methods of current transfer.
True r.m.s. value acquisition according
to the Rogowski principle (TRMS)
The Rogowski measuring principle is
used to measure sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents. A non-ferrous
induction coil (air-core coil), known as the
Rogowski coil, measures the magnetic
voltage along a closed circumference
around a live conductor.
The output signal of the Rogowski coil is
then conditioned so as to obtain an exact
replica of the primary current.
True r.m.s. value acquisition with a
Hall sensor (TRMS)
The magnetic flux generated by the primary current IP is condensed in the magnetic circuit and measured in the air gap
using a Hall sensor. The output signal of
the Hall sensor is then conditioned so as
to obtain an exact replica of the primary
current.
r.m.s. value acquisition according to the transformer principle (RMS)
True r.m.s. value acquisition according to the
Rogowski principle (TRMS)
Mean-value generation
r.m.s. value
(root mean square value)
The r.m.s. value of an alternating current
corresponds to the steady-state value that
results from the instantaneous values of this
current. This steady-state value generates
the same thermal work in an ohmic resistor
as a direct current of identical magnitude.
The term “true r.m.s. value” simply means
that distorted, direct, and pulsating currents
can be acquired. Here, the measuring transducer is compatible with any waveform.
For a sinusoidal AC current this means:
I
US
Irm = S
Ur =
2
2
Arithmetic average value
The arithmetic average value is used to
measure direct currents or filter a DC component out from a pulsating current. Applying the arithmetic average value to a symmetrical alternating current would result in
a measured value of “0”.
The arithmetic average value enables direct currents to be made available at the
output in the form of standard analog signals. The polarity can be evaluated by means
of a bipolar output signal.
Analog
OUT
True r.m.s. value acquisition with a Hall sensor
(TRMS)
IS
For a 230 V/50 Hz power grid, this results
in the following with regard to the voltage
levels:
Urms
= 230 V
US
= 325 V
Uavg
=
Irms
Iavg
0V
Arithmetic average value
228
PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
AC/DC current transducers and
distorted currents
The MCR-SL-CUC-... current transducers measure DC, AC, and distorted currents of 0 ... 600 A.
– Universal current measurement, no shunt
required
– Compact dimensions also enable distributed use
– Variable mounting on DIN rail and
mounting plate
– Simple connection method thanks to
COMBICON plug-in connection terminal
blocks
– 3-way isolation
For DC, AC, and distorted currents of
0 ... 300 A,
voltage output
For DC, AC, and distorted currents of
0 ... 600 A,
current output
Housing width 90 mm
Housing width 90 mm
ADC
IN
μC
1.4
GND
1.3
NC
NC
1.2
OUT I
+24 V DC
1.1
+24 V DC
1.4
GND
1.3
OUT U
1.2
1.1
DAC
U
ADC
IN
Technical data
Input data
Frequency range
Curve type
Connection method
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
General data
Supply voltage UB
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada
Overload capacity
Universal current transducer
Input current range: 0 ... 100 A
Input current range: 0 ... 200 A
Input current range: 0 ... 300 A
Input current range: 0 ... 400 A
Universal current transducer without UL approval
Input current range: 0 ... 500 A
Input current range: 0 ... 600 A
6 x IIN
3 x IIN
3.33 x IIN
2.5 x IIN
3.6 x IIN
3 x IIN
µC
I
Technical data
20 Hz ... 6000 Hz (0 Hz)
AC, DC or distorted currents
Cable design: 32 mm diameter
20 Hz ... 6000 Hz (0 Hz)
AC, DC or distorted currents
Cable design: 32 mm diameter
0 ... 10 V
≥ 10 kΩ
4 ... 20 mA
< 25 mA
< 300 Ω
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 kΩ
< 500 Ω
1 PDT / AgSnO, hard gold-plated
50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
19 V ... 29 V (supply voltage - 1 V)
80 mA (Not short-circuit proof)
1% ... 110%
0.1 s ... 20 s
Yellow LED
1 PDT / AgSnO, hard gold-plated
50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
19 V ... 29 V (supply voltage - 1 V)
80 mA (Not short-circuit proof)
1% ... 110%
0.1 s ... 20 s
Yellow LED
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 50 mA (without load)
< 0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions)
typ. < 0.025%/K
330 ms (with AC) 40 ms (with DC)
as per EN 50178, EN 61010
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 60°C
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 50 mA (without load)
< 0.5% (of nominal range value under nominal conditions)
typ. < 0.025%/K
330 ms (with AC) 40 ms (with DC)
as per EN 50178, EN 61010
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 60°C
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant
Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6, Ex nC IIC T6
CE-compliant
Class I, Zone 2, AEx nC IIC T6, Ex nC IIC T6
Ordering data
Description
DAC
µC
9 O UT I
10 O UT U
SPAN
8
IN
DAC
SET
TIME POINT ZERO
1A
ADC
SPAN
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Housing width 22.5 mm
5
6
7
SET
TIME POINT ZERO
10A
5A
Ex:
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI1)
MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI-NC1)
MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI1)
MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI-NC1)
2814650
2814731
2814634
2814715
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI1)
MCR-S10-50-UI-SW-DCI-NC1)
MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI1)
MCR-S10-50-UI-DCI-NC1)
2814663
2814744
2814647
2814728
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR current measuring transducer for measuring AC, DC, and
distorted currents with relay and transistor switching output
Configurable product
Standard product
Configurable product, without switching output
Standard product, without switching output
230
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
Order key for the current transducers (standard configuration entered as example)
Order No.
2814634
/
2814650
/
Measuring range:
Start
End
0.00
/
2814634 =
MCR-S-1-5-UI-DCI
2814650 =
MCR-S-1-5-UI-SW-DCI
Order No.
2814647
2814663
0.00
Output
/
5.00
/
5.00
/
Measuring range
starting value is
between
0.00…7.50 A
Measuring range
final value
between
0.2...11 A
0.00 = 0.00 A
5.00 = 5.00 A
50.0
/
/
50.0
/
2814647 =
MCR-S-10-50-UI-DCI
2814663 =
MCR-S-10-50-UI-SW-DCI
0.0
OUT01
OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06
OUT07
OUT08
OUT09
OUT10
OUT11
OUT12
OUT13
OUT14
OUT17
OUT18
Measuring range:
Start
End
/
0.0
/
Threshold value
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
/
0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
20...0 mA
20...4 mA
10...0 V
10...2V
5...0 V
5...1 V
-5...+5 V
-10...+10 V
+10...-10 V
+5...-5 V
Output
/
Measuring range
start value is
between
0.00…37.5 A
Measuring range
final value
between
9.5...55 A
0.0 = 0.0 A
50.0 = 50.0 A
Suppression
time
Operating behavior of relay and transistor
OUT01
50
/
3.0
Switching threshold
between 1 ... 110%
between
0.1 ... 20 s
50 = 50% of set upper
measuring range
value (here: 2.5 A)
3.0 = 3 s
Threshold value
/
Suppression
time
A
/
O
A = Operating
current
controlled
O = Overrange
R = Closed-circuit
current
controlled
U = Underrange
Operating behavior and transistor
OUT01
OUT01
OUT01
OUT02
OUT03
OUT04
OUT05
OUT06
OUT07
OUT08
OUT09
OUT10
OUT11
OUT12
OUT13
OUT14
OUT17
OUT18
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
0...20 mA
4...20 mA
0...10 V
2...10 V
0...5 V
1...5 V
20...0 mA
20...4 mA
10...0 V
10...2V
5...0 V
5...1 V
-5...+5 V
-10...+10 V
+10...-10 V
+5...-5 V
/
50
/
3.0
Switching threshold
between 1 ... 110%
between
0.1 ... 20 s
50 = 50% of set upper
measuring range
value (here: 25 A)
3.0 = 3 s
/
A
/
O
A = Operating
current
controlled
O = Overrange
R = Closed-circuit
current
controlled
U = Underrange
Function diagrams: Switching behavior of relay and transistor output:
1) Operating current-controlled when threshold value is exceeded
2) Operating current-controlled when below the threshold value
I IN
IIN
SW condition
SW condition
t
t
( H)
Operating voltage UB
( H)
Operating voltage UB
( L)
( L)
t
(1)
Relay N/O contact and
transistor output
(0)
t1
Relay N/O contact and
transistor output
t1
(0)
t1
t
(0)
Relay N/C contact
t
(1)
t
(0)
t1
t1
t
(1)
3) Quiescent current-controlled when threshold value is exceeded
Relay N/C contact
(1)
t1
4) Quiescent current-controlled when below the threshold value
IIN
IIN
SW condition
SW condition
t
Operating voltage UB
( H)
t
Operating voltage UB
( H)
( L)
( L)
t
(1)
Relay N/O contact and
transistor output
t
(0)
t1
Relay N/O contact and
transistor output
t1
t
(1)
t1
t1
t
(0)
t1
t
(0)
(0)
Relay N/C contact
t
(1)
Relay N/C contact
t1
(1)
t
(0) = N/O contact and transistor open / N/C contact closed
(1) = N/O contact and transistor closed / N/C contact open
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
231
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
AC current transducers,
sinusoidal
H
H
The MCR-SL-CAC-... current transducers measure sinusoidal alternating currents
within the range 0 ... 1/5/12 A.
– Wide-range version from
19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
– 3-way isolation
– Input/output can be configured using the
DIP switch
W
D
W
D
For sinusoidal alternating currents
0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A
Notes:
For sinusoidal alternating currents
0 ... 5 A/0 ... 12 A
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Ex:
Housing width 22.5 mm
Housing width 22.5 mm
OUT
L(+) 1.1
OUT
L(+) 1.1
L(+) 1.2
3.1
OUT1
L(+) 1.2
3.1
OUT1
N(-)
1.3
3.2
GND
N(-)
1.3
3.2
GND
N(-)
1.4
3.3
GND
N(-)
1.4
3.3
GND
3.4
GND
3.4
GND
4.1
1A
4.1
12A
4.2
5A
4.2
5A
4.3
NC
4.3
NC
4.4
4.4
IN
IN
Technical data
Input data
Input current (configurable)
Nominal frequency
Frequency range
Curve type
Overload capacity
Surge strength
Connection method
Output data
Output signal (configurable)
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category Input/output
Pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Test voltage output/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
UL, USA / Canada
Technical data
0 A AC ... 1 A AC (configurable) /
0 A AC ... 5 A AC (configurable)
50 Hz
45 Hz ... 65 Hz
Sine
2 x IN (continuous)
20 x IN (1 s)
Screw terminal block
0 A AC ... 5 A AC (configurable) /
0 A AC ... 12 A AC (configurable)
50 Hz
45 Hz ... 65 Hz
Sine
1 x IN (continuous)
8 x IN (1 s)
Screw terminal block
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
25 mA
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 10 mVPP (for 500 Ω at 20 mA)
MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I1)
19.2 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 32 mA
(at UB=24 V DC, IOUT=20 mA)
≤ 0.5% (of nominal range value
under nominal conditions)
MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP1)
19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC
< 30 mA
(at UB=24 V DC, IOUT=20 mA)
≤ 0.5% (of nominal range value
under nominal conditions)
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
25 mA
< 500 Ω (at 20 mA)
< 10 mVPP (for 500 Ω at 20 mA)
MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP1)
19.2 V AC/DC ... 253 V AC/DC
< 33 mA
(at 24 V DC)
≤ 0.5% (of nominal range value
under nominal conditions)
< 0.02%/K
max. 300 ms Typ. 200 ms
acc. to EN 61010
2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F)
22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² /
24 - 14
< 0.02%/K
max. 300 ms Typ. 200 ms
acc. to EN 61010
2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F)
22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² /
24 - 14
< 0.02%/K
< 300 ms
acc. to EN 61010
300 V AC (to ground)
III
2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C (-4°F ... 149°F)
22.5 / 104 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² /
24 - 14
CE-compliant
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA II T4 X
-
II 3 G Ex nA II T4 X
UL 508 Recognized
Ordering data
Description
MCR current measuring transducers for sinusoidal alternating
currents
Supply voltage 19.2 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 19.2 ... 253 V AC/DC
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I1)
MACX MCR-SL-CAC- 5-I-UP1)
2810612
2810625
1
1
2707437
50
Accessories
DIN rail connector, for bridging the supply voltage (19.2...30 V DC),
can be snapped on to 35 mm DIN rails as per EN 60715
232
PHOENIX CONTACT
ME 22,5 TBUS 1,5/ 5-ST-3,81 GN
Type
Order No.
MACX MCR-SL-CAC-12-I-UP1)
2810638
Accessories
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
AC current transducers,
sinusoidal and distorted
The MCR-SL-S-...00-... current transducers measure sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating currents within the range
0 ... 200 A.
– True/r.m.s. value measurement from
30...6000 Hz
– Measuring range selection with slide
switch
– Loop-powered
– Can be retrofitted with the open-up
Rogowski coil
D W
H
D W
H
For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating
currents, 0 ... 200 A,
voltage output
For sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal alternating
currents, 0 ... 200 A,
current output (loop-powered)
Ex:
Ex:
Housing width 55 mm
Housing width 55 mm
OUT
OUT
GND
IN
Input data
Input current (configurable)
Operate threshold
Frequency range
Curve type
Overload capacity
Surge strength
Connection method
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Cable position error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada
=
OUT
=
MCR current measuring transducers for sinusoidal and
non-sinusoidal alternating currents
Input current range: 0...50/75/100 A
Input current range: 0..0.100/150/200 A
I
OUT
+24V
+24V
Technical data
Technical data
...-S-100-U
...-S-200-U
0 A ... 100 A (0...50/75/100 A)
0 A ... 200 A (0..100/150/200 A)
1% (of final value)
30 Hz ... 6000 Hz
Sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
Depending on laid conductor
Depending on through connected conductor
Clamp-on cable design, diameter 18.5 mm
...-S-100-I-LP
...-S-200-I-LP
0 A ... 100 A (0...50/75/100 A)
0 A ... 200 A (0...100/150/200 A)
1% (of final value)
30 Hz ... 6000 Hz
Sinusoidal and non-sinusoidal
Depending on laid conductor
Depending on through connected conductor
Clamp-on cable design, diameter 18.5 mm
0 ... 5 V / 0 ... 10 V
((0 V ... 10 V) 14 V, (0 V ... 5 V) 7 V)
≥ 10 kΩ
4 ... 20 mA
< 25 mA
((UB - 12 V) x 350 / 12 A)
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 30 mA
< 1% (of final value)
< 0.63%
< 0.035%/K
< 340 ms
As per IEC 61010-1 and IEC 61326
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 60°C
55 / 85 / 70.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 1% (of final value)
< 0.63%
< 0.025%/K
< 340 ms
As per IEC 61010-1 and IEC 61326
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 60°C
55 / 85 / 70.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant
cULus
CE-compliant
cULus
Ordering data
Description
U
IN
Type
Ordering data
Order No.
MCR-SL-S-100-U
MCR-SL-S-200-U
2813457
2813460
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
Type
Order No.
MCR-SL-S-100-I-LP
MCR-SL-S-200-I-LP
2813486
2813499
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
233
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
Passive AC current transducers,
sinusoidal
Notes:
D W
H
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
The MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-0 passive current
transducer measures sinusoidal alternating
currents within the range 0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A.
– Loop-powered
– Measuring ranges 1 A and 5 A AC, reconnectable
For sinusoidal alternating currents
0 ... 1 A/0 ... 5 A
Housing width 22.5 mm
IN
1A
5A
NC
OUT
IOUT
1
2
3
4
9 OUT I
J
10
500
OUT U
11
GND
12
GND
Technical data
Input data
Input current
Frequency range
Curve type
Overload capacity
1 A input
0 A AC ... 5 A AC
45 Hz ... 60 Hz
Sine
2 x IN (5 min. at 60°C ambient
temperature)
50 A (1 s)
1.2 x IN
Screw connection
U output
0 ... 10 V
20 V
> 100 kΩ
Surge strength
Permissible output range
Connection method
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
< 50 mVPP
5 A input
0 A AC ... 0.005 A AC
45 Hz ... 60 Hz
Sine
100 A (1 s)
1.2 x IN
Screw connection
I output
0 ... 20 mA
30 mA
< 750 Ω
< 250 Ω (when current and
voltage outputs are used
simultaneously)
< 50 mVPP
< 0.5% (of final value)
< 0.015%/K
< 200 ms
as per EN 50178, EN 61010
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-25°C ... 60°C
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
MCR-SLP-1-5-UI-01)
2814359
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR passive current measuring transducers for sinusoidal
alternating currents
234
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
AC current protectors, sinusoidal
Notes:
D W
H
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
The MCR-SL-S-16-SP-24 current
protector converts sinusoidal 50 Hz/60 Hz
alternating currents into binary switching
signals.
– Switching point can be freely selected in
the measuring range of 0...16 A AC
– Changeover relay output
– Adjustable switch hysteresis
– 3-way isolation
– Settable operating current/quiescent
current behavior
For sinusoidal alternating currents,
0 ... 16 A AC
Housing width 22.5 mm
SETPOINT
5
6
7
8
Delay
IN
=
24V DC 13
GND 14
NC 15
NC 16
=
12
11
14
NC
OUT
Technical data
Input data
Input current
Frequency range
Curve type
Overload capacity
Connection method
Switching output
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching current
0 A AC ... 16 A AC
45 Hz ... 65 Hz
Sine
2 x IN (continuous)
Through connection, diameter 4.2 mm
Relay output
1 PDT
AgSnO, hard gold-plated
50 mA (for gold layer, 30 V AC/ 36 V DC)
2 A (in case of a destroyed gold layer, 250 V AC)
Adjustable using a DIP switch (0.5%, 5%, 10%, 15%)
Switching hysteresis
Response delay
Operating and closed circuit current behavior
Relay status display
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Setting accuracy
Temperature coefficient
Step response (10 - 90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Test voltage input/power supply
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
Typ. 0.1 s ... 10 s (Adjustable using a potentiometer)
Adjustable using a DIP switch
Yellow LED (relay active)
20 V DC ... 30 V DC
< 30 mA
< 0.5%
< 0.02%/K
40 ms
as per EN 50178, EN 61010-1
300 V AC (to ground)
III / 2
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant
L1
N
Ordering data
Description
Lighting system
10
40
30
Emergency lighting
L2
N
20
K
NC
RELAY ACTIV
50
14
Type
Order No.
MCR-SL-S- 16-SP- 241)
2864464
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR current protector for sinusoidal alternating currents
0
SETPOINT
11
DELAY TIME
12
MCR - SL - S - 16 - SP - 24
1
+ 24V
GND
NC
NC
24V
Mains voltage
Lighting system with emergency lighting
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
235
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
Voltage transducers
D W
H
D W
H
The MCR-VDC-UI-B-DC voltage
transducer measures DC voltages within
the range 0 ... ±660 V DC.
The MCR-VAC-UI-O-DC voltage
transducer measures sinusoidal AC voltages
from 0 ... 444 V AC.
– Bidirectional output signals
– Adjustable voltage ranges
– ZERO/SPAN adjustment ±20%
– 3-way isolation
For DC voltages
0 ... ±660 V DC
For sinusoidal AC voltages
0...444 V AC
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Housing width 22.5 mm
Housing width 22.5 mm
IN
±550V
±370V
±250V
±170V
±120V
±80V
±54V
±36V
±24V
GND 1
IN
OUT
9 OUT I
10 OUT U
11 GND2
12 GND2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9 OUT I
10 OUT U
11 GND2
12 GND2
0-370V 1
0-250V 2
0-170V 3
0-120V 4
13 + 24VDC
14 + 24VDC
15 GND3
16 GND3
J
J
J
OUT
8
0-80V
0-54V
0-36V
0-24V
GND 1
5
6
7
J
J
8
Technical data
Input data
Input voltage range / resistor
-550 V DC ... 550 V DC
-370 V DC ... 370 V DC
-250 V DC ... 250 V DC
-170 V DC ... 170 V DC
-120 V DC ... 120 V DC
-80 V DC ... 80 V DC
-54 V DC ... 54 V DC
-36 V DC ... 36 V DC
-24 V DC ... 24 V DC
±20% / ±20%
U output
-10 ... 10 V
±15 V
> 10 kΩ
< 50 mVPP
ZERO / SPAN adjustment
Frequency range
Output data
Output signal
Maximum output signal
Load RB
Ripple
General data
Supply voltage UB
Current consumption
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Limit frequency (3 dB)
Step response (10 - 90%)
Safe isolation
Rated insulation voltage
Surge voltage category / pollution degree
Test voltage input/output
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
Technical data
550 kΩ
370 kΩ
250 kΩ
170 kΩ
120 kΩ
80 kΩ
54 kΩ
36 kΩ
24 kΩ
I output
-20 ... 20 mA
±30 mA
< 500 Ω
< 50 mVPP
0 V ... 370 V AC
0 V ... 250 V AC
0 V ... 170 V AC
0 V ... 120 V AC
0 V ... 80 V AC
0 V ... 54 V AC
0 V ... 36 V AC
0 V ... 24 V AC
370 kΩ
250 kΩ
170 kΩ
120 kΩ
80 kΩ
54 kΩ
36 kΩ
24 kΩ
±20% / ±20%
45 Hz ... 400 Hz
U output
0 ... 10 V
15 V
> 10 kΩ
< 50 mVPP
I output
0 ... 20 mA / 4 ... 20 mA
30 mA
< 500 Ω
< 50 mVPP
18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC
< 50 mA
< 1% (of final value)
< 0.015%/K
40 Hz
12 ms
acc. to EN 50178
II / 2
1.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-25°C ... 50°C
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
18.5 V DC ... 30.2 V DC
< 45 mA
< 1.5% (of final value)
250 ms
acc. to EN 50178
300 V DC
III / 2
3.3 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
IP20
-25°C ... 60°C
22.5 / 99 / 114.5 mm
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
CE-compliant
CE-compliant
Ordering data
Description
13 + 24VDC
14 + 24VDC
15 GND3
16 GND3
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
MCR-VDC-UI-B-DC1)
2811116
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
MCR-VAC-UI-O-DC1)
2811103
Pcs. /
Pkt.
MCR voltage measuring transducer, for DC voltages from
0...±20 V DC to 0...±660 V DC
1
MCR voltage transducer, for sinusoidal AC voltages from
0...20 V AC to 0...440 V AC
236
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
Monitoring
Current and voltage measuring technology
Accessories
Configuration software package
The MCR/PI-CONF-WIN configuration software package is used to configure and visualize all parameters for the programmable MCR measuring transducers.
– Straightforward menu interface
– Rapid programming
Notes:
The software runs under the following operating systems:
Windows NT™, 2000™, and XP™.
For MCR-S-... current transducer
Ordering data
Description
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
MCR/PI-CONF-WIN
2814799
1
2814317
1
MCR configuration software, for programming
MCR-T-...-, MCR-...-LP-...-, MCR-...-HT-...-, MCR-S-...-, MCR-F-...,
and MCR-PSP-... modules, CD-ROM
Accessories
Labels, for labeling MCR-T and MCR-S modules, four sheets
DIN A4 marking labels (112 pieces)
MCR-ET 38X35 WH
USB adapter cable
Software adapter cable
The following adapter cables are available
for programming the MCR-S... current
transducers:
– USB adapter cable
– Software adapter cable
For MCR-S-... current transducer
Ordering data
Description
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
CM-KBL-RS232/USB
2881078
1
2814388
1
2761295
1
USB adapter cable,
D-9-SUB to USB, with adapter D-9-SUB to D-25-SUB
Software adapter cable (stereo jack plug/25-pos. D-SUB), 1.2 m long,
for programming MCR-T-..., MCR-S-..., and MCR-F-... modules
MCR-TTL-RS232-E
Accessories
Adapter cable, stranded,
9-pos. D-SUB socket on 25-pos. D-SUB pin
PSM-KAD 9 SUB 25/BS
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
237
Monitoring
Solar and PV system monitoring
Utilize solar electricity efficiently
Detect errors – increase efficiency: photovoltaic systems should achieve maximum
energy yield within the shortest possible
time.
SOLARCHECK provides reliable information regarding the performance of your
photovoltaic system. It can be used to detect faults, which may be caused by damaged
panels, defective contacts or damage in the
cabling. This allows you to implement countermeasures quickly, thereby increasing the
efficiency of your system.
238
PHOENIX CONTACT
Current topic: reliable monitoring
Whether a small roof-top system on a
family home or a megawatt outdoor system:
for reliable operation, the photovoltaic market requires monitoring systems where status information is continuously available and
visualization is easy. Phoenix Contact offers
a comprehensive portfolio of hardware and
software products specifically designed for
this purpose.
Energy of the future
From installation to monitoring - in the
“Components and systems for photovoltaics” brochure you will find further innovative solutions for your photovoltaic system,
such as:
– Connection technology
– Surge protection
– Hardware and software solutions
– Generator connection boxes
– Tools and marking
Monitoring
Solar and PV system monitoring
GSM
E
I2
I10
US
RDY FAIL
I5
I6
I13 I14
UM
BSA PF
I7
I8
I15 I16
AV TR
UL
MRESET
STOP
RUN/PROG
LNK
ACT
SCK-C-MODBUS
Modbus RTU slave
SCK-C-MODBUS
Modbus RTU slave
1....8 x SCK-M-...
+24V
GND1 GND1
COM
COM
B
A
T5
T7
0...10V
P_OUT
0...10V
P_OUT
SCK BUS
SCK-M-I-4S-20A
Order No. 2903242
P TX
P TX
SCK BUS
D_IN
P TX
D_IN
SCK BUS
SCK-M-I-4S-...
0...10V
P_OUT
STRING
CURRENT
STRING
CURRENT
P TX
D_IN
SCK BUS
0...10V
UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN
UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN
P TX
SCK BUS
D_IN
P TX
D_IN
P - In
24V 0V
≤4 x 0...20 A DC
2...10 V OUT
≤8 x 0...20 A DC
SCK-M-U-1500V
Order No. 2903591
+ PE-
≤8 x 0...20 A DC
+
!
1 x 1500 V
1 x 1500 V
≤4 x 0...20 A DC
P - In
24V 0V
≤8 x 0...20 A DC
2...10 V OUT
SCK-M-U-1500V
-
≤8 x 0...20 A DC
SCK-M-U-1500V
Order No. 2903591
+ PE-
P_OUT
VOLTAGE INPUT MAX 1500V DC
+
!
SCK-M-I-8S-...
0...10V
STRING
CURRENT
VOLTAGE INPUT MAX 1500V DC
-
P_OUT
UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN
STRING
CURRENT
STRING
CURRENT
D_IN
SCK-M-I-8S-...
0...10V
UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN
UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
Order No. 2903241
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
Order No. 2903241
SCK-M-I-4S-...
SCK-M-I-8S-4A
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
Order No. 2903241
2903239
SCK-M-I-8S-...
STRING
CURRENT
SCK BUS
A
T6
T8
UOUT GND1 GND2 UIN
SCK-M-U-1500V
B
T5
T7
SCK-M-I-8S-...
P_OUT
GND2 GND2
T6
T8
SCK-M-I-8S-4A
SCK-M-I-4S-20A
Order No. 2903242
2903239
GND2 GND2
GND1 GND1
SCK-M-I-8S-4A
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
Order No. 2903241
2903239
+24V
1....8 x SCK-M-...
Easy integration in monitoring systems
The modular Solarcheck monitoring system consists of various measuring modules
for current and voltage measurement and
an associated communication module.
The communication module collects the
measured values from the current measuring modules and forwards them to a higherlevel controller. You can acquire up to eight
or four string currents with one current
measuring module each. A maximum of
eight current measuring modules of any
type can be connected to one communication module. The 2-conductor communication cable is also used to supply the measuring modules with power. This means that no
additional power supply unit is required in
the field.
The voltage measuring module is usually
connected to and also supplied via the analog input provided on the 8-channel current
measuring modules.
1500 V DC
Contact-free current measurement
Contact-free measurement using Hall
sensors offers many advantages:
– Safe isolation is already ensured by the cable insulation.
– No contact resistance due to additional
contact points.
– The current is forwarded safely as the line
circuit is not directly accessed.
Space-saving installation without an
additional power supply unit
With a width of just 22.5 mm, the narrow measuring module bundles the cables in
a confined space.
– The 2-conductor communication cable is
also used to supply the measuring modules.
– This means that one communication
module supplies up to eight measuring
modules – without an additional power
supply unit.
Flexible expansion
Optional extension of voltage measurement up to 1500 V DC.
– Also suitable for grounded systems.
– Suitable for PV systems with extra high
system voltages.
– Flexible use, even outside the Solarcheck
system.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
239
Monitoring
Solar and PV system monitoring
PV string monitoring
Solarcheck
Notes:
H
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
D
The modular Solarcheck monitoring system consists of various devices for current
and voltage measurement and an associated
communication module.
W
Communication module:
– For connecting and collecting measured
values from up to eight measuring modules
– Provision of data for transfer to higherlevel controllers
Communication module
RS-485 (Modbus RTU)
Current measuring modules:
– 8-channel current measurement up
to 20 A DC
– Detection of reverse currents
up to -1 A
– 4-channel extension modules
for 20 A DC
– Internal temperature monitoring
– Digital input for monitoring, e.g., the remote indication contacts of surge protection modules
– Supply via the communication module
Voltage measuring module
– Voltage measurement up to 1500 V DC in
any grounded PV system
– Connection and supply is usually via the
analog input provided (0 ... 10 V) on the
8-channel Solarcheck current measuring
module
– Output of the voltage measured value as
a 2 ... 10 V analog signal
– As an option, can also be removed from
the Solarcheck group and used separately
Housing width 22.5 mm
T1
T2
RS-485
T4
T5
T6
A
B
INPUT
SCK-MODBUS
T3
GND2
C
GND2
+24 V
DC
T7
DC
+24 V
GND1
GND1
T8
Technical data
Supply
Supply voltage
24 V DC -10% ... +25%
Own current consumption
Measuring input
Current measuring range
Maximum transmission error
Temperature coefficient
Reverse current detection
Number of measuring channels
Voltage measuring range
Connection method
Digital input
Controlled by external floating contact
Analog input
Input voltage range
Analog output
Output voltage range
SCK-C-MODBUS data interface
Cable length (for 0.15 mm2)
Communication protocol
Serial port
Serial transmission speed
Cable length
Communication protocol
General data
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
12 mA
RS-485
9.6/14.4/19.2/38.4 kbps
≤ 1200 m
Modbus RTU
IP20
-20°C ... 70°C
22.5 / 102 / 106 mm
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
CE-compliant
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
SCK-C-MODBUS1)
2901674
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Communication module
Current measuring module, 8-channel
Current measuring module, 4-channel for extension
Voltage measuring module
240
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
Monitoring
Solar and PV system monitoring
H
H
W
D
H
W
D
Current measuring module, 20 A DC,
8-channel
D
Extension module, 4-channel
Current measurement 20 A DC
Housing width 22.5 mm
W
Voltage measuring module,
0...1500 V DC
Housing width 22.5 mm
Housing width 22.5 mm
Digital
IN
μC
+
0...10V
–
SCKBUS
OUT
Digital
IN
COM
mC
SCKBUS
OUT
RX
U1
COM
U-IN
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
U_OUT
0...1500 V DC
RX
1
2
3
4
8x
I-IN
U2
4x
I-IN
P_IN
0V
24 V
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
-
-
24 V DC -10% ... +25% (or via SCK-M-I-8S-...)
45 mA
45 mA
35 mA
0 A ... 20 A
±1% (From the measuring range final value)
0.02%/K (From T > 25°C)
-1 A ... 0 A
8
Through connection, 9.5 mm diameter
0 A ... 20 A
±1% (From the measuring range final value)
0.02%/K (From T > 25°C)
-1 A ... 0 A
4
Through connection, 9.5 mm diameter
1% (After additional adjustment)
< 0.03%/K
1
0 V DC ... 1500 V DC
Screw connection
Floating switch contacts
-
-
0 V ... 10 V
-
-
-
-
2 V ... 10 V
max. 300 m
Proprietary
max. 300 m
Proprietary
max. 0.5 m
-
-
-
-
IP20
-20°C ... 70°C
22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
IP20
-20°C ... 70°C
22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
IP20
-20°C ... 70°C
22.5 / 102 / 128.5 mm
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
CE-compliant
CE-compliant
CE-compliant
Ordering data
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
SCK-M-I-8S-20A
2903241
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
SCK-M-I-4S-20A
2903242
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
SCK-M-U-1500V
2903591
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
241
Monitoring
Residual current monitoring
Detect errors before they actually occur
RCM devices provide residual current
monitoring in grounded power supply systems. They detect residual currents at an
early stage, such as those that occur as a result of insulation errors. They can therefore
be used to prevent forced system shutdown. Plans can be made to remove errors
outside of operating hours. RCM devices
also act as a form of fire prevention.
Increasing use is being made of equipment
such as frequency inverters. In the event of
an error, residual currents with a frequency
of up to 50 kHz can be generated. Type B+
RCM devices from Phoenix Contact are already able to detect residual currents with
frequencies up to 100 kHz. This far exceeds
present-day requirements of 20 kHz for
type B+ devices.
Single-phase
Single-phase
with smoothing
Three-phase
star circuit
Type A
–
–
Type B
Type B
Type B
Circuit
Correct load current
Residual current to ground potential
Solution
242
PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Residual current monitoring
Residual currents can increase continually
due to gradual processes. This can be attributed to humidity or conductive dirt on live
parts, for example. Residual current circuit
breakers trip at different rated residual currents In, depending on their type. Additionally installed residual current monitoring devices prevent sudden system downtimes
thanks to early warnings. The continuous
supply of information about gradually increasing residual currents allows timely intervention. Unplanned system failures can
be avoided.
In
Ialarm
t
Normal operation
Warning range
Normal operation
following intervention
System failure
Full bridge circuit
Semi-controlled
full bridge circuit
Full bridge circuit
between phase
conductors
Three-phase
full bridge circuit
Phase-controlled modulator
Burst control
Type A
Type A
–
–
Type A
Type A
Type B
Type B
Type B
Type B
Type B
Type B
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
243
Monitoring
Residual current monitoring
Residual current monitoring - RCM
– Adjustable residual response current of
30 mA to 3 A
– Adjustable pre-alarm threshold and delay
time
– Actual differential current can be read via
LED display
– Remote signaling for main and pre-alarm
kHz
Notes:
Cables for type B+ converter connection (RJ45, 4-pair, 1:1 line)
can be found in the accessories section by entering the order number (RCM/converter) at: www.phoenixcontact.net/products
RCM type B+ for smooth and pulsating DC and
AC residual currents up to 100 kHz
Total width 71.6 mm
Converter for RCM type B+
Total width 65.5 mm
RJ 45
U
U
I
I
12 14
A1
A2
11
Alarm
RJ 45
12 14
11
Pre-alarm
Technical data
Electrical data
Nominal voltage range
Nominal frequency fN
Rated current In
Max. required back-up fuse
RCM data
Rated response differential current Idyn
Differential current acquisition characteristic
3A
Type B+ (DC up to 100 kHz)
Response differential current IΔn
Discrimination threshold main alarm
Technical data
...SCT-35
125 A
-
...SCT-70
200 A
-
...SCT-105
300 A
-
30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000 mA (adjustable)
80% ... 100% (of the set response differential current IΔn)
3A
Type B+ (DC
up to 100 kHz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-
3A
Type B+ (DC
up to 100 kHz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-
3A
Type B+
(DC up to 100 kHz)
0.1 A ... 3 A
-
Discrimination threshold pre-alarm
10% ... 90% (of the main alarm threshold, adjustable)
-
-
-
Response time for 2 x IΔn
Thermal permanent differential current Icth
0.1 s ... 1 s (adjustable)
-
Rated surge voltage resistance Uimp
General data
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Maximum permissible outside diameter of cables
Housing material
Ambient temperature (operation)
Degree of protection
Test standards
Test standards
Pollution degree
Surge voltage category
Mounting
Mounting type
4 kV
150 A (50
Hz/20 kHz)
3 kA for 1 s (50
Hz/20 kHz)
8 kV
150 A (50 Hz/20 kHz)
Thermal rated short-time differential current Ith
150 A (50
Hz/20 kHz)
3 kA for 1 s (50
Hz/20 kHz)
8 kV
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
polycarbonate
-25°C ... 65°C
IP20
DIN EN 62020 / DIN EN 60664 / DIN VDE 0664-110
2
III
Remote indication contact
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Max. operating voltage
Max. operating current
PDT contact
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 230 V AC
5 A (cos phi > 0.9)
85 V AC ... 264 V AC
50 Hz (60 Hz)
16 A (B)
23.00 mm
2
IV
DIN rail: 35 mm
8 kV
46.00 mm
70.00 mm
polycarbonate
-20°C ... 65°C
IP20
DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 /
VDE 0414 / DIN V VDE V 0664-110
2
2
IV
IV
Screw mounting
Screw mounting
Screw mounting
-
Ordering data
Description
3 kA for 1 s (50 Hz/20 kHz)
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
RCM-B/50/85-264V
2806210
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
RCM-B-SCT- 35
RCM-B-SCT- 70
RCM-B-SCT-105
2806223
2806236
2806249
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Evaluation unit
Current transformer
20 mm Ø
30 mm Ø
35 mm Ø
70 mm Ø
105 mm Ø
140 mm Ø
210 mm Ø
244
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
1
1
Monitoring
Residual current monitoring
RCM type A for pulsating DC and
AC residual currents with 50/60 Hz
Converter for RCM type A
Total width 71.6 mm
Converter for RCM type A
Total width 32 mm
Total width 33 mm
k l
A1
A2
12 14
=
11
Alarm
12 14
l
k
11
l
k
Pre-alarm
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
85 V AC ... 264 V AC
50 Hz (60 Hz)
16 A (B)
...SCT-20
50 A
-
...SCT-30
100 A
-
...SCT-35
125 A
-
...SCT-70
200 A
-
...SCT-105
250 A
-
...SCT-140
350 A
-
...SCT-210
400 A
-
3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
30, 100, 300, 1000, 3000 mA (adjustable)
80% ... 100% (of the set response differential current IΔn)
3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-
3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-
3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-
3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-
3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-
3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-
3A
Type A
(50 / 60 Hz)
0.03 A ... 3 A
-
10% ... 90% (of the main alarm threshold, adjustable)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.1 s ... 1 s (adjustable)
-
1.5 x In
1.5 x In
1.5 x In
1.5 x In
1.5 x In
1.5 x In
1.5 x In
-
10 x In (for 1 s)
10 x In (for 1 s)
10 x In (for 1 s)
10 x In (for 1 s)
10 x In (for 1 s)
10 x In (for 1 s)
10 x In (for 1 s)
4 kV
8 kV
8 kV
8 kV
8 kV
8 kV
8 kV
8 kV
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
polycarbonate
-25°C ... 65°C
IP20
DIN EN 62020 / DIN EN 60664
2
III
13.00 mm
2
IV
DIN rail: 35 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
20.00 mm
23.00 mm
46.00 mm
polycarbonate
-20°C ... 65°C
IP20 (terminal blocks)
DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 /
VDE 0414
2
2
2
IV
IV
IV
DIN rail: 35
mm
PDT contact
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 230 V AC
5 A (cos phi > 0.9)
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
RCM-A/50/85-264V
2806016
Pcs. /
Pkt.
DIN rail: 35
mm
Screw mounting
70.00 mm
2
IV
Screw mounting
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
93.00 mm
140.00 mm
polycarbonate
-20°C ... 65°C
IP20 (terminal blocks)
DIN EN 62020 / VDE 0663 / DIN EN 60044-1 /
VDE 0414
2
2
IV
IV
Screw mounting
Screw mounting
Screw mounting
-
-
Ordering data
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
RCM-A-SCT- 20
RCM-A-SCT- 30
RCM-A-SCT- 35
RCM-A-SCT- 70
2806045
2806058
2806061
2806074
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
RCM-A-SCT-105
RCM-A-SCT-140
RCM-A-SCT-210
2806087
2806090
2806100
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
1
1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
1
245
Monitoring
Components for E-Mobility
EV Charge Control charging controller
EV Charge Control is the charging controller used to charge electric vehicles on
the AC mains according to IEC 61851-1.
The control and monitoring functions that
are defined here for charging mode 3 serve
as the basis for the equipment.
– Control Pilot evaluation and control
– Monitoring of the PE protective ground
connection
– Evaluation of the proximity
– Control of the charge contactor and locking actuators
Plug-in charging systems
For information on plug-in charging systems, see Catalog 2, connection technology
for field devices.
Additional functions:
All necessary control functions are integrated in a single device. No additional controller is required.
– Easy configuration directly at the device
or via the integrated web server
– Adjustable charging current limitation of
6 ... 80 A
– Parameterizable automatic rejection of
charging cables with low current carrying
capacity
– Automatic or manual locking as well as
selection of DC motor or magnetic locking actuators
– Optional locking confirmation and external enabling as a switching requirement
– Integration into your charging infrastructure via Ethernet interface (Modbus/TCP)
– Charging process enabling, status requests, and dynamic load management via
remote access
– 4 digital inputs and 4 digital outputs
– Two digital outputs configurable via web
server
– 4 relay outputs
EV Charge Control
IEC G195
Mode 3
Charging
controller
0 1
9
2
8
3
7
6 5 4
Charging
contactor
Simple charging point with permanently connected cable
Central
controller
0 1
2
89
3
7
6 5 4
Charging
controller
0 1
9
2
8
3
7
6 5 4
LNK1
ACT1
1.1
2.1
1.1
2.1
1.1
2.1
1.1
2.1
1.1
2.1
1.1
2.1
1.1
2.1
1.1
2.1
1.1
2.1
1.2
2.2
1.2
2.2
1.2
2.2
1.2
2.2
1.2
2.2
1.2
2.2
1.2
2.2
1.2
2.2
1.2
2.2
EV Charge Control
1.3
2.3
1.3
2.3
1.3
2.3
1.3
2.3
1.3
2.3
1.3
2.3
1.3
2.3
1.3
2.3
1.3
2.3
IEC G195
Mode 3
1.4
2.4
1.4
2.4
1.4
2.4
1.4
2.4
1.4
2.4
1.4
2.4
1.4
2.4
1.4
2.4
1.4
2.4
0 1
9
2
8
3
7
6 5 4
M
DC motor
Lock
Charging contactor
EV Charge Control charging controller in conjunction with
a central controller
246
PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Components for E-Mobility
EV Charge Control charging controller
EV Charge Control
– Charging controller for charging electric
vehicles on AC mains according to
IEC 61851-1.
H
D
W
EV Charge Lock Release
– Optional extension module for plug release in the event of mains failure.
Notes:
Charging controller
For information on plug-in charging systems, see
Catalog 2, connection technology for field devices.
Mains power failure plug enable
Housing width 71.6 mm
Housing width 35.6 mm
Technical data
Input
Description of the input
Nominal input voltage UN
Input current
Input ranges
Switching output
Output description
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Switching output
Output description
Maximum switching voltage
Maximum switching current
Switching output
Output description
Maximum output voltage
Maximum output current
Ethernet interface
Connection method
Transmission speed
Transmission length
General data
Supply voltage
Supply voltage range
Maximum current consumption
Own current consumption
Frequency range
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
Technical data
Digital input
24 V
8 mA (24 V)
-3 V ... 5 V (Off)
15 V ... 30 V (On)
Signal input
12 V
Approx. 5 mA (at 12 V)
-3 V ... 3 V (Off)
-30 V ... -10 V (Locking ON)
10 V ... 30 V (Unlocking ON)
Relay output C1.2 and V1.2
250 V AC
6A
Relay output
Approx. 11.5 V (Operating/capacitor voltage minus the diode voltage of ~ 0.5 V)
4A
Relay output R1.3 and R2.4
30 V AC/DC
6A
-
Digital output
30 V
0.6 A
-
RJ45 socket
10/100 Mbps
100 m (with shielded, twisted-pair data cable)
-
12 V DC ±5%
-
110 V AC ... 240 V AC (nominal voltage range)
95 V AC ... 264 V AC
40 mA
45 Hz ... 65 Hz
IP20
-25°C ... 60°C
71.6 / 61 / 90 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
4 A (4 mA in idle state)
IP20
-25°C ... 60°C
35.6 / 61 / 90 mm
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
CE-compliant
CE-compliant
Ordering data
Description
Type
Ordering data
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
EM-EV-CLR-12V
2903246
Pcs. /
Pkt.
EV Charge Control charging controller
EM-CP-PP-ETH
2902802
1
Mains failure plug release EV Charge Lock Release
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
247
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
For high system availability
EMD monitoring relays can be used to detect deviations in important system parameters at an early stage. These can be indicated or system parts can be shut down
selectively. EMD monitoring relays ensure
error-free and cost-effective operation of
your system. They are an inexpensive solution for numerous monitoring functions.
– Surge voltage and undervoltage
– Overcurrent and undercurrent
– Phase failure, phase sequence, and phase
asymmetry
– Power factor and real power
– Motor winding temperature
– Levels
For system monitoring, choose from two
product ranges: compact or multifunctional
monitoring relays.
248
PHOENIX CONTACT
Perfect timing
ETD timer relays ensure optimum time
sequences.
The modules are the cost-effective alternative to a PLC: with easy configuration and
fast wiring.
Choose from two product ranges for
your ideal time control application:
– Ultra-narrow timer relays each with one
time range and one function
– Multifunctional timer relays with selectable time ranges and functions
Professionally packaged components
Special function modules with professional housing and connection technology can
be used to integrate electronic components
in your system. They can be used to perform a variety of tasks:
– Diode modules provide protection
against polarity reversal. In addition, they
decouple messages in fault reporting systems.
– Lamp testing modules decouple signals in
isolation in the field of fault reporting
technology.
– Display modules simplify troubleshooting
and provide help for monitoring processes.
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Compact monitoring relays
Ideal for simple monitoring tasks – from
series production to building installation.
– Compact installation housing
– Quick and tool-free wiring with push-in
technology
– Parameters can be adjusted easily using
rotary switches
– Clear diagnostics, thanks to color status
LED
Multifunctional monitoring relays
– Parameters can be adjusted easily using
rotary switches
– Fast error detection, thanks to fine tuning
and short response times
– Worldwide use, thanks to wide-range
power supply unit or plug-in transformer
– Space saving – with two PDT outputs in
22.5 mm wide housing
– Electrically isolated measuring and supply
circuits
– Clear diagnostics, thanks to color status
LEDs
Multifunctional timer relays
For universal use thanks to wide range of
functions.
– Just three versions for all conventional
time control applications.
– Two floating PDT outputs on a design
width of just 22.5 mm
– Supply voltage via wide-range power supply unit
– Optimum setting of times ranging from
milliseconds to several days
Special function modules
Special function modules transform components such as diodes into a shock-proof
and dust-proof electronics module.
– Easy installation, thanks to electronics
housing with IP20 protection that can be
installed in a control cabinet
– Fast mounting on DIN rails, thanks to the
foot catch
– User-friendly wiring, thanks to practical
connection technology
Ultra-narrow timer relays
The space-saving and inexpensive solution
for simple time control applications.
– Each with one time range and one function
– Design width of just 6.2 mm - saves up
to 70% space compared to conventional
timer relays
– Precise time setting using the illuminated
thumbwheel
– Fast wiring through the use of plug-in
bridges
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
249
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Single-phase current and voltage
monitoring
Single-phase current monitoring
The EMD-BL-C-10 monitors AC currents from 0 ... 10 A.
– Adjustable response delay
– 0 ... 5 A or 0 ... 10 A measuring range
– Adjustable via rotary switch on the front
Single-phase voltage monitoring
The EMD-BL-V-230 monitors DC and
AC voltages.
– 24 V AC/DC or 230 V AC
– Separately adjustable response delay
– Adjustable monitoring range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on the
front
H
H
W
D
W
D
Current monitoring, 1-phase
Overcurrent, undercurrent, window
Voltage monitoring, 1-phase
Undervoltage, window
Housing width 17.5 mm
Housing width 17.5 mm
16 18
16 18
Li
U1
24 V DC
Lk
U2
24 V AC
N
U3
230 V AC
15
U = 230 V AC
15
GND
Technical data
Technical data
Functions
Overcurrent, undercurrent, window
Undervoltage, window
Input
Input ranges
Input ranges
Input resistance
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Setting range for response delay
Basic accuracy
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity
Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
0 V DC ... 24 V DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
0 V AC ... 24 V AC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
0 V AC ... 230 V AC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
-
0 A ... 5 A AC
0 A ... 10 A AC
(Configurable via rotary switches)
3 mΩ
5% ... 95% (From IN)
10% ... 100% (From IN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
≤ 5% (of the nominal value)
±5% (of the nominal value)
≤ 2%
75% ... 115% (From UN)
80% ... 120% (From UN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%
1 floating PDT
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
1 x 105 cycles
15 x 106 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)
1 floating PDT
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
1 x 105 cycles
15 x 106 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)
230 V AC ±15%
5 VA (0.8 W)
Degree of protection
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25% ... +20% (= measuring voltage)
10 VA (At 230 V AC (0.6 W))
1.3 VA (At 24 V AC (0.8 W))
0.6 W (at 24 V DC)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
-25°C ... 55°C
17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
-25°C ... 55°C
17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
CE-compliant
CE-compliant
Ordering data
Description
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
EMD-BL-C-10-PT
2903522
EMD-BL-C-10
2903521
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
1
EMD-BL-V-230-PT
2903524
1
1
EMD-BL-V-230
2903523
1
Compact monitoring relays with push-in connection
Compact monitoring relays with screw connection
250
PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Three-phase voltage monitoring,
phase monitoring
Three-phase voltage monitoring
The EMD-BL-3V-400 monitors threephase AC voltages.
– 3~ 400 V AC/230 V AC ±30%
– Separately adjustable response delay
– Adjustable monitoring range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on the
front
– Supply from the measuring circuit
Phase monitoring
The EMD-BL-PH-400 monitors threephase AC voltages.
– 3~ 208 ... 480 V AC/120 ... 277 V AC
– Adjustable response delay
– Adjustable asymmetry: 5 ... 25%/OFF
– Adjustable via potentiometer on the
front
– Supply from the measuring circuit
H
H
W
D
W
D
Voltage monitoring, 3-phase
Window, phase sequence
Phase monitoring
Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry
Housing width 17.5 mm
Housing width 17.5 mm
16 18
16 18
L1
L1
L2
L2
L3
L3
15
15
Technical data
Technical data
Functions
Input
Monitoring range
Input ranges
Input resistance
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Setting range for response delay
Asymmetry
Basic accuracy
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity
Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Window, phase sequence
Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry
280 V AC ... 519 V AC
3~ 400/230 V
70% ... 120% (From UN)
80% ... 130% (From UN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
≤ 5% (of the nominal value)
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%
187 V AC ... 519 V AC
3~ 208 ... 480 V/120 ... 277 V
0.1 s ... 10 s
5 % ... 25% / OFF
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%
1 floating PDT
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
1 x 105 cycles
15 x 106 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)
1 floating PDT
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC)
1 x 105 cycles
15 x 106 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)
±30% (= measuring voltage)
10 VA (1 W)
Degree of protection
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
±10% (= measuring voltage)
10 VA ((1 W) at 400 V/50 Hz)
16 VA ((1.5 W) at 480 V/60 Hz)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
-25°C ... 55°C
17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
-25°C ... 55°C
17.5 / 88 / 65.5 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
CE-compliant
CE-compliant
Ordering data
Description
Type
Ordering data
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Compact monitoring relays with push-in connection
EMD-BL-3V-400-PT
2903526
1
EMD-BL-PH-480-PT
2903528
1
EMD-BL-3V-400
2903525
1
EMD-BL-PH-480
2903527
1
Compact monitoring relays with screw connection
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
251
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Single-phase current monitoring
H
H
EMD-...C... monitoring relays monitor
DC and AC currents within the range
0 ... 10 A.
– Separately adjustable startup and release
delays
– Variable supply voltage range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front
W
D
W
D
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Overcurrent and undercurrent monitoring
Overcurrent or undercurrent monitoring
Housing width 22.5 mm
Housing width 22.5 mm
16 18
16 18 26 28
I1
100 mA
I1
100 mA
I2
1A
I2
1A
I3
10 A
I3
10 A
15
GND
25
U = 24...240 V AC/DC
Technical data
Input resistance
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Setting range for response delay
Setting range for starting delay
Basic accuracy
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity
Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada
U = 24 V DC
24...230 V AC
Technical data
Overcurrent, undercurrent, window, error memory
EMD-SL-C-OC-10
Overcurrent
0 mA ... 100 mA AC/DC (Connection terminals: I1 and GND)
0 A ... 1 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I2 and GND)
0 A ... 10 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I3 and GND)
470 mΩ (at IN = 100 mA) ; 47 mΩ (at IN = 1 A) ; 5 mΩ (at IN = 10 A)
0 mA ... 100 mA AC/DC (Connection terminals: I1 and GND)
0 A ... 1 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I2 and GND)
0 A ... 10 A AC/DC (Connection terminals: I3 and GND)
470 mΩ (at IN = 100 mA) ; 47 mΩ (at IN = 1 A) ; 5 mΩ (at IN = 10 A)
5% ... 95% (From IN)
10% ... 100% (From IN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
0 s ... 10 s
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%
5% ... 95% (From IN)
10% ... 100% (From IN)
0.2 s ... 10 s
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%
2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)
1 floating PDT
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)
2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)
2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)
4.5 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
2 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508
CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508
Ordering data
Description
POWER
MODULE
A2
Functions
Input
Input ranges
15
GND
A1
A1 A2
EMD-SL-C-UC-10
Undercurrent
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
EMD-FL-C-101)
2866022
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
EMD-SL-C-OC-10
EMD-SL-C-UC-10
2866019
2867937
1
1
EMD-SL-PS- 24DC
EMD-SL-PS- 24AC
EMD-SL-PS-110AC
EMD-SL-PS-120AC
EMD-SL-PS-230AC
2885359
2866103
2866116
2885731
2866129
1
1
1
1
1
Electronic monitoring relay
Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC
252
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Single-phase voltage monitoring
H
H
EMD-...V... monitoring relays monitor
DC and AC voltages within the range
0 ... 300 V.
– Separately adjustable startup and release
delays
– Variable supply voltage range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front
W
D
W
D
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Undervoltage and overvoltage monitoring
Undervoltage monitoring
Housing width 22.5 mm
Housing width 22.5 mm
16 18
16 18 26 28
U1
30 V
U1
30 V
U2
60 V
U2
60 V
U3
300 V
U3
300 V
15
GND
25
U = 24...240 V AC/DC
15
GND
A1
A1 A2
A2
Technical data
POWER
MODULE
U = 24 V DC
24...230 V AC
Technical data
Functions
Input
Input ranges
Input resistance
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Setting range for response delay
Setting range for starting delay
Basic accuracy
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity
Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada
Undervoltage, overvoltage, window, error memory
Undervoltage
0 V ... 30 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
0 V ... 60 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
0 V ... 300 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
47 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
100 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
470 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
5% ... 95% (From UN)
10% ... 100% (From UN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
0 s ... 10 s
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%
0 V ... 30 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
0 V ... 60 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
0 V ... 300 V AC/DC (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
47 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U1 and GND)
100 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U2 and GND)
470 kΩ (connection terminal blocks: U3 and GND)
5% ... 95% (From UN)
10% ... 100% (From UN)
0.2 s ... 10 s
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%
2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)
1 floating PDT
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)
2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)
2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)
4.5 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
2 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508
CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508
Ordering data
Description
Type
Ordering data
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
EMD-SL-V-UV-300
2866035
1
EMD-SL-PS- 24DC
EMD-SL-PS- 24AC
EMD-SL-PS-110AC
EMD-SL-PS-120AC
EMD-SL-PS-230AC
2885359
2866103
2866116
2885731
2866129
1
1
1
1
1
Electronic monitoring relay
EMD-FL-V-3001)
Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC
2866048
1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
253
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Three-phase voltage monitoring
H
D
EMD-...-3V... monitoring relays monitor
three-phase AC voltages of 160 ... 897 V AC
(depending on the device concerned).
– Adjustable response delay
– Variable supply voltage range
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front
– Adjustable asymmetry
W
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Undervoltage and phase monitoring,
400 V or 230 V
Housing width 22.5 mm
16 18 26 28
L1
L2
L3
15
(N)
25
A1 A2
U = 24...240 V AC/DC
Technical data
Functions
Input
Monitoring range
Input ranges
Input resistance
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Setting range for response delay
Asymmetry
Basic accuracy
Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity
Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada
EMD-FL-3V-4001)
Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure
EMD-FL-3V-2301)
Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure
280 V AC ... 520 V AC
3 N ~ 400/230 V
1 MΩ
-30% ... 20% (From UN)
-20% ... 30% (From UN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
5 % ... 25% / OFF
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%
161 V AC ... 299 V AC
3 N ~ 230/132 V
470 kΩ
5 % ... 25% / OFF
2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)
2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)
4.5 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508
Ordering data
Description
L1
L2
L3
N
24 V~
0V
Order No.
EMD-FL-3V-4001)
EMD-FL-3V-2301)
2866064
2885773
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Electronic monitoring relay
max. 20 A
A1
N
15
L1
L2
L3
15
25
16 18 26 28
25
26
28
16
18
A2
Connection example
254
Type
PHOENIX CONTACT
Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC
Supply voltage 323 ... 456 V AC
1
1
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
H
D
H
W
D
Undervoltage and phase monitoring,
500 V or 690 V
H
W
D
Undervoltage/overvoltage monitoring,
400 V with/without neutral conductor
Housing width 45 mm
Housing width 22.5 mm
Phase monitoring, 400 V
Housing width 22.5 mm
16 18 26 28
16 18
12 14 22 24
L1
L1
L2
L2
L1
L3
L3
L2
15
A1
25
L3
15
A1
POWER
U = 110...500 V AC
MODULE
A2
W
POWER
MODULE
A2
Technical data
11
(N)
U = 24 V DC
24...230 V AC
Technical data
21
Technical data
EMD-FL-3V-690
Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure
EMD-FL-3V-500
Undervoltage, window,
asymmetry, phase sequence,
phase failure
EMD-SL-3V-400
Window, without neutral
conductor connection
EMD-SL-3V-400-N
Window, with neutral
conductor connection
483 V AC ... 897 V AC
3 ~ 690 V
1 MΩ
-30% ... 20% (From UN)
-20% ... 30% (From UN)
0.1 s ... 10 s
5 % ... 25% / OFF
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%
350 V AC ... 650 V AC
3 ~ 500 V
1 MΩ
280 V AC ... 520 V AC
3 ~ 400 V
1 MΩ
-30% ... 20% (From UN)
-20% ... 30% (From UN)
0.2 s ... 10 s
280 V AC ... 520 V AC
3 N ~ 400/230 V
1 MΩ
Phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry
±5% (of scale end value)
≤ 5% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%
342 V AC ... 3 N ~ 400/230 V
15 kΩ
≤ 350 ms (fixed setting)
Fixed, approx. 30%
-
2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)
1 floating PDT
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)
2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)
2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)
2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)
2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)
4.5 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
45 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
2 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
(From the measured voltage)
9 VA
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508
CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508
CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508
5 % ... 25% / OFF
Ordering data
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
EMD-FL-3V-690
EMD-FL-3V-500
2885249
2867979
EMD-SL-PS45-110AC
EMD-SL-PS45-120AC
EMD-SL-PS45-230AC
EMD-SL-PS45-400AC
2885281
2885744
2885294
2885304
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
1
1
1
1
1
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
EMD-SL-3V-400
EMD-SL-3V-400-N
2866051
2885278
1
1
EMD-SL-PS- 24DC
EMD-SL-PS- 24AC
EMD-SL-PS-110AC
EMD-SL-PS-120AC
EMD-SL-PS-230AC
2885359
2866103
2866116
2885731
2866129
1
1
1
1
1
Type
Order No.
EMD-SL-PH-400
2866077
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
255
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Effective power monitoring,
load monitoring (cos φ)
H
H
Effective power monitoring
The effective power in single- and 3-phase
networks can be monitored with the
EMD-FL-RP-480 effective power monitoring relay.
– Monitoring range up to 7.2 kW
– Separately adjustable startup and release
delays
– Temperature monitoring of the motor
winding
– Variable supply voltage range
– Detection of switched off loads
Load monitoring (cos φ)
The EMD-FL-PF-400 monitoring relay
is a cos φ monitor for load monitoring in
single- or three-phase networks.
W
D
D
Effective power monitoring
W
Load monitoring (cos φ)
Housing width 45 mm
Housing width 22.5 mm
16 18
i
16 18 26 28
k
L1I
L1
Notes:
L2
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
L3
15
L2
26 28
L3
T1
T2
15
L1K
Y1 Y2
25
25
A1 A2
POWER
MODULE
supply≤ 500 V AC
A1
A2
U = 24...240 V AC/DC
Technical data
Technical data
Functions
Input
Description of the input
Measured value
Measuring ranges PN
Nominal input voltage UN
Input ranges
Input ranges
Min. setting range
Max. setting range
Switching threshold cos φ
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity
Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Rated insulation voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada
Min.
Max.
Underload, overload, window, winding temperature monitoring
Underload, overload, Window
Voltage input
AC sine (10 Hz ... 400 Hz)
Can be switched between 0.75 kW, 1.5 kW, 3 kW and 6 kW
AC sine (10 ... 100 Hz)
-
480 V (3 N ~ 480/277 V)
0 V AC ... 480 V AC (1(N) ~, single-phase load)
0 V AC ... 480 V AC (3(N) ~, 3-phase load)
0.15 A ... 6 A (Range: 0.75 kW and 1.5 kW)
0.3 A ... 12 A (Range: 3 kW and 6 kW)
5% ... 110% (of PN)
10% ... 120% (of PN)
-
(3 N ~ 415/240 V)
40 V AC ... 415 V AC (1(N) ~, single-phase load)
40 V AC ... 415 V AC (3(N) ~, 3-phase load)
0.5 A ... 10 A (Connection terminal blocks: L1i and L1k)
2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)
2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)
2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)
2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)
3.5 VA (3 W)
300 V (According to EN 50178)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
45 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
4.5 VA (1.5 W)
300 V (According to EN 50178)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
CE-compliant
UL applied for
CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508
0.1 ... 0.99
0.2 ... 1
Ordering data
Description
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
EMD-FL-RP-480
2900177
1
EMD-SL-PS45-110AC
EMD-SL-PS45-120AC
EMD-SL-PS45-230AC
EMD-SL-PS45-400AC
EMD-SL-PS45-500AC
2885281
2885744
2885294
2885304
2885317
1
1
1
1
1
Type
Order No.
EMD-FL-PF-4001)
2885809
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Electronic monitoring relay
Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC
Supply voltage 323 ... 456 V AC
Supply voltage 425 ... 550 V AC
256
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Temperature monitoring,
filling level monitoring
Temperature monitoring
(motor winding)
The monitoring relay EMD-SL-PTC
monitors the motor winding temperatures
by means of PTC (PTC thermistor resistance) as per DIN 44081.
– Test function with integrated test/reset
button
– Variable supply voltage range
– Short-circuit and open-circuit monitoring
Filling level monitoring
The EMD-SL-LL-... monitoring relay
monitors the level of electrically conductive
liquids with the help of conductive probes
(not supplied as standard).
– Adjustable response delay
– Adjustable via potentiometer on front
H
H
W
D
D
Temperature monitoring (motor windings)
W
Filling level monitoring
Housing width 22.5 mm
Housing width 22.5 mm
12 14 22 24
16 18 26 28
T1
E1
T2
E2
R
E3
11
A1
POWER
MODULE
A2
15
21
25
A1 A2
U = 24 V DC
24...230 V AC
U = 230 V AC
Technical data
Technical data
Functions
Input
Total cold resistance
Response value
Release value
Basic accuracy
Repeat accuracy
Measuring input
Max. probe voltage
Max. probe current
Length of probe cable
Switching threshold
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity
Electrical service life
Mechanical service life
Output fuse
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal power consumption
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
UL, USA / Canada
Winding temperature monitoring
Pumping up (minimum monitoring),
pumping down (maximum monitoring)
< 1.5 kΩ
≥ 3.6 kΩ (Relay drops out)
≤ 1.8 kΩ (Relay picks up)
±10% (of scale end value)
≤ 2%
-
Conductive probe, type: SK1, SK2, SK3
16 V AC
7 mA
< 1000 m Set value < 50% (Capacity 100 nF/km)
< 100 m Set value 100% (Capacity 100 nF/km)
-
0.25 kΩ ... 100 kΩ (4 mS ... 1 μS)
2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)
2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)
2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)
2 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
2 x 105 cycles at ohmic load, 1000 VA
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
5 A (fast-blow)
EMD-SL-LL-230
EMD-SL-LL-110
230 V AC -15% ... +15% AC
110 V AC -10% ... +15% AC
2 VA (1.5 W)
IP40 (housing) / IP20 (connection terminal blocks)
-25°C ... 55°C
22.5 / 90 / 113 mm
0.5 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.25 ... 2.5 mm² / 20 - 14
CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508
CE-compliant
UL/C-UL listed UL 508
Ordering data
Description
Type
Ordering data
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
EMD-SL-LL-230
EMD-SL-LL-110
2885906
2901137
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Electronic monitoring relay
Power module, plug-in, please order at the same time!
Supply voltage 20 ... 30 V DC
Supply voltage 20.2 ... 26.4 V AC
Supply voltage 88 ... 121 V AC
Supply voltage 108 ... 132 V AC
Supply voltage 195 ... 264 V AC
EMD-SL-PTC
2866093
1
EMD-SL-PS- 24DC
EMD-SL-PS- 24AC
EMD-SL-PS-110AC
EMD-SL-PS-120AC
EMD-SL-PS-230AC
2885359
2866103
2866116
2885731
2866129
1
1
1
1
1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
1
1
257
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Ultra-narrow timer relays
D W
H
The ETD-BL-1T-... ultra-narrow timer
relays show their strengths in applications
that involve set parameters for functionality
and time range.
– Purposeful device selection: one function,
one time range
– High level of setting accuracy thanks to labeled and illuminated thumbwheel
– 6.2 mm slim design width
Timer relay with switch-on delay,
voltage controlled
12
14
A1 +
t
A2 –
U = 24 V DC
11
Technical data
Functions
ON: With switch-on delay
Control contact
Connection
Control pulse length
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity
Mechanical service life
General data
Supply voltage
Nominal current typ.
Impulse withstand voltage
Degree of protection
Ambient temperature range
Housing material
Dimensions W / H / D
Screw connection solid / stranded / AWG
Spring-cage connection (solid/stranded/AWG)
Conformance / approvals
Conformance
ATEX
24 V DC
+ –
min. 50 ms
1 floating PDT
1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC)
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...30 V DC)
15 mA (Relay ON)
7 mA (Relay OFF)
6 kV (According to EN 50178)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
6.2 / 80 / 86 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
Ordering data
L1
N
2
A1+
A2B1
Description
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
Time range 0.1...10 s
Time range 3...300 s
Time range 0.3...30 min
Time range 3...300 min
Compact timer relay, with push-in technology
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN
2917379
2917382
2917395
2917405
1
1
1
1
Time range 0.1...10 s
Time range 3...300 s
Time range 0.3...30 min
Time range 3...300 min
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 10S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON- 30MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-300MIN-PT
2901476
2901477
2901478
2901479
1
1
1
1
Compact timer relay, with screw connection
1
11
14
12
Conveyor belt 1 starts immediately
24 V DC
+ –
L1
N
2
A1+
A2B1
1
11
14
12
Conveyor belt 2 starts with a time delay
258
PHOENIX CONTACT
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
D W
H
D W
H
Timer relay with switch-on delay,
with control contact
D W
H
Timer relay with off delay,
with control contact
Timer relay with flashing indic. function,
beginning with the pulse
B1
12
B1
14
12
14
12
A1 +
A1 +
A1 +
t
t
t
A2 –
A2 –
11
U = 24 V DC
A2 –
U = 24 V DC
Technical data
11
11
U = 24 V DC
Technical data
Technical data
ON-CC: With switch-on delay with control contact
OFF-CC: Off delay with control contact
F: Flashing beginning with pulse
Non-floating, terminals A1-B1
min. 50 ms
Non-floating, terminals A1-B1
min. 50 ms
min. 50 ms
1 floating PDT
1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC)
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
1 floating PDT
1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC)
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
1 floating PDT
1500 VA (6 A / 250 V AC)
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
24 V DC (19.2 V DC ...30 V DC)
15 mA (Relay ON)
7 mA (Relay OFF)
6 kV (According to EN 50178)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
6.2 / 80 / 86 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...30 V DC)
15 mA (Relay ON)
7 mA (Relay OFF)
6 kV (According to EN 50178)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
6.2 / 80 / 86 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
24 V DC (19,2 V DC ...30 V DC)
15 mA (Relay ON)
7 mA (Relay OFF)
6 kV (According to EN 50178)
IP20
-20°C ... 65°C
Polyamide PA, self-extinguishing
6.2 / 80 / 86 mm
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
CE-compliant
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
CE-compliant
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
II 3 G Ex nA nC IIC T4 Gc X
Ordering data
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN
2917418
2917421
2917434
2917447
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 10S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC- 30MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-ON-CC-300MIN-PT
2901480
2901481
2901483
2901484
Pcs. /
Pkt.
14
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
1
1
1
1
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN
2917450
2917463
2917467
2917489
1
1
1
1
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 10S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC- 30MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-OFF-CC-300MIN-PT
2901485
2901486
2901487
2901488
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
1
1
1
1
ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S
ETD-BL-1T-F-300S
ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN
ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN
2917492
2917502
2917515
2917528
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
ETD-BL-1T-F- 10S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-F-300S-PT
ETD-BL-1T-F- 30MIN-PT
ETD-BL-1T-F-300MIN-PT
2901489
2901490
2901491
2901492
1
1
1
1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
259
Monitoring
Monitoring relays, timer relays, special function modules
Multifunctional timer relays
H
W
D
The full range of conventional applications
can be accommodated by the three versions
of the ETD multifunctional timer relay.
– Suitable for universal use thanks to varied
functions and selectable time ranges
– Time ranges from a few milliseconds to
several days
– Variable supply voltage range
– 2 floating PDT outputs
Multifunctional timer relay,
two adjustable times
Notes:
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Housing width 22.5 mm
Y1 Y2
16
18
26
28
A1
t
A2
Z2 Z1
U = 24...240 V AC/DC
25
15
Technical data
Functions
lp: Switched-mode beginning with the pause
li: Switched-mode beginning with the pulse
ER: With switch-on and release delay with control contact
EWu: With switch-on delay and single shot leading edge, voltage
controlled
EWs: With switch-on delay and single shot leading edge with control
contact
WsWa: With single shot leading edge and single shot trailing edge
with control contact
Wt: Pulse sequence evaluation (retriggerable release delay)
Time ranges
Setting range
Control contact
Connection
Load capacity
Cable length
Control pulse length
Relay output
Contact type
Switching capacity
50 ms ... 10 h (10 time end ranges)
Floating, basic isolation between connection and
input/output/bridge Y1-Y2
Cannot carry load
max. 10 m
min. 50 ms (Only with Wt function: > 7 ms)
2 floating PDT contacts
750 VA (3 A/250 V AC, module aligned, ≤ 5 mm spacing)
1250 VA (5 A/250 V AC, module not aligned, ≥ 5 mm spacing)
T
30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is destroyed and the values and properties of the Ag contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the
service life is then to be expected.
Suitable for control inputs and
other small loads.
100 mV
1 mA
Tungsten W
Highest melting point; very high erosion resistance;
greater contact resistances; very low welding tendency; susceptible to corrosion; often used as lead
contact.
Loads with very high inrush currents, e.g., glow lamps, fluorescent lamps.
60 V
1A
Silver nickel
AgNi
High erosion resistance; low welding tendency; higher contact resistances than with pure silver.
Universal; suitable for medium to
high loads; DC circuits and inductive loads.
12 V
10 mA
Silver nickel
AgNi+Au
Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads >
30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is destroyed and the values and properties of the AgNi
contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the
service life is then to be expected.
Suitable for control inputs and
other small loads.
100 mV
1 mA
Silver tin oxide
AgSnO
Low welding tendency; very high erosion resistance
for high switching capacities; low material migration
Application depends heavily on
the relay type; switching circuits
with high make and break loads,
e.g., glow lamps and fluorescent
lamps, AC and DC circuits. Due to
different alloys and production
procedures, partly also suitable
for smaller loads.
12 V
100 mA
( 10 mA)
Silver tin oxide,
hard gold-plated
AgSnO+Au
Properties similar to gold Au. When switching loads >
30 V/0.2 A, the hard gold plating (5 - 10 m) is destroyed and the values and properties of the AgSnO
contact are applicable. However, a reduction in the
service life is then to be expected.
Suitable for control inputs and
other small loads.
100 mV
1 mA
* Values depend on the relay used and on further operating conditions.
Contact protection circuit
Every electrical load constitutes a mixed
load with ohmic, capacitive, and inductive
components.
When these loads are switched, the
switching contact is in turn subjected to a
load, to either a lesser or greater extent.
This load can be reduced by including a suitable contact protection circuit.
In view of the fact that loads with a large
inductive component are predominantly
used in practice (e.g., contactors, solenoid
valves, motors, etc.), these application scenarios are worth considering in more detail.
On interruption, voltage peaks with values of up to several thousand volts occur
due to the energy stored in the coil.
These high voltages cause an arc on the
switching contact which can destroy the
contact due to material vaporization and
material migration. The electrical service
life is reduced considerably as a result. In extreme cases, the relay may fail in the very
first cycle with DC voltage and a static arc.
A protective circuit must be used to
suppress the formation of an arc. With optimum dimensioning, almost the same number of cycles can be achieved as with an
ohmic load.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
269
Relay modules
Basics of relay technology
In principle, there are a number of possible ways of achieving an effective circuit:
1. Contact wiring
2. Load wiring
3. Combination of both wiring methods
Load wiring
Diode
Additional
Defined
Effective bidropout de- induction voltage limi- polar attenlay
tation
uation
Large
Yes (UD)
No
Advantages:
• Good effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts
• Easy implementation
• Inexpensive
• Reliable
• Dimensioning not critical
• Low induction voltage
Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only via load resistor
• Long dropout delay
Medium to
small
Yes (UZD)
No
Advantages:
• Dimensioning not critical
Load
Diode/Zener diode
series connection
Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only above UZD
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts
Load
Contact wiring
Advantages/disadvantages
Inductive load wiring
In principle, protective measures should
intervene directly at the source of the interference.
Wiring a load should therefore be given
priority over wiring the contact.
The following points are advantageous
for the load circuit (image on right):
1. The circuit is only loaded with the induction voltage during interruption. By contrast, the sum of the operating voltage
and the induction voltage is applied to
the contact circuit.
2. When the contact is open, the load is
electrically isolated from the operating
voltage.
3. It is not possible for the load to be activated or to “stick” due to undesired operating currents, e.g., from RC elements.
4. Cut-off peaks of the load cannot be coupled into parallel control lines.
Nowadays, solenoid valves are usually
connected using valve plugs that are also
supplied with LEDs and components that
limit the induction voltage. Valve plugs with
an RC element, varistor or Zener diode often do not quench the arc and only serve to
comply with legislation governing EMC.
Only valve plugs with an integrated 1N4007
freewheeling diode quench the arc quickly
and safely, thereby increasing the service life
of the relay by a factor of 5 to 10. Valve
plugs with LED, integrated 1N4007, and
free cable end can be supplied on request as
part of the SAC range.
Suppressor diode
Medium to
small
Yes (UZD)
Yes
Load
Varistor
Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only above UZD
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts
Medium to
small
Yes (UVDR)
Yes
Advantages:
• High energy absorption
• Dimensioning not critical
• Suitable for AC voltages
Disadvantages:
• Attenuation only above UVDR
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts
Load
R/C combination
Advantages:
• Inexpensive
• Dimensioning not critical
• Limitation of positive peaks
• Suitable for AC voltages
Medium to
small
No
Yes
Load
Switching small loads
Small loads must be processed mainly in
applications where signals must be forwarded to control inputs (e.g., of a PLC).
With these loads, no switching sparks
(arcs) occur on the contacts in the small
load range.
In addition to the constant cleaning effect due to contact friction, this switching
spark assumes the function of penetrating
non-conductive contamination layers that
are formed on the contact surfaces of power contacts.
Advantages:
• HF attenuation due to energy storage
• Suitable for AC voltages
• Level-independent damping
Disadvantages:
• Precise dimensioning required
• High inrush current surge
• Minimal effect in terms of extending
the service life of the contacts
Evaluation
electronics
Application example: measurement point changeover
Limit switch
PLC
input
board
Application example: PLC input signal
270
PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
Basics of relay technology
These contamination layers are usually
oxidation or sulfidation products of the
contact materials silver (Ag) or silver alloys
such as silver nickel (AgNi) or silver tin oxide (AgSnO). As a result, the contact resistance may rise so considerably within a
short time that reliable switching is no longer possible in the case of small loads.
Due to these properties, the high-performance contact materials mentioned are
not suitable for small load applications.
Gold (Au) has become accepted as the
contact material of choice for these areas of
application mainly on account of its low and
constant contact resistances even with
small loads and its insensitivity to sulfurous
atmospheres.
For the smallest of loads and even greater contact reliability, double contact relays
with gold contacts are used.
The slotted contact spring in this design
provides two parallel contact points with
even lower contact resistances and considerably higher contact reliability.
Switching large loads
A few important points also need to be
considered with regard to switching operations in the large load range that involve
power contacts made of either silver (Ag)
or silver tin oxide (AgSnO).
A basic distinction must be made between switching DC and AC loads.
Switching large AC loads
When switching large AC loads, the relay can be operated up to the corresponding
maximum values for switching voltage, current, and power. The arc that occurs during
interruption depends on the current, voltage, and phase angle. This cut-off arc usually
disappears automatically the next time the
load current passes through zero.
In applications with an inductive load, an
effective protective circuit must be provided, otherwise the service life of the system
will be reduced considerably.
Switching large DC loads
Conventional switching relays can only
switch off relatively small direct currents
(which contrasts with their ability to switch
off the maximum permissible AC current),
since there is no zero crossing to extinguish
the arc automatically. This maximum DC
value is also dependent to a large extent on
the switching voltage and is determined,
among other things, by constructional features such as contact spacing and contact
opening speed.
The corresponding current and voltage
values are documented by relay manufacturers in arc or load limit curves.
A non-attenuated inductive DC load fur-
Example of a load limit curve (dependent on the type)
ther reduces the values given for switchable
currents. The energy stored in the inductance can cause an arc to occur, which forwards the current through the open contacts.
With an effective contact protection circuit, preferably type 1N4007 freewheeling
diodes, the service life can be increased by a
factor of 5 to 10 compared with unprotected or poorly protected inductive loads (see
also “Contact protection circuits” section).
If higher DC loads than those documented are to be switched or if the electrical service life is to be increased, several
contacts of a relay can be connected in series. See, for example, REL-IR... industrial
relays.
Alternatively, solid-state relays with DC
voltage output can also be used.
Switching lamps and capacitive loads
Regardless of the type of voltage, all
kinds of lamps and loads with a capacitive
component impose extreme requirements
on the switching contacts. The moment it is
switched on, in other words precisely in the
dynamic chattering phase of the relay, extremely powerful current peaks occur.
These are often in the region of several tens
of amps, and not infrequently are known to
exceed 100 A, which results in welding of
the contact. This can be remedied by using
specially optimized “lamp load relays” that
can cope with these inrush peaks. See, for
example, PLC...IC type.
Switching capacity in accordance with
utilization categories AC15 and DC13
(IEC 60947)
In practice, both the maximum interrupting rating for AC loads and the DC interruption values taken from the load limit
curves provide only a rough guide for the
choice of relay. In reality, this is insufficient,
since real loads in the vast majority of industrial applications have inductive or capacitive components and the wiring of the loads
can be totally different. As already described, this sometimes leads to considerable variations in terms of service life.
The IEC 60947 contactor standard
seeks to avoid these disadvantages by dividing the loads into various utilization categories (DC13, AC15, etc.). This standard is
also partly applied to relays. However, users
must be aware of the fact that these values
are only applicable in practice to a limited
extent as well, since all DC13 and AC15
test loads are highly inductive and are also
operated without any protective circuit at
all (see “Contact protection circuit” section). Moreover, the switching capacity test
in accordance with IEC 60947 only requires
6060 cycles to be performed by way of a
minimum requirement.
A much more reliable way to determine
the switching capacity and the anticipated
service life is to refer to the specific application data. Using a comprehensive data bank,
the service life can be accurately estimated
for most applications and, if necessary, suggestions for improvement can be made. In
the case of critical applications, the user is
advised to gather service life information
based on empirical data.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
271
Relay modules
Basics of solid-state relay technology
Control side
Solid-state relays for various voltage and
power levels are available from Phoenix
Contact for use as interface modules designed to match process I/O devices to control, signaling, and regulating devices. The
solid-state relay element which is actually
located in the module is limited to one defined voltage range by virtue of its design.
The current consumption on the input side
fluctuates depending on the circuit architecture and voltage level.
To accommodate all industrial voltages
between 5 V and 230 V, an input circuit is
provided. The inputs for DC voltage and AC
voltage must always be differentiated.
DC input
Adjustments are made in accordance
with the various voltage levels by adding
electronics which have been specially adapted to the desired voltage range. In the case
of most modules, a polarity protection diode provides reliable protection against destruction in the event of a control voltage
being connected incorrectly. Specially coordinated filters reliably suppress possible
high-frequency noise emissions.
Figure 1: block diagram for DC input
AC input
The solid-state relay element requires a
stable control voltage to ensure reliable operation. In the case of the AC input, this is
achieved by connecting a rectifier and filter
capacitor upstream. Rectifying is followed,
in principle, by the same circuit architecture
as the DC input.
272
PHOENIX CONTACT
The switching frequency always lies beshows the maximum load current as a
low half the mains frequency. Due to the filfunction of the ambient temperature.
ter capacitor, a higher switching frequency 3. Output circuit
cannot be achieved. This would result in
The 2-conductor output is similar to a
continuous through-switching.
mechanical contact. Only the polarity of
the connections is specified and must be
observed.
Figure 2: block diagram for AC input
Load side
Depending on the application and the
type of load, the solid-state relay output
must meet various requirements. The following are crucial:
– Power amplification
– Matching the switching voltage and the
switching current (AC/DC)
– Short-circuit protection
For these different applications, the solid-state relay element must also be processed using additional electronics on the
output side.
DC output
In order to achieve the necessary output
power, the solid-state relay element is supplemented by one or more semiconductor
components.
The on-site user should nevertheless
simply regard the connection terminal
blocks of the output as conventional switch
connections. Observing the specified polarity is the only essential requirement.
For practical reasons, the following criteria should be taken into account when selecting a suitable solid-state relay:
1. Operating voltage range
(e.g., 12 ... 60 V DC)
This determines the minimum or maximum voltage to be switched. The lower
value must be observed in order to ensure reliable operation. In order to protect the output transistor, the upper
value must not be exceeded.
2. Maximum continuous current (e.g., 1 A)
This value indicates the maximum continuous current. If this value is exceeded
continuously, the output semiconductor
will be destroyed. The dependence of
the output current on the ambient temperature of the solid-state relay should
also be taken into consideration. A derating curve is therefore generally specified for solid-state power relays. This
Figure 3: 2-conductor output
The 3-conductor output is non-isolated
and requires both potentials from the voltage source on the output side to be connected if it is to operate reliably.
When switched off, a permanent reference to ground (negative potential) is established. In addition, this output circuit offers
the advantage of an almost constant internal
resistance.
Figure 4: 3-conductor output
AC output
In order to control the switching and
control devices for AC voltage, a semiconductor for AC voltage (TRIAC or thyristor)
is connected downstream of the solid-state
relay element.
As with the DC output, it is particularly
important to consider the maximum operating voltage range and the maximum continuous load current as a function of the ambient temperature.
Relay modules
Basics of solid-state relay technology
Application notes
Input solid-state relays acting in the direction from the I/O devices to the controller (signaling, controlling, monitoring)
Example: load contactor monitoring (DC contactor)
Plug-in version:
– PLC-O...
Modular version:
– DEK-OE...
– EMG 10-OE...
– SIM-EI...
– OPT...
e.g., PLC
IN
Example: load contactor monitoring (AC contactor)
Zero voltage
switch
In addition, the maximum peak reverse
voltage of the TRIAC (e.g., 600 V) is crucial
with AC outputs. This must not be exceeded even in the case of voltage fluctuations
or interference voltage peaks in order to
prevent destruction. That is why the AC
outputs of all solid-state relays from Phoenix Contact have an internal RC protective
circuit to protect against interference voltage peaks.
e.g., PLC
IN
Figure 5: basic circuit diagram of AC output
Example: position indication with limit stop contact or initiator
Protective circuits
The moment inductive loads (contactors, solenoid valves, motors) are switched
off, surge voltages occur and these can
reach very high amplitudes. Electronic components and switching elements are particularly susceptible to these. A protective circuit should therefore always be provided to
prevent destruction.
A parallel connection to the load effectively reduces the switching surge voltage to
a harmless level. Depending on the solidstate relay output and type of load:
– A freewheeling diode/suppressor diode
(DC only)
– A varistor (AC and DC)
– Or an RC element (AC only)
can provide the necessary protection.
Load
Protection
e.g., PLC
IN
Output (power) solid-state relays acting
in the direction from the controller to the
I/O devices (switching, amplifying, controlling)
Example: switching the contactor, solenoid valve or motor
(DC load)
e.g., PLC
OUT
Plug-in version:
– PLC-O...
Modular version:
– DEK-OV...
– EMG 10-OV
– EMG 12-OV
– EMG 17-OV
– OV...
– OPT...
Example: switching the contactor, solenoid valve or motor
(AC load)
e.g., PLC
OUT
Figure 6: protective circuit with DC voltage output
Load
Protection
Remarks:
1)
Ground (negative) potential from the input and output of the solidstate relay must not be connected.
DC loads must be provided with an effective protective circuit
(e.g., diode).
3) AC loads must be protected with a varistor or an RC element.
2)
Figure 7: protective circuit with AC voltage output
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
273
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
RIFLINE complete is an inexpensive relay
system with various accessories. It consists
of DIN rail bases, electromechanical or solid-state relays, plug-in input/interference
suppression modules, marking material, and
bridging material. The range of accessories
is rounded off with a timer module. This can
be used to transform a basic relay into a timer relay with three different functions.
The RIFLINE complete relay range consists of seven different base versions from
RIF-0 to RIF-4 – these range from one N/O
contact up to four PDT contacts. The field
of application of this product group ranges
from coupling relay applications with
switching currents of one milliamp to replacement for miniature contactors with
currents up to 16 A.
The relay bases feature push-in connection technology, which enables quick and
tool-free conductor contacting. The RIF-1
to RIF-4 bases offer double the contact options on both the input and output side.
On the input side of all bases, the negative
potential (A2) can be bridged – regardless of
the base size. On the output side, the
grouped contact (11) can be bridged within
the RIF-0 base version. This connection can
also be bridged within the RIF-1 base size.
To offer diverse marking options, the engagement lever can be fitted with a zack
marker strip. In addition, marker carriers
274
PHOENIX CONTACT
can be mounted on the bases so that additional marking surfaces are available.
RIFLINE complete can be extended using
many elements from the CLIPLINE complete accessories range. This includes marking material, bridges, and test adapters.
To make ordering and management easy,
RIFLINE complete modules are provided in
the most popular voltages as complete
modules with relay and input/interference
suppression module. For individual assembly, tailored to the requirements of the application, additional voltage levels are offered in the modular system.
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
RIF-0
The narrow 6.2 mm RIF-0 base series is
designed for miniature relays with one contact. Switching currents up to 6 A are implemented here. Two base versions are available: 1 N/O contact and 1 PDT contact.
RIF-0 is therefore a good choice for all coupling applications.
RIF-1
The narrow 16 mm RIF-1 base series is
designed for miniature relays with 2 contacts. Currents up to 13 A can be switched
when using the FBS 2-8 plug-in bridge. This
is the ideal relay for applications that require
coupling, power switching, and signal duplication.
RIF-2
The 31 mm wide RIF-2 base series is designed for industrial relays with up to 4 contacts. Currents up to 12 A are no problem
for these bases. This relay is ideal for applications that require power and signal multiplication.
RIF-3
The 40 mm wide RIF-3 base series is designed for octal relays with up to 3 contacts.
Switching currents up to 10 A can be implemented here. Two base versions are available: 2 PDT contacts and 3 PDT contacts.
RIF-3 bases are ideal for all applications that
require power and signal multiplication.
RIF-4
The 43 mm wide RIF-4 base series is designed for power relays with up to 3 contacts. Currents up to 16 A can be switched.
RIF-4 bases are a good choice for applications that require power and signal multiplication, e.g., in miniature contactor applications.
Accessories
A wide range of accessories are available
for the RIFLINE complete relay system that
round off the range. These include bridges,
professional marking material, special function modules, test plugs, and end brackets.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
275
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Modular RIF-0 relay base
Notes:
Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.
Relay base that can be fitted with miniature power relays or solid-state relays with
a nominal voltage of 12 to 24 V DC.
The advantages:
– Integrated freewheeling diode for input
circuit and interference suppression circuit
– LED for status display
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Professional marking material
– Holders for test plugs
– Professional bridging of adjacent modules
saves wiring time (A2 and 11/13)
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input and
output side
For further marking systems and mounting material,
see Catalog 5.
D W
H
1 PDT relay base for
miniature power relay
Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
230 V AC (Contact side)
max. 8 A (Depends on application/assembly)
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth
Height
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
6.2 mm
78 mm
93 mm
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-0-BPT/21
2900958
10
FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY
FBS 5-6
FBS 10-6
FBS 20-6
FBS 50-6
3030336
3036932
3032237
3030349
3030271
3030365
3032224
50
50
50
50
10
10
10
CLIPFIX 35
3022218
50
RIF-0 relay base, PDT version, safe isolation I/O
With push-in connection
RIF-0 relay base, N/O contact version, safe isolation I/O
With push-in connection
Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red
2-pos. blue
2-pos. gray
5-pos. red
10-pos. red
20-pos. red
50-pos. red
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled with
ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
276
PHOENIX CONTACT
MPS-MT
0201744
10
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part
red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black
Zack marker strip, 10-section, unprinted: pack contains enough
to label 100 terminal blocks
MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK
0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10-section
ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT
1051003
10
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
D W
H
1 N/O contact relay base for
miniature power relay
Technical data
230 V AC
max. 8 A (Depends on application/assembly)
-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
6.2 mm
66 mm
93 mm
Ordering data
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
2901873
10
FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY
FBS 5-6
FBS 10-6
FBS 20-6
FBS 50-6
3030336
3036932
3032237
3030349
3030271
3030365
3032224
50
50
50
50
10
10
10
CLIPFIX 35
3022218
50
MPS-MT
0201744
10
MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK
0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
ZB 6:UNBEDRUCKT
1051003
10
Type
RIF-0-BPT/1
Accessories
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
277
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in miniature power relays
Plug-in miniature power relays suitable for
RIF-0 and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Power contacts up to 6 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection RT III (comparable with IP67)
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Can be soldered in on PCB
1 PDT
Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see
page 344
A2
12
A1
11
14
Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Output data
Contact type
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions
W/H/D
①
②
refer to the diagram
14
7
5
5
2.5
2.5
Single contact, 1-PDT
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
(on request)
10 mA (at 12 V)
AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)
4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
100% operating factor
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Any / In rows with zero spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm
Ordering data
Input voltage
UN
Description
Plug-in miniature power relays
with power contact
with power contact
Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact
with gold contact
278
PHOENIX CONTACT
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
①
②
12 V DC
24 V DC
REL-MR- 12DC/21
REL-MR- 24DC/21
2961150
2961105
10
10
①
②
12 V DC
24 V DC
REL-MR- 12DC/21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21AU
2961163
2961121
10
10
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
REL-MR-.../21... (1 PDT)
Interrupting rating
20
3
Switching current [A]
U
UN
2,5
A
2
1,5
1
10
6
4
1
0,5
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 100
TU [°C]
2
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
B
1
2
10
20
30
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
300
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
279
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in solid-state relays
Notes:
For dimensional drawings and perforations for assembly, see
page 345
Plug-in solid-state relays suitable for RIF-0
and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/3 A
– RT III wash tight (comparable to IP67)
– Vibration- and shock-resistant
– Wear-free and long-lasting
– Zero voltage switch at AC output
– Can be soldered in on PCB
Max. DC voltage output of 3 A
A2
13+
A1
14
Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level
1 signal (“H”) [V DC] ≥
0 signal (“L”) [V DC] ≤
[mA]
[µs]
[µs]
[Hz]
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. switch-off time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Output data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. load current
Max. inrush current
Leakage current in off state
Phase angle (cos φ)
Output circuit
Max. load value
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Rated surge voltage
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions
①
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
300
300
33 V DC
3 V DC
3 A (see derating curve)
15 A (10 ms)
2-conductor, floating
Protection against polarity reversal, surge protection
≤ 150 mV
W/H/D
Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
5 mm / 28 mm / 15 mm
Ordering data
Input voltage
UN
Description
280
PHOENIX CONTACT
Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state power relays
①
24 V DC
Plug-in solid-state relays
Solid-state input relays
①
24 V DC
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
OPT-24DC/ 24DC/ 2
2966595
10
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Derating curve for OPT...DC/24DC/2 and PLC-OS.../24DC/2
solid-state relays
Load current [A]
3
Max. DC voltage output of 100 mA
Max. AC voltage output of 750 mA
2
1
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
Ambient temperature range [°C]
60
Derating curve for OPT...DC/230AC/1 and PLC-OS.../230AC/1
solid-state relays
Load current [mA]
750
A2
13+
A1
A2
14
Technical data
①
0.8 1.2
16
10
7
20
300
300
13+
A1
①
0.8 1.2
10
5
3
6000
500
10
253 V AC
24 V AC
0.75 A (see derating curve)
10 mA
30 A (10 ms)
< 1 mA
0.5
2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch
4.5 A2s
RCV circuit
10 mm spacing
2 Aligned without spacing
A2
Technical data
①
0.8 1.2
3
1
15
10000
10000
10
②
0.8 1.2
18
8.4
7
10000
10000
10
③
0.9 1.1
40
20
2.6
10000
10000
10
253 V AC
24 V AC
2 A (see derating curve)
25 mA
30 A (10 ms)
< 1 mA
2-conductor floating, zero voltage switch
4 A2s (tp = 10 ms, at 25°C)
Surge protection
≤1V
Basic insulation
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
Any / See derating curve
12.7 mm / 29 mm / 15.7 mm
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
OPT- 5DC/230AC/ 2
OPT-24DC/230AC/ 2
OPT-60DC/230AC/ 2
2982168
2982171
2982184
10
10
10
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
289
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Modular RIF-2 relay base
Notes:
D W
H
Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.
Relay base that can be fitted with
2 or 4 PDT relays.
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input and interference suppression
module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector function and holder for marking material
– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side
(A2)
For further marking systems and mounting material,
see Catalog 5.
4 PDT relay base for
industrial relay
Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
250 V AC
max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly)
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
31 mm
75 mm
93 mm
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-2-BPT/4X21
2900934
10
FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY
3030336
3036932
3032237
50
50
50
CLIPFIX 35
3022218
50
MPS-MT
0201744
10
MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK
0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
STP 5-2
1050004
0811972
0800967
10
10
100
RIF-2 relay base, plug-in option for input/interference suppression
module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection
Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and holder for
marking material, suitable for RIF-2 relay base
Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red
2-pos. blue
2-pos. gray
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled
with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part
Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section
5-section
Double marker carrier for ZB 5
290
PHOENIX CONTACT
red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Relay retaining bracket
Technical data
-
-
Ordering data
Type
RIF-RH-2
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
2900954
10
Accessories
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
291
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in industrial relays
Plug-in industrial relays with 2 or 4 PDT
contacts, suitable for RIF-2 and PR2 relay
bases.
The advantages:
– Detectable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling
diode
2 PDT relay
4 PDT relay
Notes:
For other voltages, see www.phoenixcontact.net/products
11
14
12
A1
A2
44
42
Technical data
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations
①
②
③
refer to the diagram
78
41
22
13
13
13
14
14
14
Input voltage
UN
12
21
24
22
31
34
32
41
44
42
Technical data
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧
18
13
8
13
70
13
6.5
5 - 15
5 - 15
5 - 15
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
14
14
①
②
③
refer to the diagram
78
41
22
13
13
13
14
14
14
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧
18
13
8
13
70
13
6.5
5 - 15
5 - 15
5 - 15
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
14
14
Single contact, 2-PDT
Single contact, 4-PDT
Single contact, 4-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (At 24 mA)
12 A
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
5 mA (at 24 V)
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (At 24 mA)
6A
16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
16 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
5 mA (at 24 V)
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
5 V (At 24 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
50 mA
-
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664
Ordering data
Description
14
A2
41
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
11
A1
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
REL-IR2/LDP- 12DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP- 48DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP- 60DC/2X21
REL-IR2/LDP-110DC/2X21
REL-IR2/L- 24AC/2X21
REL-IR2/L-120AC/2X21
REL-IR2/L-230AC/2X21
2903659
2903660
2903661
2903662
2903663
2903666
2903667
2903668
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP- 48DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP- 60DC/4X21
REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21
REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21
REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21
REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21
2903676
2903677
2903678
2903679
2903680
2903686
2903687
2903688
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
REL-IR4/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/LDP- 48DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/LDP- 60DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/LDP-110DC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/L- 24AC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/L-120AC/4X21AU
REL-IR4/L-230AC/4X21AU
2903669
2903670
2903671
2903672
2903673
2903683
2903684
2903685
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Plug-in industrial relays, with power contacts
①
12 V DC
②
24 V DC
③
48 V DC
④
60 V DC
⑤
110 V DC
⑥
24 V AC
⑦
120 V AC
⑧
230 V AC
Plug-in industrial relays, with multi-layer gold contacts
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
With freewheeling diode
292
PHOENIX CONTACT
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧
12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
REL-IR2... (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range
Interrupting rating
2,4
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
10
6
4
2
10
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
6
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
0
7
Cycles
2
Switching current [A]
Coil voltage U/UN
10
20
2,2
0,6
Electrical service life
10
80
20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
10
300
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC coils
AC coils
5
0
1
2
Switching capacity [kVA]
3
250 V AC, ohmic load
Service life reduction factor
1
Reduction factor
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
REL-IR4... (4 PDTs)
Operating voltage range
Interrupting rating
2,4
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
10
6
4
2
10
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
80
0,5
0,3
0,2
10
20
30
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC coils
AC coils
6
1
0,1
0
7
Cycles
2
Switching current [A]
Coil voltage U/UN
10
20
2,2
0,6
Electrical service life
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
300
10
5
0
1
2
Switching capacity [kVA]
3
250 V AC, ohmic load
Service life reduction factor
1
Reduction factor
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
293
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Modular RIF-3 relay base
Notes:
Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.
Relay base that can be fitted with
2 or 3 PDT relays.
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input and interference suppression
module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector function and holder for marking material
– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side
(A2)
For further marking systems and mounting material, see Catalog 5.
D W
H
2 PDT relay base for
octal relay
Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
250 V AC
max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly)
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
40 mm
90 mm
100 mm
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-3-BPT/2X21
2900937
10
FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY
3030336
3036932
3032237
50
50
50
CLIPFIX 35
3022218
50
MPS-MT
0201744
10
MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK
0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
STP 5-2
1050004
0811972
0800967
10
10
100
RIF-3 relay base, 2 PDT version, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection
RIF-3 relay base, 3 PDT version, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection
Relay retaining bracket, with holder for marking material, suitable
for RIF-3 relay base
Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red
2-pos. blue
2-pos. gray
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled
with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part
Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section
5-section
Double marker carrier for ZB 5
294
PHOENIX CONTACT
red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
D W
H
3 PDT relay base for
octal relay
Relay retaining bracket
Technical data
Technical data
250 V AC
max. 12 A (Depends on application/assembly)
-
-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)
-
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
-
40 mm
90 mm
100 mm
-
Ordering data
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-3-BPT/3X21
2900938
10
Type
RIF-RH-3
Accessories
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
2900955
10
Accessories
FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY
3030336
3036932
3032237
50
50
50
CLIPFIX 35
3022218
50
MPS-MT
0201744
10
MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK
0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
STP 5-2
1050004
0811972
0800967
10
10
100
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
295
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in octal relays
Plug-in octal relays with 2 or 3 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-3 and PR3 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Detectable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– DC types with integrated freewheeling
diode
2 PDT relay
3 PDT relay
(A1)
(14)
(14)
2
(A1)
3
(11) 1
4
8
5
(21)
3
2
(12)
(11)
(31)
(22)
6
(A2)
1
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
①
②
③
refer to the diagram
60
108
23
18
5 - 15 5 - 15
[ms]
[ms]
5 - 20
W/H/D
5 - 20
④
7
5 - 15
5 - 20
5 - 20
13
Input voltage
UN
5 - 20
④
(24)
(32)
13
5 - 15
5 - 20
Single contact, 2-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
10 V (At 24 mA)
10 A
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)
Single contact, three PDTs
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
10 V (At 24 mA)
10 A
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
30 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664
Any
35 mm / 54.4 mm / 35 mm
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664
Any
35 mm / 54.4 mm / 35 mm
Ordering data
Description
9
8
Technical data
①
②
③
refer to the diagram
60
108
23
18
5 - 15 5 - 15
6
11
(34)
Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions
(22)
(21)
(A2)
(24)
(12)
5
10
7
4
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
REL-OR2/LDP- 24DC/2X21
REL-OR2/L- 24AC/2X21
REL-OR2/L-120AC/2X21
REL-OR2/L-230AC/2X21
2903689
2903690
2903691
2903692
10
10
10
10
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
REL-OR3/LDP-24DC/3X21
REL-OR3/L- 24AC/3X21
REL-OR3/L-120AC/3X21
REL-OR3/L-230AC/3X21
2903693
2903694
2903695
2903696
10
10
10
10
Plug-in octal relays, with power contacts
With freewheeling diode
296
PHOENIX CONTACT
①
②
③
④
24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
REL-OR2... (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range
Interrupting rating
1,8
1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8
10
6
4
Cycles
Switching current [A]
Coil voltage U/UN
10
20
1,6
0,6
Electrical service life
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
6
2
1
10
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
0
10
7
10
80
20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
5
10
300
4
0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6
Switching capacity [kVA]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC coils
AC coils
250 V AC, ohmic load
Service life reduction factor
1
Reduction factor
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
REL-OR3... (3 PDTs)
Operating voltage range
Interrupting rating
1,8
1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8
10
6
4
Cycles
Switching current [A]
Coil voltage U/UN
10
20
1,6
0,6
Electrical service life
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
80
1
10
0,5
0,3
0,2
10
20
30
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC coils
AC coils
6
2
0,1
0
10
7
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
300
5
10
4
0 0,2 0,4 0,6 0,8 1,0 1,2 1,4 1,6 1,8 2,0 2,2 2,4 2,6
Switching capacity [kVA]
250 V AC, ohmic load
Service life reduction factor
1
Reduction factor
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
297
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Modular RIF-4 relay base
Notes:
D W
H
Type of insulating housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: gray.
Relay base that can be fitted with
2 or 3 PDT relays or 3 N/O relays.
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input and interference suppression
module
– Plug-in timer module
– Relay retaining bracket with ejector function and holder for marking material
– Comprehensive range of marking material
– Test plug
– FBS 2-6 plug-in bridges for the input side
(A2)
For further marking systems and mounting material,
see Catalog 5.
3 PDT relay base for
high-power relay
Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
400 V AC
max. 16 A (Depends on application/assembly)
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
-40°C ... 85°C (Depends on application/assembly)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Input side
Output side
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height
0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.14 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
43 mm
90 mm
107 mm
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-4-BPT/3X21
2900961
10
FBS 2-6
FBS 2-6 BU
FBS 2-6 GY
3030336
3036932
3032237
50
50
50
CLIPFIX 35
3022218
50
MPS-MT
0201744
10
MPS-IH RD
MPS-IH WH
MPS-IH BU
MPS-IH YE
MPS-IH GN
MPS-IH GY
MPS-IH BK
0201676
0201663
0201689
0201692
0201702
0201728
0201731
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
ZB 5 :UNBEDRUCKT
ZB 15:UNBEDRUCKT
STP 5-2
1050004
0811972
0800967
10
10
100
RIF-4 relay base, plug-in option for input/interference suppression
module, safe isolation I/O with push-in connection
Relay retaining bracket, with holder for marking material, suitable
for RIF-4 relay base
Accessories
Plug-in bridge
2-pos. red
2-pos. blue
2-pos. gray
End clamp, to snap on NS 35, 9.5 mm wide, can be labeled
with ZB 6, ZB 8/27, KLM...
Test plug, consisting of:
Metal part for 2.3 mm Ø socket hole and
Insulating sleeve, for MPS metal part
Zack marker strip, unprinted
10-section
5-section
Double marker carrier for ZB 5
298
PHOENIX CONTACT
red
white
blue
yellow
green
gray
black
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Relay retaining bracket
Technical data
-
-
-
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
RIF-RH-4
2900956
10
Accessories
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
299
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in high-power relays
Plug-in high-power relays with 2 or 3 PDT
contacts for the RIF-4 relay base.
The advantages:
– Use in miniature contactor applications
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– Up to 440 V AC switching voltage
2 PDT relay
3 PDT relay
11
14
12
A1
A2
34
32
Technical data
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
250 V AC
440 V AC
Motor load according to UL 508
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions
W/H/D
①
②
③
refer to the diagram
56
116
23
20
5 - 25 5 - 25
④
Input voltage
UN
12
21
24
22
31
34
32
Technical data
①
②
③
refer to the diagram
56
116
23
20
5 - 25 5 - 25
12
5 - 25
15
④
12
5 - 25
15
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
Single contact, 2-PDT
AgNi
440 V AC / 250 V DC
10 V (At 24 mA)
16 A
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)
Single contact, three PDTs
AgNi
440 V AC / 250 V DC
10 V (At 24 mA)
16 A
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)
4000 VA
4000 VA
1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
4000 VA
4000 VA
1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664
Any
38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664
Any
38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm
Ordering data
Description
14
A2
31
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
11
A1
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
REL-PR2- 24DC/2X21
REL-PR2- 24AC/2X21
REL-PR2-120AC/2X21
REL-PR2-230AC/2X21
2903698
2903699
2903700
2903701
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
REL-PR3- 24DC/3X21
REL-PR3- 24AC/3X21
REL-PR3-120AC/3X21
REL-PR3-230AC/3X21
2903702
2903703
2903704
2903705
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in high-power relays, 2 PDTs with power contacts
①
24 V DC
②
24 V AC
③
120 V AC
④
230 V AC
Plug-in high-power relays, 3 PDTs with power contacts
①
②
③
④
300
PHOENIX CONTACT
24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
REL-PR2... (2 PDTs)
Operating voltage range
Interrupting rating
1,8
7
1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8
Cycles
10
Switching current [A]
Coil voltage U/UN
10
20
1,6
0,6
Electrical service life
5
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
6
2
1
10
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
0
10
10
80
Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 16 A
20
30
50
70 100
200 300
Switching voltage [V]
5
10
500
4
0
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
Minimum operate voltage
For pre-excitation with UN and limiting continuous current = 16 A
1
2
3
Switching capacity [kVA]
4
250 V AC, ohmic load
Service life reduction factor
1
Reduction factor
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
REL-PR3... (3 PDTs)
Operating voltage range
Interrupting rating
1,8
7
1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8
Cycles
10
Switching current [A]
Coil voltage U/UN
10
20
1,6
0,6
Electrical service life
5
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
80
1
10
0,5
0,3
0,2
10
20
30
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC coils
AC coils
6
2
0,1
0
10
50
70 100
200 300
Switching voltage [V]
500
5
10
4
0
1
2
3
Switching capacity [kVA]
4
250 V AC, ohmic load
Service life reduction factor
1
Reduction factor
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
301
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in high-power relays
Plug-in high-power relays with 3 N/O
contacts suitable for the RIF-4 relay base.
The advantages:0
– Use in miniature contactor applications
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– Up to 440 V AC switching voltage
– Full shutdown by means of ≥ 3 mm contact opening
3 N/O relay
11
14
21
24
31
34
A1
A2
Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current, AC
Max. inrush current, DC
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
①
②
③
refer to the diagram
70
116
23
20
5 - 25 5 - 25
④
12
5 - 25
15
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
Single contact, 3 N/O contacts
AgNi
440 V AC / 250 V DC
10 V (At 24 mA)
16 A
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
50 A (20 ms, N/O contact)
10 mA (at 24 V)
250 V AC
440 V AC
Motor load according to UL 508
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation), AC
Ambient temperature (operation), DC
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life, AC
Mechanical service life, DC
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting
Dimensions
W/H/D
4000 VA
4000 VA
1/3 HP, 120 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (single-phase AC motor)
1/2 HP, 240 V AC (three-phase induction motor)
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 55°C
-40°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664
Any
38.6 mm / 45.5 mm / 36.1 mm
Ordering data
Input voltage
UN
Description
Type
Order No.
REL-PR3- 24DC/3X1
REL-PR3- 24AC/3X1
REL-PR3-120AC/3X1
REL-PR3-230AC/3X1
2903706
2903707
2903708
2903709
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in high-power relays, 3 N/O contacts with power contacts
①
②
③
④
302
PHOENIX CONTACT
24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
1
1
1
1
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
REL-PR2... (3 N/O contacts)
Operating voltage range
Interrupting rating
1,8
7
1,4
1,2
1,0
0,8
Cycles
10
Switching current [A]
Coil voltage U/UN
10
20
1,6
0,6
Electrical service life
5
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
80
1
10
0,5
0,3
0,2
10
20
30
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load
DC coils
AC coils
6
2
0,1
0
10
50
70 100
200 300
Switching voltage [V]
500
5
10
4
0
1
2
3
Switching capacity [kVA]
4
250 V AC, ohmic load
Service life reduction factor
1
Reduction factor
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
303
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Input modules/interference
suppression modules for
RIF-1, RIF-2, RIF-3, and RIF-4
Plug-in input modules/interference
suppression modules for optional fitting of
RIF-1 to RIF-4 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Attenuation of reverse voltage induced in
coil
– Mechanical coding to protect against incorrect connection
Input/interference suppression module
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
- 12-24 V DC ±20%
- 48-60 V DC ±20%
- 110 V DC ±20%
Plug-in module, with LED status indicator and varistor to limit the
coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
input voltage:
RIF-LDP-12-24 DC
RIF-LDP-48-60 DC
RIF-LDP-110 DC
2900939
2900940
2900941
10
10
10
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor)
- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275-V-varistor)
RIF-LV-12-24 UC
RIF-LV-48-60 UC
RIF-LV-120-230 AC/110 DC
2900942
2900943
2900944
10
10
10
RIF-V-12-24 UC
RIF-V-48-60 UC
RIF-V-120-230 UC
2900945
2900947
2900948
10
10
10
RIF-RC-12-24 UC
RIF-RC-48-60 UC
RIF-RC-120-230 UC
2900949
2900950
2900951
10
10
10
Description
Plug-in module, with LED status indicator and freewheeling diode
to effectively limit the coil induction voltage, polarity: A1+, A2-,
input voltage:
Plug-in module, with varistor to limit the coil induction voltage
and/or external interference peaks,
input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor)
- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275-V-varistor)
Plug-in module, with RC element to limit the coil induction voltage
and/or external interference peaks,
input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/100 Ω)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/220 Ω)
- 120 - 230 V AC/110 DC ±20% (100 nF/470 Ω)
304
PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
RIFLINE complete
Plug-in timer module for
RIF-1, RIF-2, RIF-3, and RIF-4
The multifunctional plug-in timer module
transforms the relay module into a timer relay. The RIF-1 to RIF-4 bases can be fitted
with this module. Using DIP switches, you
can choose from three time ranges and select four time functions. Fine adjustments to
the time are made using a potentiometer.
Relays can be operated with an input voltage of 24 V AC/DC.
Time module
Functions:
– Switch-on delay
– Single shot leading edge
– Flasher/pulse generator
–
–
–
–
12
Time ranges:
0.5 s - 10 s
5 s - 100 s
0.5 min - 10 min
5 min - 100 min
14 22
34 42
24 32
44
A2A1+
t
11
21
31
41
Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN
Nominal input voltage range with reference to UN
Input circuit
Output data
Limiting continuous current
General data
Mounting position
Repeat accuracy
Ambient temperature (operation)
With switch-on delay
U
LED
t 0.5 > 0.8
< 0.3 < 0.4
8
8
1
1
2
2
100
100
LED yellow, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
①
②
0.5 0.8 1.2
1.2
> 0.5
> 0.8
< 0.3
< 0.4
8
8
1
1
2
2
100
100
LED yellow, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
4 V DC ... 18 V DC
50 mA
8.5 mA
< 1.2 V
3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
14 V DC ... 30 V DC
50 mA
15 mA
< 2.2 V
3-conductor push-pull, ground referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C
DIN EN 50178
2 / II
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 60°C
DIN EN 50178
2 / II
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Ordering data
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1)
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1)
2902965
2902966
PLC-OPT- 5DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1)
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 5DC/100KHZ-G1)
2902971
2902972
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
1
1
PLC-OSC- 5DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G1)
PLC-OSC- 24DC/ 24DC/100KHZ-G1)
2902967
2902968
1
1
1
1
PLC-OPT- 5DC/24DC/100KHZ-G1)
PLC-OPT- 24DC/24DC/100KHZ-G1)
2902973
2902974
1
1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
355
Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for
the TTL signal at the input
Notes:
D W
H
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
The PLC-BSTTL/1 basic terminal block
is controlled using a TTL (5 V) input signal
and can be equipped with a mechanical relay
or a solid-state relay as an option. The basic
terminal block equipped with a robust miniature relay offers the following advantages:
– 6.2 mm slim design width
– Bridging options
– Status display
– Screw and spring-cage connection
– RTIII degree of protection
– Safe isolation in accordance with
EN 50178 (VDE 0160)
– 4 kVrms electrical isolation between coil
and contact.
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Basic terminal block, for fitting
with relay for TTL (5 V)
GND
13+
UVN
14
IN
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage UVN
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to UVN
5 V DC
0.9 ... 1.2
Rated control supply current IVN
Rated actuating voltage Uc (IN)
Rated actuating voltage range with reference to UC
41 mA
5 V DC (TTL)
0.9 ... 1.2
Rated actuating current IC
Typ. response time at Uc
Typ. release time for Uc
Input circuit
2.5 mA
4.5 ms
3.5 ms
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Output data with:
Contact type
REL-MR-4,5DC/21 AU
Single contact, 1 N/O contact
REL-MR-4,5DC/21
Single contact, 1 N/O contact
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Air and creepage distances between the power circuits
AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
(on request)
10 mA (at 12 V)
250 V
6 kV
-20°C ... 60°C
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Mounting position / Assembly
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
2 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
W/H/D
Ordering data
Switching current [A]
20
10
6
4
1
2
1
10
20
30
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
Max. interrupting rating
356
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-INTERFACE
With screw connection
With spring-cage connection
With push-in connection
PLC-BSC-TTL/11)
PLC-BSP-TTL/11)
PLC-BPT-TTL/11)
2982689
2982692
2900458
10
10
10
2961370
2961367
10
10
2
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
Description
PHOENIX CONTACT
Accessories
300
Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact
with power contact
REL-MR 4,5DC/21AU
REL-MR- 4,5DC/21
Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for
the TTL signal at the input
The PLC-BSTTL/1 basic terminal block
is controlled using a TTL (5 V) input signal
and can be equipped with a mechanical relay
or a solid-state relay as an option. The basic
terminal block equipped with a solid-state
relay offers the following advantages:
– 6.2 mm slim design width
– Bridging options
– Status display
– Screw and spring-cage connection
– IP67-protected solid-state relay electronic unit
– Switching capacity of up to 24 V DC/3 A
– Alternative input or power solid-state relay
– Wear-free and output-free
– Integrated protection circuit
– Insensitive to vibrations and shocks
– 2.5 kVrms electrical isolation between input and output
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
Notes:
D W
H
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For derating curves see page 345
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Basic terminal block for fitting
with solid-state relay for TTL (5 V)
GND
13+
UVN
14
IN
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage UVN
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to UVN
5 V DC
0.9 ... 1.2
Rated control supply current IVN
Rated actuating voltage Uc (IN)
Switching level 1 signal (“H”) (TTL signal)
Switching level 0 signal (“L”) (TTL signal)
Rated actuating current IC
Typ. response time/switch-on time at Uc
Typ. switch-off time at UC
Input circuit
Output data with:
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Output protection
11.5 mA
5 V DC (TTL)
> 2 V DC
< 0.8 V DC
2.5 mA
35 µs
320 µs
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
OPT-5DC/48DC/100
OPT-5DC/24DC/2
48 V DC
33 V DC
3 V DC
3 V DC
100 mA
3A
Protection against polarity reversal, Protection against polarity reversal,
Surge protection
Surge protection
0.8
< 0.4
3.4 mA
35 µs
35 µs
1 kHz
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Output data with:
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
5 V DC
0.9 ... 1.2
Limiting continuous current
(A TTL load (Fan out = 1)/50 mA for switching mode)
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Air and creepage distances between the power circuits
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
< 80 mV
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
250 V DC
4 kV / basic insulation
-25°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
W/H/D
1,5
1
Ordering data
20
30
40
50
60
Ambient temperature [°C]
70
1 Aligned without spacing
2 Aligned with 20 mm spacing
Load current [A]
Derating curve for PLC-OSP...110DC/3RW
3,5
3
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,5
0
358
20
35
40
50
60
Ambient temperature [°C]
PHOENIX CONTACT
70
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-INTERFACE
With screw connection
With spring-cage connection
With push-in connection
PLC-OSC- 24DC/TTL1)
PLC-OSP- 24DC/TTL1)
PLC-OPT- 24DC/TTL1)
2982728
2982731
2900363
10
10
10
Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE with solid-state relays for railway applications
The PLC-OSP...RW interface modules are
intended for use as per DIN EN 50155
(VDE 0115 part 200) “Railway applications,
Part 200: Electronic devices in rail vehicles”.
The advantages:
– Temperature range -25°C to +70°C
– Input voltage range 0.7 - 1.25 x UN
– Shock resistance according to DIN 50155
(requirements according to EN 61373).
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
D W
H
D W
H
Power solid-state relay
with DC voltage output, max. 3 A
Power solid-state relay
with DC voltage output, max. 3 A
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
14
A1
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
14
A1
14
14
For derating curves see page 358
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
A2
13+
A2
13+
A2
13+
A2
13+
Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Switching level (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. switch-on time at UN
Typ. switch-off time at UN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit DC
Output data
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Output protection
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
1 signal (“H”)
0 signal (“L”)
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[Hz]
W/H/D
Technical data
①
⑥
0.7 0.7 1.25
1.25
≥ 0.6
≥ 0.6
≤ 0.3
≤ 0.3
8.5
3
0.04
0.08
0.2
0.6
300
100
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.25
> 0.6
> 0.6
> 0.6
> 0.6
> 0.6
> 0.6
< 0.4
< 0.4
< 0.3
< 0.3
< 0.3
< 0.3
12
12
5.5
5.5
5.5
5.5
0.4
0.4
0.04
0.04
0.04
0.4
0.2
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
50
50
300
300
300
300
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
33 V DC
3 V DC
3 A (see derating curve)
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
< 200 mV
140 V DC
12 V DC
3 A (see derating curve)
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
< 150 mV
250 V
4 kV / basic insulation
-25°C ... 70°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
160 V DC
4 kV / basic insulation
-25°C ... 70°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Ordering data
Description
PLC INTERFACE, with spring-cage connection
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
Input voltage
UN
Type
Ordering data
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
24 V DC
36 V DC
48 V DC
72 V DC
96 V DC
110 V DC
PLC-OSP- 24DC/ 24DC/ 3RW
2980513
10
PLC-OSP-110DC/ 24DC/ 3RW
2980526
10
24 V DC
36 V DC
48 V DC
72 V DC
96 V DC
110 V DC
PLC-OPT- 24DC/ 24DC/3RW1)
2900379
10
PLC-OPT-110DC/ 24DC/3RW1)
2900380
10
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-OSP- 24DC/110DC/ 3RW1)
PLC-OSP- 36DC/110DC/ 3RW1)
PLC-OSP- 48DC/110DC/ 3RW1)
PLC-OSP- 72DC/110DC/ 3RW1)
PLC-OSP- 96DC/110DC/ 3RW1)
PLC-OSP-110DC/110DC/ 3RW1)
2982511
2982524
2982537
2982540
2982553
2982566
10
10
10
10
10
10
PLC-OPT- 24DC/110DC/3RW1)
PLC-OPT- 36DC/110DC/3RW1)
PLC-OPT- 48DC/110DC/3RW1)
PLC-OPT- 72DC/110DC/3RW1)
PLC-OPT- 96DC/110DC/3RW1)
PLC-OPT-110DC/110DC/3RW1)
2900391
2900392
2900393
2900394
2900395
2900396
10
10
10
10
10
10
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
359
Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for
railway applications
Notes:
D W
H
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Relay modules with extended input voltage and temperature range, specifically for
use in railway applications
The advantages:
– Temperature range -25°C to +70°C
– Input voltage range 0.7 to 1.25 x UN
– Vibration and shock resistance to
EN 50155
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Spring cage and push-in connection method
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
Basic terminal block that can be fitted
with 1 PDT relay
A2
11
A1
14
12
Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Output data with:
Contact type
Permissible input voltage range for
PLC-BSP-24DC/21RW
(with REL-MR-18DC/21... relay)
1,5
1,4
A
1,3
1,2
Input voltage U/UN
1,1
1,0
UN= 24 V DC
0,9
0,8
B
0,7
0,6
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
Ambient temperature [°C]
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
24 V DC
See diagram
12 mA
5 ms
8 ms
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
REL-MR-18DC/21
REL-MR-18DC/21AU
Single contact, 1-PDT
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
3A
(on request)
10 mA (at 12 V)
W/H/D
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 70°C
2 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Curve A
Maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 3 A
Curve B
Minimum operate voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting continuous current = 3 A
Ordering data
Description
PLC-INTERFACE basic terminal block, for
plug-in miniature relay
With spring-cage connection
With push-in connection
Voltage UN
24 V DC
24 V DC
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-BSP- 24DC/21RW1)
PLC-BPT- 24DC/21RW1)
2961396
2900261
10
10
2961383
2961493
10
10
Electrical interrupting rating for PLC...21
with 1 PDT relay
Accessories
Plug-in miniature relays
with power contact
with gold contact
20
Switching current [A]
10
6
4
1
2
1
2
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
360
10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
PHOENIX CONTACT
50
70
AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)
100
200
300
REL-MR- 18DC/21
REL-MR- 18DC/21AU
Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for
railway applications
Notes:
D W
H
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Relay module for input voltages with a
nominal frequency of 16.7 Hz
The advantages:
– Input nominal frequency 16.7 Hz
– Vibration and shock resistance to
EN 50155
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Spring cage and push-in connection method
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The values in parentheses then apply for further operation. This can result in a shorter service life than with a pure power contact.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
For 16.7 Hz input frequency
with 2 PDTs
21
24
A2
11
A1
14
22
12
Technical data
Input data
Nominal input voltage UN
Input nominal frequency
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input circuit
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage input/output
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Permissible input voltage range
for PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF
230 V AC
16.67 Hz
(refer to the diagram)
4.8 mA (with AC)
20 ms
60 ms
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier
Single contact, 2-PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA
W/H/D
( 250 V AC/DC )
( 5 V AC/DC )
(6A)
(8A)
( 10 mA )
6 kV
-25°C ... 60°C
Approx. 3 x 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / III
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Description
1,4
PLC-INTERFACE
With spring-cage connection
With push-in connection
1,3
1,2
Voltage UN
230 V AC
230 V AC
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-RSP-230UC/21-21AU/RWF1)
PLC-RPT-230UC/21-21AU/RWF1)
2968001
2900345
10
10
A
Input voltage U/UN
1,1
1
UN= 230 V AC
0,9
B
0,8
0,7
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
55
60
65
Ambient temperature [°C]
Curve A
maximum continuous voltage at limiting continuous current = 6 A
Curve B
minimum operating voltage for pre-excitation with UN and limiting
continuous current = 6 A
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
361
Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE for
railway applications
Relay modules with extended input voltage and temperature range, specifically designed for railway applications
The advantages:
– Certified to EN 50155
– Optimum relay operation thanks to widerange electronics
– Temperature range from -40°C to +70°C
(short-term 85°C)
– Input voltage range 0.7 to 1.25 x UN
(short-term 1.4 x UN)
– Vibration and shock resistance to
EN 50155
– Safe isolation according to DIN EN 50178
between coil and contact
– Spring cage and push-in connection method
Notes:
D W
H
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP must be installed for voltages larger
than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between identical terminal blocks in
adjacent modules. Potential bridging is then carried out with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500....
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
Electrical service life diagrams, see page 346
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
1 PDT
A2
11
A1
14
12
Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input protection:
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
W/H/D
①
②
③
0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25
1.25
1.25
9
3
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode
Single contact, 1-PDT
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
6A
(on request)
10 mA (at 12 V)
AgSnO, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA
4 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C (Temperature class TX)
Approx. 2 x 107 cycles
EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 61373,
EN 50121
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Input voltage
UN
Description
PLC-INTERFACE, with power contact
With spring-cage connection
Pcs. /
Pkt.
24 V DC
72 V DC
110 V DC
24 V DC
72 V DC
110 V DC
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21/RW1)
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21/RW1)
PLC-RSP-110UC/21/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21/RW1)
PLC-RPT-110UC/21/RW1)
2987011
2987037
2987053
2900318
2900319
2900320
10
10
10
10
10
10
①
②
③
①
②
③
24 V DC
72 V DC
110 V DC
24 V DC
72 V DC
110 V DC
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21AU/RW1)
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21AU/RW1)
PLC-RSP-110UC/21AU/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21AU/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21AU/RW1)
PLC-RPT-110UC/21AU/RW1)
2987024
2987040
2987066
2900321
2900322
2900323
10
10
10
10
10
10
With push-in connection
PHOENIX CONTACT
Order No.
①
②
③
With push-in connection
①
②
③
PLC-INTERFACE, with hard gold-plated contact
With spring-cage connection
362
Type
Relay modules
PLC series
Derating curve for
D W
H
D W
H
PLC-RSP...21/RW
PLC-RSP...21AU/RW
PLC-RSP...21-21/RW
PLC-RSP...21-21AU/RW
7
Switching current [A]
6
2 PDT
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
30
35
40
45
Ambient temperature [°C]
55
50
60
65
70
200
300
1 PDT up to 10 A
Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21RW
20
10
6
4
24
A2
11
A1
14
11
22
A2
14
A1
12
12
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
1
10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]
50
70
100
Technical data
Single contact, 2-PDT
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 100 mA)
2x 6 A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
10 A (With inserted bridge 2967691)
30 A (300 ms)
10 mA
5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C (Temperature class TX)
Approx. 3 x 107 cycles
EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 61373,
EN 50121
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21-21/RW
20
10
6
4
Switching current [A]
①
②
③
0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25
1.25
1.25
20
6
4.5
5
5
5
11
11
11
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-RSPPLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21/RW1)
PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21/RW1)
PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21/RW1)
2987105
2987121
2987147
2900346
2900347
2900348
10
10
10
10
10
10
PLC-RSP- 24UC/21-21AU/RW1)
PLC-RSP- 72UC/21-21AU/RW1)
PLC-RSP-110UC/21-21AU/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21-21AU/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21-21AU/RW1)
PLC-RPT-110UC/21-21AU/RW1)
2987118
2987134
2987150
2900349
2900350
2900351
10
10
10
10
10
10
1
Type
Order No.
24UC/21HC/RW1)
PLC-RSPPLC-RSP- 72UC/21HC/RW1)
PLC-RSP-110UC/21HC/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 24UC/21HC/RW1)
PLC-RPT- 72UC/21HC/RW1)
PLC-RPT-110UC/21HC/RW1)
1
4
2
3
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]
50
70
100
200
300
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
3 DC, ohmic load
4 DC, L/R = 40 ms
Interrupting rating for PLC-RSP...UC/21HC/RW
Ordering data
Order No.
2
5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C (Temperature class TX)
Approx. 3 x 107 cycles
EN 50155 (VDE 0115 part 200), EN 50178, IEC 62103, EN 61373,
EN 50121
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
14 mm / 80 mm / 94 mm
2987079
2987082
2987095
2900324
2900325
2900326
20
Pcs. /
Pkt.
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
6
4
Switching current [A]
Single contact, 2-PDT
24UC/21-21/RW1)
2
1 Ohmic load
Technical data
①
②
③
0.7 0.7 0.7 1.25
1.25
1.25
20
6
4.5
5
5
5
11
11
11
Yellow LED, Bridge rectifier, freewheeling diode
Type
Switching current [A]
21
2
1
1
3
2
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
10
20
30
Switching voltage [V]
50
70
100
200
300
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
363
Relay modules
PLC series
PLC electronic sensor terminal block
for NAMUR proximity sensors
The PLC-...EIK 1-SVN electronic sensor
terminal block from Phoenix Contact converts the changeable resistance of a
NAMUR sensor unit into a digital signal that
can be read by all PLCs.
In addition, the electronics unit monitors
the sensor side for short-circuits or wire
breaks and reports this error via an integrated LED.
Due to a corresponding resistance circuit,
the PLC-...-EIK 1-SVN can be used to monitor all mechanical switches (N/C contact or
N/O contact) for short-circuits and/or wire
break.
In addition to a high packing density, this
switching amplifier features the following:
– Regulated power supply for the NAMUR
proximity switch
– 24 V/50 mA digital output for directly
connecting programmable logic controls
– Connection option for PLC-V8 adapter
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
Notes:
D W
H
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
For inductive proximity sensors according
to NAMUR, with light indicators
for sensor signal and faults
-
Out
Out
ERR
GND
UVN
UVN
24V
ERR
+
(M) (P)
Technical data
Supply
Input supply nominal voltage UVN
Typ. input current at UVN
Transmission frequency flimit
Input circuit
24 V DC ±20%
Approx. 14 mA
Approx. 350 Hz
Green LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
Control circuit
No-load voltage
Switching points in accordance with EN 60947-5-6:
Application 1
+
ERR
OUT
U VN
GND
NAMUR initiator
Application 2
Protective circuit
Alarm output
Operating voltage range (positive switching)
Limiting continuous current
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
Output protection
Signal output
Limiting continuous current
Voltage drop UR at max. limiting continuous current
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
8.2 V DC ±10%
≥ 2.1 mA (In conductive state)
≤ 1.2 mA (In blocking state)
6.3 mA ... 10 mA (in the event of a short-circuit)
0 mA ... 0.35 mA (In the event of a wire break)
Surge protection
(UVN - URes)
50 mA
≤ 1.5 V (UR)
Red LED, Surge protection
50 mA
≤ 1.5 V (UR)
Surge protection
W/H/D
50 V DC
0.4 kV / Basic isolation
-25°C ... 50°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2/I
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 12
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Ordering data
UKK 5-2R/NAMUR
+
ERR
1k
10k
OUT
Description
U VN
Switching amplifier electronic terminal block, positive switching
GND
Limit switch
With screw connection
With spring-cage connection
With push-in connection
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-SC-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P1)
PLC-SP-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P1)
PLC-PT-EIK 1-SVN 24P/P1)
2982663
2982676
2900397
10
10
10
2941662
50
Accessories
Double-level terminal block, with preassembled resistors
Initiator state
Switching level
LED
OUT
ERR
Green
Red
conductive
L
L
OFF
OFF
blocking
H
L
ON
OFF
short circuit
L
H
OFF
ON
open circuit
L
H
OFF
ON
364
PHOENIX CONTACT
With screw connection
UKK 5-2R/NAMUR
Relay modules
PLC series
PLC series
Electronic reversing load relay for
DC motors
The PLC-S...-ELR W 1/2-24DC electronic
reversing load relays are used to switch mechanically commutated DC motors up to
24 V/2 A.
– Wear-free reversing
– Braking by controlling both inputs
– Short-circuit and surge- and overloadproof output
– Integrated locking circuit and load wiring
– Screw, spring-cage, and
push-in technology
Notes:
D W
H
Type of housing:
Polyester PBT non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
Separating plate PLC-ATP is to be used in the following cases: always at the start and end of a PLC terminal strip, for voltages greater than 250 V (L1, L2, L3) between the same terminal points of
neighboring modules (potential bridging then takes place with
FBST 8-PLC... or FBST 500...) and with safe isolation between
neighboring modules.
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
PWM = Pulse Width Modulation
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
With overload and short-circuit-proof output
UV
T
M+
R
L
M-
GND
Technical data
Application example for PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC
Input data
Control voltage UST right/left
Control input current IST right/left
Input protection:
24 V DC ±20%
Approx. 3 mA
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
PWM option
Max. clock frequency of the PWM at the control inputs
1000 Hz
Pulse width repetition rate of the PWM
Output data
Supply voltage range UV
Quiescent current
Output protection
R
0% ... 100%
10 V DC ... 30 V DC
10 mA
Green LED, Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
T
L
Motor switching output
Continuous current IA max.
Current limitation at short-circuits
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage / insulation
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree / Surge voltage category
Mounting position
Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
L
R
U
GND
VCC
24 V
M+
+-
M-
M
Status table
Input
2 A (see derating curve)
15 A (during braking)
W/H/D
50 V DC
0.5 kV / basic insulation
-25°C ... 60°C
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 / II
Vertical (horizontal DIN rail)
In rows with zero spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Output
Ordering data
Right
Left
M+
M–
0
0
1
0
+24 V
GND
0
1
GND
+24 V
1
1
GND
GND
High resistance High resistance
Description
Type
Order No.
PLC-SC-ELR W1/ 2-24DC1)
PLC-SP-ELR W1/ 2-24DC1)
2980539
2980555
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Electronic reversing load relays, for driving DC motors,
with light indicator and protection circuit
With screw connection
With spring-cage connection
1
1
Load current [A]
Derating curve for PLC-S...ELR W 1/2-24DC
2
1,5
1
2
1
30
40
50
20
Ambient temperature [°C]
60
1 Aligned without spacing
2 Aligned with > 20 mm spacing
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
365
Relay modules
PLC series
PLC-INTERFACE
Pulse expansion module
A solid-state relay for acquiring and extending short pulses.
– Pulse detection can be set from > 0.1 ms
or > 2 ms
– Status display
– Delay times of 10 to 2550, can be set via
DIP switches
– Bridging options
– Can be retriggered
– Screw and push-in connection technology
With DC voltage output
Max. 100 mA
US
GND
A1+
+
A
A2-
0
Technical data
Input data
Rated control supply voltage US
Rated control supply voltage range with reference to US
24 V DC
0.8 ... 1.2
Rated control supply current IS
Input low, output low
Input high, output high
Rated actuating voltage UC
Rated actuating current IC
Switching threshold “0” signal in reference to UC
Switching threshold “1” signal in reference to UC
Status indication
Operating voltage display
Input circuit
Output data
Output voltage range UE
Limiting continuous current
Voltage drop at max. limiting continuous current
Output circuit
Output protection
General data
Rated insulation voltage
Rated surge voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
13 mA
19 mA
24 V DC
3 mA
< 0.4
> 0.8
Yellow LED
Green LED
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection
3 V DC ... 48 V DC
100 mA
< 1 V DC
3-conductor, ground-referenced
Protection against polarity reversal, Surge protection, Free running
W/H/D
50 V DC
0.5 kV
-25°C ... 60°C
DIN EN 50178
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 86 mm
Ordering data
Description
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
PLC-OSC-LPE-24DC/48DC/100
2903171
1
PLC-OPT-LPE-24DC/48DC/100
2903173
1
PLC INTERFACE, with screw connection
PLC-INTERFACE, with push-in connection
366
PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PLC series
UCC
U
24 V
V
24
U
UEE
t00
tININ
t
24
24 V
V
t00
tDIP/OUT
t
Input pulse t1 < set output pulse t3
(no restart when triggered again)
U
UCC
24 V
V
24
U
UEE
t00
tININ
t
tOUT
t
24 V
V
24
t00
tDIP
Input pulse t1 ≥ set output pulse t3, then input pulse t1 = output pulse t2
(no restart when triggered again)
U
UCC
24
24 V
V
U
UEE
t00 tININ t00
tININ
t
24 V
V
24
t00
tOUT
tDIP
t
Input pulse t1 < set output pulse t3
(restart when triggered again)
DIP
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
10
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
20
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
40
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
80
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
160
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
320
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
640
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1280
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
367
Relay modules
PLC series
PLC accessories
The PLC-ESK power terminal helps with
supplying the bridge potentials; the PLCATP partition plate helps with optical and
safe disconnection of the adjacent PLC
modules. The PLC-BP (A1-14) passive
feed-through bridge is used instead of a relay and connects the A1 and 14 terminal
points.
D W
H
Ordering data
Description
Color
Ordering data
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
gray
Separating plate, thickness 2 mm, required at the start and end of a
PLC terminal strip. It is also used for visual separation of groups, safe
isolation of different voltages of neighboring PLC interfaces as per
DIN EN 50178/VDE0160, separation of neighboring bridges of different potentials, and separation of PLC interfaces at voltages > 250 V
PLC-ESK GY
2966508
5
black
PLC-ATP BK
2966841
25
SZF 1-0,6X3,5
1204517
10
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PLC-BP A1-14
2980283
10
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
ZB 6,LGS:FORTL.ZAHLEN
1051016
10
Power terminal block, for supply of up to four potentials, with the
same shape as PLC standard series, max. 32 A/250 V AC
Screwdriver
Blade: 0.6 x 3.5 x 100 mm, length: 181 mm
Passive feed-through bridge, can be plugged in instead of relay
or solid-state relay, bridges terminal points A1 and 14
black
PLC accessories
The colored isolated FBST plug-in bridges
are not required for the PLC interface up to
70%. The 500 mm long FBST 500-PLC
“endless bridges” are especially effective.
The 2-pos. FBST 6 single plug-in bridges
are especially suited for bridging a smaller
number of PLC modules.
Ordering data
Description
Color
Cont. plug-in bridge, 500 mm long, isolated, can be cut to length,
for potential distribution
Nominal current: 32 A
red
blue
gray
Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 6 mm long,
for potential distribution
Nominal current: 6 A
red
blue
gray
Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 8 mm long,
for potential distribution with a partition plate
Nominal current: 6 A
gray
Plug-in bridge, 2-pos., 14 mm long, insulated,
for potential distribution
Nominal current: 10 A
black
Zack marker strip, printed horizontally, 10-section,
with consecutive numbers, e.g., 1-10, 11-20, etc. up to 91-100
368
PHOENIX CONTACT
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
FBST 500-PLC RD
FBST 500-PLC BU
FBST 500-PLC GY
2966786
2966692
2966838
20
20
20
FBST 6-PLC RD
FBST 6-PLC BU
FBST 6-PLC GY
2966236
2966812
2966825
50
50
50
FBST 8-PLC GY
2967688
50
FBST 14-PLC BK
2967691
50
Relay modules
PLC series
Adapter for PLC-INTERFACE
PLC-V8/... are VARIOFACE adapters
which connect the 6.2 mm wide PLC RELAY
modules to the VARIOFACE system cabling
Notes:
For cross-reference list with matching PLC-INTERFACE modules,
see page 488
VARIOFACE adapter
for 6.2 mm PLC-INTERFACE
VARIOFACE adapter
for 14 mm PLC-INTERFACE
Technical data
Max. perm. operating voltage
Max. perm. current (per branch)
Max total current (voltage supply)
Test voltage
Ambient temperature (operation)
Standards/regulations
Connection method
Power supply
Signal level
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
H/D
Technical data
24 V DC ±25%
1 A (per signal path)
3A
500 V AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
100 mm / 94 mm
24 V DC ±25%
1 A (per signal path)
3A
500 V (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C
IEC 60664, DIN EN 50178, IEC 62103
Screw connection
IDC/FLK pin strip (2.54 mm)
0.2 ... 4 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 24 - 12
100 mm / 94 mm
Ordering data
Description
No. of
pos.
Module width
W
Type
Ordering data
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT
2299660
1
PLC-V8L/FLK14/OUT/M
2304306
1
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm), with F
LK connection, for PLC system cabling, positive switching
OUTPUT
14
49.6 mm
INPUT
14
49.6 mm
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm),
with FLK connection, for PLC system cabling, negative switching
PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT
PLC-V8/FLK14/IN
2295554
2296553
1
1
OUTPUT
14
INPUT
14
V8 output adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm),
with 15-pos. D-SUB connection
49.6 mm
49.6 mm
PLC-V8/FLK14/OUT/M
PLC-V8/FLK14/IN/M
2304102
2304115
1
1
Pin strip
15
Socket strip
15
V8 input adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (6.2 mm),
with 15-pos. D-SUB connection
49.6 mm
49.6 mm
PLC-V8/D15S/OUT
PLC-V8/D15B/OUT
2296058
2296061
1
1
PLC-V8/D15S/IN
PLC-V8/D15B/IN
2296074
2296087
1
1
Pin strip
15
49.6 mm
Socket strip
15
49.6 mm
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with FLK connection,
for PLC system cabling, positive switching
14
112.3 mm
V8 adapter, for 8 PLC interfaces (14 mm), with FLK connection,
for PLC system cabling, negative switching
14
112.3 mm
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
369
Relay modules
PR series
The PR series is a low-priced relay modular system, consisting of DIN rail bases, relays, plug-in input/interference suppression
modules, engagement levers, and the
matching marking labels and universal bridging materials for all bases. The modules are
largely compatible with the usual standards
on the market, have the major international
approvals and are therefore accepted worldwide.
Besides the familiar relay bases with the
screw connection method, relay bases with
the spring-cage connection method for miniature power relays with one or two PDT
contacts and for industrial relays with two
or four PDT contacts are available in the PR
series. The connections in these bases are
configured with double spring cages for free,
simple bridging of all potentials.
The PR series also boasts its own particular features:
– Relay retaining bracket: The EL... plastic
relay retaining bracket, with which the relays can be held and, if necessary, ejected,
have an exposed, smooth, large equipment marking area for standard self-adhesive labels that can be printed easily and
inexpensively using standard printers.
When fitted, the engagement lever is securely connected to the base, which
means that the labeling cannot be lost.
– Industrial relays: All REL-IR... industrial relays have as standard an LED status display
370
PHOENIX CONTACT
and all DC types also have an integrated
freewheeling diode. In most cases, this
eliminates the plug-in input modules that
are otherwise also used.
– Plug-in input modules with RC element:
most standard input/interference suppression modules with an RC element
used for compensation of interference
coupling on long lines or in the event of
leakage currents from electronic AC outputs have only low capacitance values.
This greatly limits the filter effect. In contrast, the RC-120-230UC and RC3-120230UC plug-in module series for mains
voltage applications have a filter function
that is improved up to a factor of 10. Unlike with the discharge resistors that are
normally used for such applications, using
RC plug-in modules gives rise to no additional heating!
Relay modules
PR series
PR1 series
The narrow 16 mm PR1 base series for
relays with one or two contacts is available
with a screw or spring-cage connection
method. Both the traditional 2/2-level bases
and two modern “logical” 1/3-level versions
with fully opposite coil and contact connections are available.
PR2 series
The PR2 base series accommodates plugin industrial relays with two or four PDT
contacts. Like the PR1 series, the bases are
available with screw and spring-cage connection methods, as well as in the traditional 2/2-level and modern “logical” 1/3-level
versions.
PR3 series
The robust octal relays with two or three
PDT contacts that are widely used in some
areas fit on the PR3 base with touch-protected screw connections. All the base connections have a wide connection cross section and are arranged on one level with
good accessibility.
The active components of the PR1 modular system include various miniature power
relays (optionally available with manual test
function) and electronic solid-state relays.
Matching relay retaining brackets with integrated marking area prevent them from being shaken loose. Depending on requirements, input/interference suppression
modules with various functions can also be
plugged in. Marking labels and loop bridges
in various colors that are suitable for universal use with all PR bases complete the
range of accessories.
The PR2 modular system is specifically
designed for plug-in industrial relays. Industrial relays from Phoenix Contact feature
the following as standard: a manual test button, switch position indicator, status LED,
and freewheeling diode (DC coils only). Interference suppression modules with a varistor or RC element can also be plugged in
as an option. Relay retaining brackets with
integrated marking areas prevent the relays
from being shaken loose. Marking labels and
loop bridges in various colors that are suitable for universal use with all PR bases complete the range of accessories.
The PR3 modular system is specifically
designed for the robust octal relays. The relays have a switch position indicator and a
manual test button and there is a wire
bracket to prevent them from being shaken
loose. Input/interference suppression modules with various functions can also be
plugged in as an option. The base can be
marked with an 8 x 20 mm standard adhesive label. Loop bridges in various colors for
universal use round off the range of accessories.
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
371
Relay modules
PR series
Modular PR1 relay base
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
Range of relay bases that can be fitted
with 1 PDT or 2 PDT relay or solid-state
relay
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input modules/interference suppression modules
– Relay retaining bracket with labeling field
and ejection function
– Marking labels
– Loop bridges
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
D W
H
2/2-level design with
screw connection
Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height
300 V AC/DC
12 A
-25°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
16 mm
63 mm (EL1-P16)
71 mm (EL1-P25)
75 mm
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR1-BSC2/2X21
2833518
10
for 16 mm tall miniature power relay and solid-state relay
EL1-P16
2833547
10
for 25 mm tall miniature switching relay and solid-state relay
EL1-P25
2833550
10
MP 1
2833631
10
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
1
DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY
2821180
2820916
2820929
1
1
1
Description
Relay base PR1, 2/2-level design, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including ten MP1 marking
labels per pack
With screw connection
Relay base PR1, 1/3-level design, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including ten MP1 marking
labels per pack
With screw connection
Relay base PR1, 1/3-level design, plug-in option for input/interference
suppression module, safe isolation I/O, including ten MP1 marking
labels per pack
With spring-cage connection
Relay retaining bracket, with ejector function and integrated equipment marking area (7.5 x 15 mm), suitable for relay socket PR1
Accessories
Equipment marking label, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface
6 x 15 mm
2500 labels per roll
Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm,
0.5 mm2
blue
black
gray
372
PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PR series
D W
H
D W
H
1/3-level design with
screw connection
1/3-level design with
spring-cage connection
Relay retaining bracket
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
300 V AC/DC
12 A
300 V AC/DC
10 A
-
-25°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
-25°C ... 85°C
0.5 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.5 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
-
16 mm
71 mm (EL1-P16)
79 mm (EL1-P25)
78.5 mm
16 mm
72 mm (EL1-P16)
80 mm (EL1-P25)
97 mm
-
Ordering data
-
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR1-BSC3/2X21
2833521
10
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR1-BSP3/2X21
2833534
10
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
EL1-P16
2833547
10
EL1-P16
2833547
10
EL1-P16
2833547
10
EL1-P25
2833550
10
EL1-P25
2833550
10
EL1-P25
2833550
10
Accessories
Accessories
MP 1
2833631
10
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY
2821180
2820916
2820929
Accessories
MP 1
2833631
10
1
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
1
1
1
1
DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY
2821180
2820916
2820929
1
1
1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
373
Relay modules
PR series
Plug-in miniature power relays
Plug-in miniature power relays with
1 or 2 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1, PR1,
and PLC-INTERFACE relay bases.
The advantages:
– Power contacts up to 16 A
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– High degree of protection up to RT III
(comparable with IP67) depending on
type
1 PDT relay
2 PDT relay
Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
A1
A1
12
11
14
A2
A2
22
21
24
12
11
14
Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
250 V AC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
①
②
③
refer to the diagram
33
17
8.7
7
7
7
3
3
3
Technical data
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧
8.2
7
4.1
7
32
7
3
3 - 12
3 - 12
3 - 12
2-9
2-9
2-9
3
3
①
②
③
refer to the diagram
33
17
8.7
7
7
7
3
Plug-in miniature power relays
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
with power contact
Plug-in miniature power relays
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
with gold contact
374
PHOENIX CONTACT
⑥
⑦
⑧
8.2
7
4.1
7
32
7
3
3 - 12
3 - 12
3 - 12
2-9
2-9
2-9
3
3
Single contact, 1-PDT
Single contact, 2-PDT
Single contact, 2-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
16 A
25 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA)
8A
12 A (20 ms)
10 mA (At 5 V)
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)
4000 VA
-
2000 VA
-
5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
1 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Ordering data
Input voltage
UN
3
⑤
Single contact, 1-PDT
5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 85°C
1 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Description
3
④
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧
12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
REL-MR- 12DC/21HC
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC
REL-MR- 48DC/21HC
REL-MR- 60DC/21HC
REL-MR-110DC/21HC
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC
REL-MR-120AC/21HC
REL-MR-230AC/21HC
2961309
2961312
2834821
2961325
2961338
2961406
2961419
2961422
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
REL-MR- 12DC/21-21
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21
REL-MR-110DC/21-21
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21
REL-MR-120AC/21-21
REL-MR-230AC/21-21
2961257
2961192
2834834
2961273
2961202
2961435
2961448
2961451
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧
12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
REL-MR- 12DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU
2961532
2961545
10
10
REL-MR-110DC/21HC AU
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC AU
REL-MR-120AC/21HC AU
REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU
2961561
2961503
2961516
2961529
10
10
10
10
REL-MR- 12DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 48DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 60DC/21-21AU
REL-MR-110DC/21-21AU
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21AU
REL-MR-120AC/21-21AU
REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU
2961299
2961215
2834847
2961286
2961228
2961464
2961477
2961480
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Relay modules
PR series
REL-MR...21HC... (1 PDT)
Interrupting rating
2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2
107
1
2
1
0,8
2
1
0
10
20
30
40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]
2
3
1
10
20
30
10
6
10
5
10
4
2
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
300
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms
1 DC coils
2 AC coils
1
2
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
100
1
10
6
4
Cycles
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
0,6
Electrical service life
20
Switching current [A]
Coil voltage U/UN
Operating voltage range
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
1
Reduction factor
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
REL-MR...21-21... (2 PDTs)
Interrupting rating
2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2
107
2
1
0,8
2
1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90 100
Ambient temperature [°C]
10
6
4
1
2
4
1
0,1
10
20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
10
6
10
5
10
4
2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
1
2
3
4
1 DC coils
2 AC coils
3
Cycles
1
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
0,6
Electrical service life
20
Switching current [A]
Coil voltage U/UN
Operating voltage range
300
2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
1
Reduction factor
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
375
Relay modules
PR series
Plug-in miniature power relays
Plug-in miniature power relays with
1 or 2 PDT contacts, suitable for RIF-1 and
PR1 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Switching current of up to 16 A
– With lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling diode
– Can be soldered in on PCB
1 PDT relay
2 PDT relay
Notes:
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
A1
A1
12
11
14
A2
A2
22
21
24
12
11
14
Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
250 V AC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
①
②
③
refer to the diagram
18
32
7
9
3 - 12 3 - 12
④
Technical data
①
②
③
refer to the diagram
18
32
7
9
3 - 12 3 - 12
3.5
6
2-8
2-8
2-8
3.5
3 - 12
2-8
2-8
Single contact, 1-PDT
Single contact, 1-PDT
Single contact, 2-PDT
Single contact, 2-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
16 A
32 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
12 V (At 1 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 12 V)
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
8A
16 A (20 ms)
10 mA (at 12 V)
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
12 V (At 1 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 12 V)
4000 VA
-
2000 VA
-
5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C
5 x 106 cycles
See diagram
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Ordering data
Input voltage
UN
6
2-8
5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 70°C
5 x 106 cycles
See diagram
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
24 V DC
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC/MS
2987888
- Status LED
②
24 V AC
- Status LED
③
120 V AC
- Status LED
④
230 V AC
Plug-in miniature power relays with manual test function, with
hard gold-plated multi-layer contacts, mechanical switch position
indicator
- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2①
24 V DC
REL-MR- 24AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR-120AC/21HC/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21HC/MS
2987891
2987901
2987914
REL-MR- 24DC/21HC AU/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21HC AU/MS
Description
④
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
10
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21/MS
2987943
10
10
10
10
REL-MR- 24AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR-120AC/21-21/MS
REL-MR-230AC/21-21/MS
2987956
2987969
2987972
10
10
10
2987927
10
REL-MR- 24DC/21-21AU/MS
2987985
10
2987930
10
REL-MR-230AC/21-21AU/MS
2987998
10
Plug-in miniature power relays, with power contacts
- Status LED, freewheeling diode A1+, A2-
- Status LED
376
PHOENIX CONTACT
①
④
230 V AC
Relay modules
PR series
REL-MR...21HC...MS (1 PDT)
Electrical service life
107
20
1
10
Cycles
2,6
2,4
2,2
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6
Interrupting rating
Switching current [A]
Coil voltage U/UN
Operating voltage range
5
2
40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]
DC coils, 0 A contact current
DC coils, 16 A contact current
AC coils, 0 A contact current
AC coils, 16 A contact current
10
20
30
10
5
10
4
1
2
0,1
10
100
6
1
0,5
0,2
0
10
20
30
50
70
100
200
300 400 500
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
1
Reduction factor
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
REL-MR...21-21...MS (2 PDTs)
Electrical service life
107
20
1
10
1
2
3
4
Cycles
2,6
2,4
2,2
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6
Interrupting rating
Switching current [A]
Coil voltage U/UN
Operating voltage range
5
2
2
3
10
6
10
5
10
4
1
1
0,5
0,2
40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]
1 DC coils, 0 A contact current
2 DC coils, 16 A contact current
3 AC coils, 0 A contact current
4 AC coils, 16 A contact current
0
10
20
30
100
0,1
10
20
30
50
70
100
200
300 400 500
Switching voltage [V]
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
3 DC, ohmic load
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
1
Reduction factor
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
377
Relay modules
PR series
Modular PR2 relay base
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
Range of relay bases that can be fitted
with 2 PDT or 4 PDT relays
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input modules/interference suppression modules
– Relay retaining bracket with labeling field
and ejection function
– Marking labels
– Loop bridges
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
D W
H
2/2-level design with
screw connection
Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height
300 V AC/DC
12 A
-25°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
27 mm
84 mm (EL2-P35)
75 mm
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR2-BSC2/4X21
2833563
10
2833592
10
MP 2
2833644
10
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
1
DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY
2821180
2820916
2820929
1
1
1
Relay base PR2-B, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four
PDTs, 2/2-level design, connection option for input/interference
suppression module, including ten MP2 marking labels per packaging
With screw connection
Relay base PR2-B, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four
PDTs, 1/3-level design, connection option for input/interference
suppression module, including ten MP2 marking labels per packaging
With screw connection
Relay base PR2-B, for industrial relay, REL-IR with two or four
PDTs, 1/3-level design, connection option for input/interference
suppression module, including ten MP1 marking labels per packaging
With spring-cage connection
Relay retaining bracket, with eject function and integrated device
marking area (8 x 25 mm), to suit relay base PR2, for 35 mm high
industrial relay
EL2-P35
Accessories
Equipment marking label, labeling surface 6 x 15 mm
Equipment marking label, labeling surface 9 x 25 mm
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer, labeling surface
6 x 15 mm
2500 labels per roll
Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm,
0.5 mm2
blue
black
gray
378
PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PR series
D W
H
D W
H
1/3-level design with
screw connection
1/3-level design with
spring-cage connection
Relay retaining bracket
Technical data
Technical data
Technical data
300 V AC/DC
12 A
300 V AC/DC
10 A
-
-25°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 26 - 16
-25°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
-
27 mm
86 mm (EL2-P35)
78.5 mm
31 mm
84 mm (EL2-P35)
95 mm
-
Ordering data
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR2-BSC3/4X21
2833576
10
EL2-P35
2833592
10
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR2-BSP3/4X21
2833589
10
2833592
10
EL2-P35
Accessories
Type
EL2-P35
Accessories
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
2833592
10
Accessories
MP 1
2833631
10
MP 2
2833644
10
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
1
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
1
DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY
2821180
2820916
2820929
1
1
1
DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY
2821180
2820916
2820929
1
1
1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
379
Relay modules
PR series
Plug-in industrial relays suitable for
PR2 relay base
Plug-in industrial relays with 2 or 4 PDT
contacts, suitable for PR2 and RIF-2 relay
bases.
The advantages:
– Lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Integrated status LED
– Multi-layer gold contact or power contact
– DC types with integrated freewheeling diode
2 PDT relay with
power contacts
4 PDT relay with
multi-layer gold contact
Notes:
For 48 V DC and 60 V DC types, see
www.phoenixcontact.net/products
21
24
22
A1
A2
14
12
Technical data
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
250 V AC
①
②
③
refer to the diagram
75
38
10
13
13
13
5
5
5
44
42
31
34
32
21
24
22
11
14
12
A2
11
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( AC, depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( AC, depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
41
A1
Technical data
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧
7.2
13
3.6
13
54
11
5
4 - 10
4 - 10
4 - 10
3 - 12
3 - 12
3 - 12
5
5
①
②
③
refer to the diagram
75
38
10
13
13
13
5
5
5
Single contact, 2-PDT
Ag
250 V AC/DC
5V
10 A
1 mA
Single contact, 4-PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC/DC
1V
5A
1 mA
④
⑤
⑥
⑦
⑧
7.2
13
3.6
13
54
11
5
4 - 10
4 - 10
4 - 10
3 - 12
3 - 12
3 - 12
5
5
2500 VA
1250 VA
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-55°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
5 x 107 cycles
See diagram
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-55°C ... 70°C
100% operating factor
5 x 107 cycles
See diagram
DIN EN 61810-1, VDE 0435-201, EN 50178, IEC 62103
Mounting position/mounting
Any / On relay base PR2
Any / On relay base PR2
Ordering data
Input voltage
UN
Description
Plug-in industrial relay with a test button, status LED, mechanical
switch position indicator
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 ①
12 V DC
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 ②
24 V DC
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 ③
110 V DC
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 ④
125 V DC
with freewheeling diode, A1 +, A2 ⑤
220 V DC
⑥
24 V AC
⑦
120 V AC
⑧
230 V AC
Plug-in industrial relay with a test button, status LED, mechanical
switch position indicator (Japanese standard)
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 +
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 +
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 +
with freewheeling diode, A1 -, A2 +
380
PHOENIX CONTACT
①
②
③
④
12 V DC
24 V DC
48 V DC
110 V DC
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP-110DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP-125DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDP-220DC/2X21
REL-IR/L- 24AC/2X21
REL-IR/L-120AC/2X21
REL-IR/L-230AC/2X21
2834012
2834025
2834041
2834960
2834957
2834054
2834067
2834070
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
REL-IR/LDP- 12DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP- 24DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP-110DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP-125DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDP-220DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/L- 24AC/4X21AU
REL-IR/L-120AC/4X21AU
REL-IR/L-230AC/4X21AU
2834083
2834096
2834119
2834313
2834973
2834122
2834135
2834148
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/2X21
REL-IR/LDM-110DC/2X21
2834151
2834164
2834177
2834180
10
10
10
10
REL-IR/LDM- 12DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDM- 24DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDM- 48DC/4X21AU
REL-IR/LDM-110DC/4X21AU
2834193
2834203
2834216
2834229
10
10
10
10
Relay modules
PR series
REL-IR...2x21 (2 PDTs)
AC interrupting rating
20
1,6
10
6
4
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
Cycles
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
10
20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
3
1
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
10
2
2
300
10
20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
300
1 Ohmic load
2 ohmic load, contacts in series
3 L/R < 7 ms
Service life reduction factor
1
2
0,8
Reduction factor
10
10
6
4
1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4
1
6
2
80
Electrical service life
10
20
1
2
0,1
0,6
DC interrupting rating
Switching current [A]
1,8
Switching current [A]
Coil voltage U/UN
Operating voltage range
5
0,6
0,4
4
0
2
4
6
8
10
0,3
Switching current [A]
1
0,8
0,6
0,4
COS j
0,2
1 250 V AC, ohmic load
2 30 V DC, ohmic load
REL-IR...4x21AU (4 PDTs)
AC interrupting rating
20
1,6
10
6
4
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
10
10
6
4
20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
300
1
1
4
2
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
10
3
2
10
1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4
1
2
3
4
20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
L/R < 7 ms
ohmic load
ohmic load, 2 contacts in series
ohmic load, 4 contacts in series
300
Service life reduction factor
1
0,8
Reduction factor
Cycles
0,5
0,3
0,2
2
10
2
1
1
6
1
80
Electrical service life
10
20
2
0,1
0
DC interrupting rating
Switching current [A]
1,8
Switching current [A]
Coil voltage U/UN
Operating voltage range
5
0,6
0,4
4
0
1
2
3
4
Switching current [A]
5
0,3
1
0,8
0,6
0,4
COS j
0,2
1 250 V AC, ohmic load
2 30 V DC, ohmic load
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
381
Relay modules
PR series
Modular PR3 relay base
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
Range of relay bases that can be fitted
with 2 PDT or 3 PDT relays
Range of accessories includes:
– Plug-in input modules/interference suppression modules
– Relay retaining bracket
– Loop bridges
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
D W
H
Relay base for
2 PDT octal relay
Technical data
Nominal voltage UN
Nominal current at UN
General data
Ambient temperature (operation)
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
Width
Depth with retaining bracket
Height
400 V AC/DC
10 A
-40°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
38 mm
84 mm (EL3-M52)
75 mm
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR3-BSC1/2X21
2833602
10
2833628
10
2821180
2820916
2820929
1
1
1
Relay base PR3, for octal relay REL-OR with two PDTs,
plug-in option for input/interference suppression modules
With screw connection
Relay base PR3, for octal relay REL-OR with three PDTs,
plug-in option for input/interference suppression modules
With screw connection
Relay retaining bracket, wiring to suit relay base PR3,
for 52 mm high octal relay
EL3-M52
Accessories
Loop bridge, 50-pos., divisible, max. bridging distance 60 mm,
0.5 mm2
blue
black
gray
382
PHOENIX CONTACT
DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY
Relay modules
PR series
D W
H
Relay base for
3 PDT octal relay
Relay retaining bracket
Technical data
Technical data
400 V AC/DC
10 A
-
-40°C ... 85°C
0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 0.2 ... 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
-
38 mm
84 mm (EL3-M52)
75 mm
-
Ordering data
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
PR3-BSC1/3X21
2833615
10
2833628
10
EL3-M52
Accessories
DB 50- 90 BU
DB 50- 90 BK
DB 50- 90 GY
Type
EL3-M52
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
2833628
10
Accessories
2821180
2820916
2820929
1
1
1
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
383
Relay modules
PR series
Plug-in octal relays suitable for
PR3 relay base
Plug-in octal relays with 2 or 3 PDT contacts, suitable for PR3 and RIF-3 relay bases.
The advantages:
– Lockable manual operation
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Extremely robust design
2 PDT relay with
power contacts
3 PDT relay with
power contacts
(A1)
(14)
(14)
2
(A1)
3
(11) 1
4
8
5
(21)
3
2
(12)
(11)
(31)
(22)
6
(A2)
1
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
250 V AC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Test voltage (contact/contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Electrical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting
①
56
12
②
110
③
22
④
10
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
7
Input voltage
UN
9
(24)
8
(32)
Technical data
①
56
12
6
②
110
③
22
④
10
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
6
Single contact, 2-PDT
AgSnIn
250 V AC/DC
1V
10 A (N/O contact)
10 mA
Single contact, three PDTs
AgSnIn
250 V AC/DC
1V
10 A (N/O contact)
10 mA
2500 VA
2500 VA
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
10 x 106 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664
Any / On relay base PR3
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
10 x 106 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664
Any / On relay base PR3
Ordering data
Description
6
11
(34)
Technical data
Input data
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( AC, depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( AC, depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
(22)
(21)
(A2)
(24)
(12)
5
10
7
4
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
REL-OR- 24DC/2X21
REL-OR- 24AC/2X21
REL-OR-120AC/2X21
REL-OR-230AC/2X21
2834232
2834245
2834258
2834261
10
10
10
10
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
REL-OR- 24DC/3X21
REL-OR- 24AC/3X21
REL-OR-120AC/3X21
REL-OR-230AC/3X21
2834274
2834287
2834290
2834300
10
10
10
10
Plug-in octal relay with power contacts, with a test button and
mechanical switch position indicator
①
②
③
④
384
PHOENIX CONTACT
24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
Relay modules
PR series
REL-OR...2x21 (2 PDTs)
Interrupting rating
Electrical service life
3
7
5
10
1
2
0,9
1
10
3
6
Reduction factor
1
10
Cycles
Switching current [A]
20
1
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
5
2
10
20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
10
300
4
0
2
4
6
8
10
Switching current [A]
12
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
1 250V AC, ohmic load
2 120VDC, ohmic load
3 28V DC, ohmic load
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
REL-OR...3x21 (3 PDTs)
Interrupting rating
Electrical service life
3
7
5
10
1
2
0,9
1
10
3
6
Reduction factor
1
10
Cycles
Switching current [A]
20
1
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
5
2
10
20
30
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
300
10
4
0
2
4
6
8
10
Switching current [A]
12
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1
1 250V AC, ohmic load
2 120VDC, ohmic load
3 28V DC, ohmic load
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
PHOENIX CONTACT
385
Relay modules
PR series
Plug-in octal relays for
high DC loads
Plug-in octal relays with two N/O contacts connected in series suitable for PR3
and RIF-3 relay bases.
The relays are specially designed for
switching high DC loads.
Further advantages:
– Full shutdown by means of 2 x 1.7 mm
contact opening
– With lockable manual operation
– Integrated status LED
– Integrated freewheeling diode with
DC types
1 N/O contact, with blow magnet
1 N/O contact
(-)
A1
14
12
A1
22
11
14
12
22
11
21
21
31
31
A2
24
34
A2
32
24
34
32
(+)
Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. response time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Typ. release time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
( depending on phase relation )
Output data
Contact type
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
[ms]
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
250 V AC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Mounting position/mounting
①
②
③
refer to the diagram
55
13
7
20
20
20
30
30
Technical data
④
⑤
⑥
100
22
11
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
①
②
③
refer to the diagram
55
13
7
20
20
20
30
30
Input voltage
UN
⑤
⑥
100
22
11
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
5 - 20
30
Single contact, 1 N/O contact (series connection, 2 N/O contacts)
with blowout magnet
AgNi
250 V AC / 220 V DC
10 V (at 10 mA)
10 A
10 mA (at 10 V)
Single contact, 1 N/O contact (series connection, 2 N/O contacts)
AgNi
250 V AC / 220 V DC
10 V (at 10 mA)
10 A
10 mA (at 10 V)
2500 VA
2500 VA
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 61810, EN 60947
Any / On relay base PR3
2.5 kVrms (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-40°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 61810, EN 60947
Any / On relay base PR3
Ordering data
Description
30
④
Ordering data
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
REL-OR/LDP- 24DC/1/MB
REL-OR/LDP-110DC/1/MB
REL-OR/LDP-220DC/1/MB
REL-OR/L- 24AC/1/MB
REL-OR/L-120AC/1/MB
REL-OR/L-230AC/1/MB
2901901
2901902
2901904
2901905
2901906
2901907
10
10
10
10
10
10
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
REL-OR/LDP- 24DC/1
REL-OR/LDP-110DC/1
REL-OR/LDP-220DC/1
REL-OR/L- 24AC/1
REL-OR/L-120AC/1
REL-OR/L-230AC/1
2901908
2901909
2901910
2901911
2901912
2901913
10
10
10
10
10
10
Plug-in octal relay for high DC loads
①
②
③
④
⑤
⑥
386
PHOENIX CONTACT
24 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
Relay modules
PR series
REL-OR.../1/MB (1 N/O contact with blow magnet)
Operating voltage range of the relay
DC interrupting rating
2,0
20
Switching current [A]
U/UN
1,5
1,0
0,5
10
2
2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
1 Maximum operating voltage without load current (0 A)
2 Maximum operating voltage at limiting continuous current (10 A)
3 Minimum pick-up voltage without pre-excitation
0
1
10
6
4
20
10
20
30
1 DC, ohmic load
2 L/R = 40 ms
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
300
REL-OR.../1 (1 N/O contact)
Operating voltage range of the relay
DC interrupting rating
2,0
20
Switching current [A]
U/UN
1,5
1,0
0,5
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
1 Maximum operating voltage without load current (0 A)
2 Maximum operating voltage at limiting continuous current (10 A)
3 Minimum pick-up voltage without pre-excitation
0
10
20
10
6
4
2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
10
20
30
DC, ohmic load
L/R = 40 ms
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
300
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
387
Relay modules
PR series
Input modules/interference suppression
modules for PR1, PR2, and PR3
Plug-in input modules/interference suppression modules for optional fitting of PR...
relay base
The advantages:
– Attenuation of reverse voltage induced in
coil
– Mechanical coding to protect against
incorrect connection
Input/interference suppression module to
match PR1 and PR2
Input/interference suppression module to
match PR3
Ordering data
Ordering data
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator
and freewheeling diode to limit the coil induction voltage effectively,
polarity: A1 +, A2 –,
Input voltage:
- 12-24 V DC ±20%
- 48-60 V DC ±20%
- 110 V DC ±20%
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator
and freewheeling diode to limit the coil induction voltage effectively,
polarity: A1 –, A2 + (Japanese standard),
Input voltage:
LDP- 12- 24DC
LDP- 48- 60DC
LDP-110DC
2833657
2833660
2833673
10
10
10
LDP3- 12- 24DC
LDP3- 48- 60DC
LDP3-110DC
2833770
2833783
2833796
10
10
10
LDM- 12- 24DC
LDM- 48- 60DC
LDM-110DC
2833686
2833699
2833709
10
10
10
LDM3- 12- 24DC
LDM3- 48- 60DC
LDM3-110DC
2833806
2833819
2833822
10
10
10
LV- 12- 24UC
LV- 48- 60UC
LV-120-230AC/110DC
2833712
2833725
2833738
10
10
10
LV3- 12- 24UC
LV3- 48- 60UC
LV3-120-230AC/110DC
2833835
2833848
2833851
10
10
10
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor)
- 120-230 V AC/DC ±20% (275-V-varistor)
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with RD-element to attenuate the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
Input voltage:
V- 12- 24UC
V- 48- 60UC
V-120-230UC
2833864
2833877
2833880
10
10
10
V3- 12- 24UC
V3- 48- 60UC
V3-120-230UC
2833929
2833932
2833945
10
10
10
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/100 Ω)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (220 nF/220 Ω)
- 120-230 V AC/DC ±20% (100 nF/470 Ω)
RC- 12- 24UC
RC- 12- 24UC
RC-120-230UC
2833741
2833754
2833767
10
10
10
RC3- 12- 24UC
RC3- 48- 60UC
RC3-120-230UC
2833893
2833903
2833916
10
10
10
- 12-24 V DC ±20%
- 48-60 V DC ±20%
- 110 V DC ±20%
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with LED status indicator
and varistor to limit the coil induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
Input voltage:
- 12-24 V AC/DC ±20% (30-V-varistor)
- 48-60 V AC/DC ±20% (75-V-varistor)
- 120-230 V AC/110 V DC ±20% (275-V-varistor)
Plug-in module, for mounting on PR..., with varistor to limit the coil
induction voltage and/or external interference peaks,
Input voltage:
388
PHOENIX CONTACT
Relay modules
PR series
Terminal assignment PR1 base / Solid-state relay
Terminal blocks, PR1 base
A1
A2
SIM-EI...48DC/100
A2 (-)
SIM-EI...TTL/100
A2 (-)
SIM-EI...48DC/100RC
11
12
14
21
A1 (+)
A
+
A1 (+)
A
+
A2 (-)
A1 (+)
A
+
SIM-EI-OV-24DC/24DC/3
A2 (-)
A1 (+)
A
+
OPT-...24DC/5
A1 (+)
A2 (-)
13
14
OPT-...230AC/2
A1 (+)
A2 (-)
13
14
22
24
Solid-state relays
0
The relay bases of the PR1 series can also be equipped with wear-free solid-state relays (OPT… or
SIM-EI...) as an alternative to the electromechanical relay.
LDP... and LV... plug-in modules cannot be used in conjunction with SIM-EI... solid-state relays
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
389
Relay modules
PR series
Fully mounted PR1 relay modules
with screw connection
Fully mounted PR1 relay modules, consisting of:
– Relay base
– 1/2 PDT relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
– Marking labels
The advantages:
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Operational reliability thanks to sealed
relay
– Safe isolation between coil and contact
side
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
D W
H
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
Other input voltages on request.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
PR1 relay module with
1 PDT relay
12
12
14
14
11
11
A1+
A2-
A1
DC coils
A2
AC coils
Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz)
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input protection:
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
24 V DC
24, 120, 230 V AC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Minimum switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Maximum inrush current
Min. switching current
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max.
General data
Test voltage
24 V DC
24 V AC
See diagram
19
34 / 26
8
3 ... 12
10
1.5 ... 14
Damping diode, Yellow LED
Varistor, Yellow LED
PR...
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
12 A
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA
3000 VA (for 250 V AC)
For more data, see diagram
Winding to contact
Contact/contact
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Service life, electrical
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Mounting position / Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
W/H/D
120 V AC
230 V AC
9/7
3 ... 12
1.5 ... 16
6 / 5.5
3 ... 12
2 ... 22
PR...AU
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)
-
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
16 mm / 78.5 mm / 71 mm
Ordering data
Description
Input voltage UN
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/211)
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/211)
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/211)
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/211)
2834326
2834339
2834342
2834355
5
5
5
5
24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/21AU1)
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/21AU1)
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/21AU1)
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/21AU1)
2834368
2834371
2834384
2834397
5
5
5
5
0819288
1
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
miniature power contact relay
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
multi-layer contact relay
Accessories
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer,
labeling surface 6 x 15 mm
390
PHOENIX CONTACT
EML (15X6) R YE
Relay modules
PR series
PR1-RSC3.../21 (1 PDT)
D W
H
2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2
20
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
2
1
0,8
PR1 relay module with
2 PDT contact relay
Interrupting rating
0,6
Switching current [A]
Coil voltage U/UN
Operating voltage range of the relay
2
1
0
10
20
30
40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]
10
6
4
2
10
12 22
14 24
14 24
11 21
11 21
20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
300
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms
1 DC coils
2 AC coils
12 22
2
3
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
100
1
Service life reduction factor
Electrical service life
107
Cycles
1
A1
A2-
DC coils
A2
AC coils
Technical data
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA)
8A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA (At 5 V)
2000 VA (for 250 V AC)
For more data, see diagram
120 V AC
230 V AC
9/7
3 ... 12
1.5 ... 16
10
6
10
5
10
4
1
0,7
0,6
2
0,5
0,4
0,3
6 / 5.5
3 ... 12
2 ... 22
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
PR...AU
Single contact, 2-PDT
PR1-RSC3.../2x21 (2 PDT)
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)
-
Operating voltage range of the relay
Coil voltage U/UN
24 V DC
24 V AC
See diagram
19
34 / 26
8
3 ... 12
10
1.5 ... 14
Damping diode, Yellow LED
Varistor, Yellow LED
PR...
Single contact, 2-PDT
0,8
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
16 mm / 78.5 mm / 71 mm
Interrupting rating
2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2
20
1
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
2
1
0,8
0,6
Switching current [A]
A1+
Reduction factor
0,9
2
1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
10
6
4
2
4
1
2
3
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
90 100
1
10
Ambient temperature [°C]
1
2
3
4
1 DC coils
2 AC coils
20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
300
Ordering data
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X211)
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X211)
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X211)
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X211)
2834481
2834494
2834504
2834517
PR1-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU1)
PR1-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU1)
PR1-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X21AU1)
PR1-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X21AU1)
2834520
2834533
2834546
2834559
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Accessories
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
Electrical service life
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
107
1
Cycles
Order No.
0,9
Reduction factor
Type
0,8
10
6
10
5
10
4
1
0,7
0,6
2
0,5
0,4
0,3
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
391
Relay modules
PR series
Fully mounted PR1 relay modules
with spring-cage connection
Fully mounted PR1 relay modules, consisting of:
– Relay base
– 1/2 PDT relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
– Marking labels
The advantages:
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Operational reliability thanks to sealed
relay
– Safe isolation between coil and contact
side
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
D W
H
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
There is a double spring-cage for each terminal point.
Other input voltages on request.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
PR1 relay module with
1 PDT relay
12
12
14
14
11
11
A1+
A2-
A1
DC coils
A2
AC coils
Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz)
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input protection:
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
24 V DC
24, 120, 230 V AC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Minimum switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Maximum inrush current
Min. switching current
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max.
General data
Test voltage
24 V DC
24 V AC
See diagram
19
34 / 26
8
3 ... 12
10
1.5 ... 14
Damping diode, Yellow LED
Varistor, Yellow LED
PR...
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
12 V (at 10 mA)
10 A
30 A (300 ms)
100 mA
2500 VA
For more data, see diagram
Winding to contact
Contact/contact
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Service life, electrical
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Mounting position / Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
W/H/D
120 V AC
230 V AC
9/7
3 ... 12
1.5 ... 16
6 / 5.5
3 ... 12
2 ... 22
PR...AU
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)
-
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
16 mm / 97 mm / 72 mm
Ordering data
Description
Input voltage UN
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/211)
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/211)
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/211)
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/211)
2834407
2834410
2834423
2834436
5
5
5
5
24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/21AU1)
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/21AU1)
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/21AU1)
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/21AU1)
2834449
2834452
2834465
2834478
5
5
5
5
0819288
1
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
miniature power contact relay
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
multi-layer contact relay
Accessories
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer,
labeling surface 6 x 15 mm
392
PHOENIX CONTACT
EML (15X6) R YE
Relay modules
PR series
PR1-RSP3.../21 (1 PDT)
D W
H
2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2
107
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
1
0,6
10
6
10
5
10
4
1
0
10
20
30
40 50 60 70 80 90
Ambient temperature [°C]
100
Switching current [A]
11 21
A1+
A1
A2-
DC coils
Interrupting rating
20
A2
AC coils
Technical data
AgNi
250 V AC/DC
5 V (at 10 mA)
8A
15 A (300 ms)
10 mA (At 5 V)
2000 VA
For more data, see diagram
120 V AC
9/7
3 ... 12
1.5 ... 16
10
6
4
1
1
0,9
2
2
3
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
230 V AC
10
6 / 5.5
3 ... 12
2 ... 22
20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
300
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
1 AC, ohmic load
2 DC, ohmic load
3 DC, L/R = 40 ms
PR...AU
Single contact, 2-PDT
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
PR1-RSP3.../2x21 (2 PDT)
AgNi, hard gold-plated
30 V AC / 36 V DC
100 mV (at 10 mA)
50 mA
50 mA
1 mA (at 24 V)
-
Operating voltage range of the relay
Coil voltage U/UN
24 V DC
24 V AC
See diagram
19
34 / 26
8
3 ... 12
10
1.5 ... 14
Damping diode, Yellow LED
Varistor, Yellow LED
PR...
Single contact, 2-PDT
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
Reduction factor
11 21
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
4 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2.5 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
3 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / III
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
16 mm / 97 mm / 72 mm
Interrupting rating
2,8
2,6
2,4
2,2
20
1
2
1,8
1,6
1,4
1,2
2
1
0,8
0,6
Switching current [A]
14 24
Switching current [A]
12 22
14 24
2
2
1 DC coils
2 AC coils
12 22
1
2
1
0,8
PR1 relay module with
2 PDT contact relay
Electrical service life
Cycles
Coil voltage U/UN
Operating voltage range of the relay
2
1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
10
6
4
2
4
1
2
3
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
90 100
1
10
Ambient temperature [°C]
1
2
3
4
1 DC coils
2 AC coils
20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
AC, ohmic load
DC, ohmic load, contacts in series
DC, ohmic load
DC, L/R = 40 ms
300
Ordering data
Service life reduction factor with various cos phi
PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X211)
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X211)
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X211)
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X211)
2834562
2834575
2834588
2834591
PR1-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X21AU1)
PR1-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X21AU1)
PR1-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X21AU1)
PR1-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X21AU1)
2834601
2834614
2834627
2834630
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Accessories
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
Electrical service life
Pcs. /
Pkt.
1
107
1
Cycles
Order No.
0,9
Reduction factor
Type
0,8
10
6
10
5
10
4
1
0,7
0,6
2
0,5
0,4
0,3
1
0,9
0,8
0,7
0,6
0,5
0,4
0,3
COS j
0,2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load (DC coils)
2 250 V AC, ohmic load (AC coils)
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
PHOENIX CONTACT
393
Relay modules
PR series
Fully mounted PR2 relay modules
Notes:
Type of housing:
Polyamide fiber reinforced PA-F, color: green.
Fully mounted PR2 relay modules, consisting of:
– Relay base
– 2/4 PDT relay
– Relay retaining bracket
– Input module/interference suppr. module
(AC types only)
– Marking labels
The advantages:
– Relay with lockable manual operation and
status LED
– With DC types, freewheeling diode is integrated into relay
– Mechanical switch position indicator
– Logical contact arrangement thanks to
1/3-level relay base
– Screw or spring-cage connection
– 4 PDT types with multi-layer gold contacts
For the protection of input and output, inductive loads must be
dampened with an effective protection circuit.
D W
H
If the specified maximum values for multi-layer contact relays are
exceeded, the gold plating is destroyed. The maximum values of
the power contact relay are then valid. This can result in a shorter
service life than with a pure power contact.
Other input voltages on request.
The DC types do not have a plug-in module because the status
LED and the freewheeling diode are integrated directly into the relay.
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
PR2 relay module with
screw connection
22
12
42
32
22
12
24
14
44
34
24
14
21
11
41
31
21
11
A1+
A2-
A1
DC coils
A2
AC coils
Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current with UN (for AC: 50/60 Hz)
Typ. response time at UN
Typ. release time at UN
Input protection:
[mA]
[ms]
[ms]
24 V DC
24, 120, 230 V AC
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Maximum switching voltage
Minimum switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Maximum inrush current
Min. switching current
Interrupting rating (ohmic load) max.
General data
Test voltage
24 V DC
24 V AC
See diagram
38
54 / 46
13
4 ... 10
5
3 ... 12
Damping diode, Green LED
Varistor, LED red
PR...
Single contact, 2-PDT
Ag
250 V AC / 125 V DC
5V
10 A
20 A (15 ms)
1 mA
2500 VA
For more data, see diagram
Winding to contact
Contact/contact
Ambient temperature (operation)
Nominal operating mode
Mechanical service life
Service life, electrical
Standards/regulations
Pollution degree/surge voltage category
Mounting position / Mounting
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
W/H/D
120 V AC
230 V AC
11 / 9
4 ... 10
3 ... 12
5/4
4 ... 10
3 ... 12
PR...AU
Single contact, 4-PDT
AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
1V
5A
12 A (15 ms)
1 mA
1250 VA
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
5 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / II
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 0.14 - 2.5 mm² / 26 - 14
27 mm / 78.5 mm / 86 mm
Ordering data
Description
Input voltage UN
Pcs. /
Pkt.
Type
Order No.
24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/2X211)
PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/2X211)
PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/2X211)
PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/2X211)
2834643
2834656
2834669
2834672
5
5
5
5
24 V DC
24 V AC
120 V AC
230 V AC
PR2-RSC3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU1)
PR2-RSC3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU1)
PR2-RSC3-LV-120AC/4X21AU1)
PR2-RSC3-LV-230AC/4X21AU1)
2834724
2834737
2834740
2834753
5
5
5
5
0819288
1
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
2-PDT contact relay
Pre-assembled coupling relay modules with
4-PDT contact relay and additional hard gold-plating
Accessories
Device marking label, for thermal transfer printer,
labeling surface 6 x 15 mm
394
PHOENIX CONTACT
EML (15X6) R YE
Relay modules
PR series
PR2-RS.../2x21 (2 PDT)
D W
H
PR2 relay module with
spring-cage connection
1,8
20
1,6
10
6
4
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6
22
12
42
32
22
12
24
14
44
34
24
14
21
11
41
31
21
11
A1
A2
Technical data
230 V AC
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
11 / 9
4 ... 10
3 ... 12
5/4
4 ... 10
3 ... 12
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
10
20
Cycles
2
3
10
300
1
6
2
1
10
5
0,5
0,3
0,2
10
20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
10
300
4
0
2
4
6
8
10
Switching current [A]
1 Ohmic load
2 ohmic load, contacts in series
3 L/R < 7 ms
PR...AU
Single contact, 4-PDT
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4
2
1
30
80
Electrical service life
10
6
4
0,1
1 250 V AC, ohmic load
2 30 V DC, ohmic load
PR2-RS.../4x21 (4 PDT)
AgNi, hard gold-plated
250 V AC / 125 V DC
1V
5A
12 A (15 ms)
1 mA
1250 VA
Operating voltage range of relay Tu=Tcoil
Coil voltage U/UN
Ag
250 V AC / 125 V DC
5V
10 A
20 A (15 ms)
1 mA
2500 VA
For more data, see diagram
120 V AC
2
2
20
AC coils
24 V DC
24 V AC
See diagram
38
54 / 46
13
4 ... 10
5
3 ... 12
Damping diode, Green LED
Varistor, LED red
PR...
Single contact, 2-PDT
10
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
2 kV (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-25°C ... 60°C
100% operating factor
5 x 107 cycles
See diagram
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
3 / II
Any / In rows with zero spacing
0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 0.2 - 1.5 mm² / 24 - 16
31 mm / 95 mm / 84 mm
AC interrupting rating
1,8
20
1,6
10
6
4
Switching current [A]
A2-
DC coils
1
0,1
0
DC interrupting rating
Switching current [A]
A1+
AC interrupting rating
Switching current [A]
Coil voltage U/UN
Operating voltage range of relay Tu=Tcoil
1,4
1,2
1
0,8
0,6
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
Ambient temperature [°C]
2
2
1
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
0
1
10
20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
80
300
1 Ohmic load
2 cos j = 0.4
Ordering data
DC interrupting rating
PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/2X211)
PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/2X211)
PR2-RSP3-LV-120AC/2X211)
PR2-RSP3-LV-230AC/2X211)
PR2-RSP3-LDP-24DC/4X21AU1)
PR2-RSP3-LV- 24AC/4X21AU1)
PR2-RSP3-LV-120AC/4X21AU1)
PR2-RSP3-LV-230AC/4X21AU1)
2834685
2834698
2834708
2834711
2834766
2834779
2834782
2834795
Pcs. /
Pkt.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Accessories
EML (15X6) R YE
0819288
1
Electrical service life
20
10
6
4
3
2
1
1
Cycles
Order No.
Switching current [A]
Type
4
10
1
6
2
2
10
5
0,5
0,3
0,2
0,1
10
1
2
3
4
20
30
50 70 100
200
Switching voltage [V]
300
10
4
L/R < 7 ms
ohmic load
ohmic load, 2 contacts in series
ohmic load, 4 contacts in series
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
0
1
2
3
4
5
Switching current [A]
1 250 V AC, ohmic load
2 30 V DC, ohmic load
PHOENIX CONTACT
395
Relay modules
DEK series
The Phoenix Contact DEK interface terminal blocks provide complete interface
functions in modular terminal block housing
that is just 6.2 mm wide. In conjunction with
standard terminal block accessories, these
high-capacity interfaces have not only the
design but also the high level of user convenience of modular terminal blocks.
The main common feature of all Phoenix
Contact interface terminal blocks is their
width of just 6.2 mm. This saves 60% space
in the control cabinet in comparison to conventional 15 mm wide coupling relays from
modular systems.
The DEK range offers the best solution
for all industrial voltages both for signal input and output.
High switching capacities are a matter
of course for the DEK-REL... relay terminal
block and the DEK-OV... solid-state relay
terminal block.
396
PHOENIX CONTACT
The wear-free DEK-OV... power solidstate relay terminal block is used for applications that require a greater switching frequency in which electromechanical relays
reach the end of their service life in a short
time.
Integrated LEDs clearly indicate the
switching status of the electronic terminal
blocks and provide an excellent overview of
the coupling level and the system.
Colored EB-DIK insertion bridges for the
supply and ground signals make it possible
to design the circuit simply and effectively.
Integrated protective circuits such as freewheeling diodes, polarity reversal protection diodes, and surge protection elements
protect the coupling modules and ensure
optimum availability of the system.
Relay modules
DEK series
DEK-REL-... relay terminal block
Notes:
D W
H
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
The Phoenix Contact relay terminal block
with PDT contact offers the following advantages:
– Width of only 6.2 mm
– High switching capacity of 250 V AC/6 A
– Less storage, since PDT, N/O or
N/C contacts can be wired
– Little wiring expense due to the use of
EB-DIK insertion bridges
– IP67 protected relay housing
– Cadmium-free relay contacts
– 4 kV electrical isolation of input and output
– Safe isolation according to
DIN EN 50178 (VDE 0160)
– Light indicator for signaling the
switching status.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
For further EB...DIK... insertion bridges, refer to page 403
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
For medium to large power
1 PDT (21)
12
14
A1
+
A2
-
11
Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input protection:
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switching current
Max. interrupting rating, ohmic load
[mA]
[ms]
①
0.8 1.1
9
8/5
Yellow LED, Protection against polarity reversal, freewheeling diode
Single contact, 1-PDT
AgSnO
250 V AC/DC
12 V AC/DC
6A
6A
10 mA
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
110 V DC
220 V DC
250 V AC
General data
Test voltage (winding / contact)
Ambient temperature (operation)
Mechanical service life
Standards/regulations
Connection data solid / stranded / AWG
Dimensions
W/H/D
140 W
20 W
18 W
23 W
40 W
1500 VA
4 kV AC (50 Hz, 1 min.)
-20°C ... 50°C
Approx. 107 cycles
IEC 60664, EN 50178, IEC 62103
0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 0.2 - 2.5 mm² / 24 - 14
6.2 mm / 80 mm / 56 mm
Ordering data
Input voltage
UN
Description
Type
Order No.
Pcs. /
Pkt.
DEK-REL-G24/211)
2964500
10
2716949
10
2715940
2715953
2715788
1
1
1
Relay terminal block with power relay
①
24 V DC
Accessories
Cover
D-DEK 1,5 GN
Insertion bridge, for middle and
lower levels
No. of pos.
Color
80
80
80
blue
red
white
EB 80- DIK BU
EB 80- DIK RD
EB 80- DIK WH
For additional information, visit www.phoenixcontact.net/products
26 A
26 A
26 A
PHOENIX CONTACT
397
Relay modules
DEK series
DEK-REL-24/1/SEN input interface
and DEK-REL-24/1/AKT output
interface
In addition to the familiar advantages of
the DEK-REL... electronic terminal blocks,
such as
– 2-layer contact with hard gold-plating for
universal applications from 1 mA to 5 A
continuous current
– 2 kVrms electrical isolation of input and
output
– Integrated input circuit
With this terminal block, “ALL” connections for a sensor or actuator are provided
over a width of just 6.2 mm!
This means that 16 outputs take up a total constructional width of just 105.4 mm
(including the power terminal block).
Advantages:
– Lower costs as the N terminal block is no
longer required
– Wiring is reduced to a minimum
– Up to 73% more space
Notes:
D W
H
Type of housing:
Polyamide PA non-reinforced, color: green.
Marking systems and mounting material
See Catalog 5
For the protection of relay coils and contacts, inductive loads must
be dampened with an efficient protection circuit.
For further EB...DIK... insertion bridges, refer to page 403
1) EMC: Class A product, see page 571
for small to medium loads
1 N/O contact (1)
A1
13
14
14
A2
Technical data
Input data
Permissible range (with reference to UN)
Typ. input current at UN
Response/release time at UN
Input protection:
Output data
Contact type
Contact material
Max. switching voltage
Min. switching voltage
Limiting continuous current
Max. inrush current
Min. switchi
工商网监
湘ICP备2023018690号
